Archive of Our Own ^beta

Chapter Text

UA High is known to be the #1 school in Japan for students that want to become heroes & heroines. Getting into this school is no easy task. Even though there are a few ways of getting accepted, you have to pass certain tests. Every year there are applicants that get accepted and rejected, but once you’re in its not so stressful anymore. UA High not only has the best security to keep students safe, but it’s also busy. Students always stick to their schedules and kept on their toes.

The day at UA started out like any other day. Students would attend their classes and prepare for a quiz or training in the gym. By lunchtime, Izuku met up with his classmates and they all stood in line to get their food. Today they were serving five different lunch specials. It was: Udon w/ fresh vegetables, Tempra w/ rice and fresh vegetables, Tonkatsu w/rice and choice of veggies or fruit, Unagi w/ rice, and Yakitori w/ grilled vegetables. Everyone in class 1-A thought it all looked so good, but they were only allowed to choose one. After waiting in line and thinking about what they wanted, Izuku picked Udon, Katsuki picked Yakitori, Denki & Kirishima picked Tonkatsu, and the girls decided to get the same special. They got Tonkatsu but picked different sides that went with it. Everyone else picked what they wanted. Shoto got his usual. He didn’t bother with the specials. Once Izuku and his classmates found a table (or two), they sat down and began to eat.

“Hey, this is really good,” said Izuku

“Not as good as the Yakitori you damn nerd,” said Katsuki

“Bakugo, you love Yakitori,” said Denki

“You got a problem with that Pikachu?” he snapped

“No. I just think it’s good to try different things once in a while.”

“Why don’t you tell that to Icy Hot? He always eats the same old damn thing!”

“Hey, why didn’t you want to try the specials today Todoroki?” asked Kirishima

“I don’t care for them. Besides, I like soba the best,” he replied

“You can’t live off of soba noodles Icy Hot,” said Katsuki

“Hey if he doesn’t want to try the specials, he doesn’t have to,” spoke up Momo

“Nobody asked you!” snapped Katsuki

“Just shut up and eat your food.”

“Whatever.”

Momo looked at Shoto and gave him a smile. He smiled back and then gave a surprised look. Underneath the table, Momo had taken off her shoe, wrapped her foot around Shoto’s ankle, and slightly rubbed it. She likes to play footsies with him when she gets the chance. Shoto smiled and continued to eat his soba. Unbeknown to the group, Shoto and Momo are in a secret relationship. They plan to tell their friends when the time was right. As for the others, Izuku & Ochako got together during the summer break, Kirishima & Mina got together before the new school year started, and Denki & Kyoka got together near the beginning of the year. Almost all the students at UA knew about the happy couples (as well as other couples from different classes), but carried on like it wasn’t anything new. As Ochako ate, she looked over at Izuku. It took a moment for him to notice that she was staring at him. He slurped an udon noodle.

“What’s wrong?” asked Izuku

“You have something on your face,” said Ochako

“I do, where?”

“Here.”

Ochako then leaned in and gave Izuku a kiss on the cheek. He blushed as Katsuki scoffed in disgust.

“Excuse me Uraraka, that’s not allowed at school!” said Iida

“Sorry,” she replied

“Just remember the rules.”

“Fun police geek,” muttered Kyoka under her breath

“What was that?” asked Iida

“Nothing,” she replied

Everyone continued to chat and enjoy their meals. Near the end of the day, all students went back to their dorms. Class 1-A went about their business, helped prepare dinner, and cleaned up the mess when they were done. Afterwards, everyone went about their daily routines. Some classmates visited others in their dorm rooms, some went to bed, and others just relaxed in the lounge. Izuku was having a movie night with Ochako in his dorm room. Denki, Kyoka, Kirishima, & Mina had joined them. The room wasn’t very big so it kind of felt cramped. Izuku & Ochako took the bed while the others sat on the floor. They were watching “Spirited Away” as they all stuffed their faces with popcorn. Izuku and Ochako fed each other popcorn as they cuddled.   

“I love this movie,” said Mina

“Ooh, here comes the best part!” said Denki

“Shh!” shushed Kyoka

Once the movie was over, everyone cleaned up the popcorn mess and then decided to do a movie night in Kirishima’s room next week.

“How does “Hot Fuzz” sound to you guys?” asked Kirishima

“Sounds good,” said Denki

“Oh you and your foreign action movies,” said Mina

“Hey I’ve never seen it. Sounds interesting,” said Izuku

“You’ll have to read subtitles though since it was never dubbed in Japanese,” said Kyoka

“That’s fine with me.”

“I guess it’s settled then. We’ll watch “Hot Fuzz” in my room next week,” said Kirishima

“I’ll bring the snacks,” said Izuku

Everyone then started wishing each other goodnight. As Kirishima, Mina, Denki, & Kyoka were leaving, Izuku grabbed Ochako’s hand. This surprised her at first, but when she looked at him, she recognized that look. He didn’t want her to leave yet. She stepped back inside as he closed the door quietly.

“Izuku it’s getting late. I need to get back to my room,” said Ochako

“I know, but please stay for a few more minutes,” he replied

“Okay, but only for a few minutes.”

They stood there staring at each other for a few moments, and then Izuku wrapped his arms around Ochako slowly. He then leaned in and locked lips with hers. Ochako wrapped her arms around Izuku as they kissed. They leaned against the door. Their kissing soon turned into French kissing. Izuku loved it when he locked tongues with Ochako. Soon they pulled away from each other. They both smiled and blushed.

“I love you,” said Izuku

“I love you too,” said Ochako

“Hey, are you feeling okay?”

“What do you mean?”

“You look a little pale.”

“Well I am feeling more tired than usual lately, but that could have been from the extra workouts I’ve been doing this week.”

“Don’t overwork yourself.”

“Hey, don’t worry about me. I’m fine.”

Ochako then leaned in and locked lips with Izuku. They made out for a few more minutes before saying goodnight. Izuku watched as Ochako disappeared down the hall and towards the elevator. Izuku closed his door and quickly changed into his pajamas. He flopped on the bed and got comfortable. Soon, he drifted off to sleep.

The next morning Izuku woke up to the sunshine shining through his window. He stretched, yawned, got up, and ready as usual. He soon met up with Katsuki and Shoto. When they walked in the lounge, they noticed something was different. There were only a few students up, but most of them still haven’t shown up.

“Hey, where the hell is everybody?” asked Katsuki

“That’s what I like to know,” said Tsuyu

“This is very peculiar,” said Mineta

“No one is preparing breakfast either,” said Iida

“Was there a special event we forgot about?” asked Tokoyami

“I don’t think so. I would have remembered if something was going on today,” said Izuku

“This isn’t like our class,” said Iida

“I think we should go check on them,” said Shoto

“Good idea,” said Izuku

Everyone spread out and went to check on their classmates. Izuku knew who he was going to check on first. He made his way to the elevator and once he reached the floor, he rushed to Ochako’s room. He knocked and waited. There was no response. That was odd. He knocked again, but louder. There was still no response.

“Uraraka it’s me! I’m going to come in okay?” said Izuku

He turned the knob and opened the door. Once he stepped in, his eyes widened as he froze in fear. Lying on the floor was Ochako and it looked like she had got sick a few times (seeing the waste basket not far from her). Izuku quickly rushed over to her side. He took her in his arms and tried to wake her, but it didn’t do any good. She didn’t look well at all and was unconscious. Izuku touched her forehead and his eyes widened.

“You’re burning up!” he said worriedly

Izuku slowly picked up Ochako and carried her out of the room. The only thing he could think of was getting her to Recovery Girl. Izuku was trying hard not to panic. Meanwhile, the others went to check on their classmates and were shocked to see them sick in bed. Some of them were awake and others weren’t. They were experiencing symptoms of nausea, fever, chills, stomach cramps, pain in the abdomen, etc.

Minutes later, Iida met up with the others in the hallway. They all had concerned looks on their faces.

“What is going on? Why is everyone suddenly getting sick?” asked Tsuyu

“I don’t know, but we need to get Recovery Girl immediately,” said Iida

“Whatever this is, I hope it’s not contagious,” said Katsuki

“Well it’s very fortunate that none of us got sick,” said Tokoyami

“Where’s Deku?” asked Mineta

“I haven’t seen him, but let’s hurry and get Recovery Girl,” said Shoto

As they made their way to the elevator, they saw Izuku trying to push the elevator button with his foot and were shocked to see Ochako in his arms. They quickly rushed over.

“Hey nerd, what are you doing with Uraraka?” asked Katsuki

“I need to get her to Recovery Girl immediately! She’s unresponsive and burning up,” replied Izuku

“You shouldn’t have taken her from her room,” said Iida

“She was on the floor! I couldn’t just leave her there!” snapped Izuku

“Oh no, she looks terrible,” said Tsuyu

“Come on, let’s get Uraraka to Recovery Girl and report to Mr. Aizawa about the others,” said Tokoyami

Everyone quickly got into the elevator and the doors closed. It felt like it was taking forever for the elevator to reach the main floor. Once they reached the main floor, they quickly made their way to the lounge. When they arrived, they were surprised to see their homeroom teacher Mr. Aizawa and All Might. They had concerned looks on their faces and quickly rushed over to the students.

“Are you guys okay?” asked All Might

“We’re fine except most of the class fell ill,” said Iida

“Oh no, I was afraid of that.”

“What’s wrong with Uraraka?” asked Aizawa

“Sir, I found her on the floor in her room. She’s unresponsive and burning up. We were going to take her to Recovery Girl,” said Izuku

“That wouldn’t have done you any good.”

“What do you mean?”

“Recovery Girl is already swarmed with other students that fell ill. She and other staff members are trying to control the situation right now.”

“Okay, what the hell is going on?” demanded Katsuki

“Most of the students on campus have suddenly fallen ill including this class and we still don’t know the cause,” said All Might

“WHAT!” shrieked Mineta

“What do we do sir?” asked Iida

“All of you go to your rooms and gather your personal belongings. You’ll be evacuated from the dorms and placed with the other students that haven’t been affected,” said Aizawa

“What about Uraraka?” asked Izuku

“Give her to me.”

Aizawa took her from Izuku’s arms and carried her to the couch. Izuku was still concerned about her. He tried to follow Aizawa, but All Might stopped him.

“Isn’t there anything I can do? I want to help,” said Izuku

“You can help by doing as you’re told. You all have 10 minutes to get your things together. All Might then will escort you to the other students,” said Aizawa

“Don’t worry young Midoriya, we’ll take good care of Uraraka as well as the rest of the class. You better get going,” said All Might

Everyone nodded and headed toward their dorm rooms. They made haste by getting the belongings they needed or thought was important. Within 7 minutes, everyone was back in the lounge and met up with All Might.

“Alright, let’s go,” said All Might

As they left, Izuku looked back and saw Aizawa tending to Uraraka. He had put a cloth over her forehead to try and bring down the fever.

“Young Midoriya, eyes forward,” said All Might

“Sorry sir,” he replied

“It’s going to be okay. You’ll see,” whispered Iida

They all walked outside the dorms and followed All Might in a single file line. He led them to one of the training facilities. All Might opened the door and let Izuku & the others inside. They saw a big group of students inside. Some of them were sitting on bleachers while others stood around and chatted. None of them seemed to be in a happy mood and few looked terrified.

“Alright, stay here and don’t leave this facility. Principal Nezu and the rest of us will meet up with all of you soon. Go talk amongst yourselves or even interact with the other students,” said All Might

Izuku and the others nodded. All Might then left closing the door behind him. Izuku wasn’t sure what to think or even do. After a few moments, he and the others decided to sit on the bleachers.

“How could this have happened? Everyone in our class was fine yesterday,” said Izuku

“I know. This doesn’t make any sense,” said Shoto

“You don’t think the villains had any thing to do with this do you?” asked Tokoyami

“I’m sure a lot of us are wondering that, but I doubt it,” said Katsuki

“Why?” asked Iida

“Well for one thing, UA has the highest security system in Japan. So if a villain was on campus, don’t you think we would have known about it?” asked Katsuki

“Good point,” said Mineta

Two hours have passed since the students have been evacuated from their dorms. Principal Nezu, All Might, Aizawa, and a few other staff members finally entered the facility and approached the students.

“May I have your attention please?” spoke up Nezu

“Be quiet!” snapped Aizawa

Everyone grew quiet as Aizawa activated his quirk to get the entire student’s attention. All eyes were on Principal Nezu and teachers.

“Now I’m sure you’re aware why you have been brought here. I know you all are concerned for your classmates, but rest assured they’re being taken care of right now. As of this minute, UA High is under quarantine,” announced Nezu

Izuku’s eyes widened as some of the students started to panic and began to uproar. Aizawa activated his quirk once again to quiet down the students.

“I know this situation is scary, but please try to stay calm. Right now we still don’t know what the cause is. About 75% of the students here have fallen ill along with a few staff members,” said All Might

“Do any of you have any questions?” asked Nezu

A few students have raised their hands and Principal Nezu decided to answer one at a time.

“Is it possible that villains are behind this?” a student asked

“Excellent question, but the answer is no. We have gone through our security footage and saw nothing out of the ordinary. We even searched the campus for any signs of a break in but found nothing. You can all rest easy knowing villains are not involved with this situation,” replied Nezu

“What about our classes?” asked another student

“All classes and hero courses are cancelled until further notice,” said Nezu

“Sir if we can’t return to our dorms, where are we supposed to stay?” asked Iida

“You will be sent home soon, but everyone here will be getting a checkup first and be asked a few questions as well,” said Nezu

A few more questions were answered until Principal Nezu made the decision to stop. All the students in the facility were asked to wait a bit longer, but while they waited they could continue to talk among themselves. As Principal Nezu, All Might, Aizawa, and other staff members left, the students went about their business. Shoto and the others sat back down on the bleachers. They talked for a while and noticed Izuku wasn’t with their group. They looked around and saw him hunched over with his face buried in his hands.

“Izuku, what’s the matter?” asked Mineta

“I don’t understand how Uraraka and the rest of the class got sick. This is confusing,” he replied

“I know it doesn’t make any sense, but everyone is being taken care of with the best treatment UA has to offer,” said Iida

“I know they’re being cared for, but I still can’t help but worry especially for Uraraka,” said Izuku

“It must have been scary finding her like that. I was also scared finding our classmates ill. Poor Momo was also very sick,” said Shoto

“I just wish there was a way we could help,” said Tokoyami

“I know how you all feel, but the best thing to do is to leave it to Principal Nezu and our teachers,” said Iida

“I just hope they can figure out what caused all this,” said Izuku

Chapter Text

Around midafternoon Izuku, his friends, and all the other students in the facility were given a checkup by medical staff and asked some questions like what they ate yesterday or noticed anything different. Once that was done, they were sent home. All parents were notified of the situation and that only caused parents to worry. Some parents were upset while others were angry. Some of them even continuously contracted UA to find out what was going on with their kids.

When Izuku made it home, Inko embraced him. She had a worried look on her face. Even though Izuku wasn’t sick, she was still concerned about what was going on at UA.

“Don’t worry mom. Uraraka and the rest of my classmates are being taken care of,” said Izuku

“I know sweetie and I’m glad you’re okay, but it’s still scary what’s going on at your school,” said Inko

“I just wish there was more I could have done to help.”

“You did what you could and I’m proud of you.”

“I’m going to go ahead and lie down. Today has been overwhelming.”

“Okay sweetie. Do you want me to make you some lunch and set it aside for you?”

“Sure, that would be great. Thanks mom.”

Izuku went to his old room and closed the door. He plopped down on the bed and sighed. Even though Izuku moved into the dorms over a year ago, Inko had got a new bed and furniture for his old room. She still called it Izuku’s room even though he wasn’t living at home anymore. Izuku pulled out his phone and scrolled through it. He decided to send a text to Ochako.

>>> Izuku: Hey Uraraka. I’m so sorry you got sick. I wish I could have done more to help you and the others. I’m still worried about you. Please call or text me when you’re up to it. Feel better. Love you.

He hit send and then browsed his phone for a few more minutes before closing it. Izuku closed his eyes and drifted off to sleep. About 2 hours later, he woke up and checked his phone. He got a few messages from a group text chat. Suddenly, he got a response back from Ochako. He opened her message first:

>>> Ochako: Hey Izuku. Don’t worry, my fever is gone and I’m starting to feel better. Mr. Aizawa told me what you did. Thank you for looking out for me. You’re the best! I love you too.

>>> Izuku: I’m so glad you’re starting to feel better. I feel so relieved. I’ll always look after you. Do you know what’s going on with the others? Have they told you what could have been the cause?

>>> Ochako: I only got text messages from Momo, Mina, Kyoka, and Koda. They tell me they’re starting to feel better as well. We still don’t know what caused this. We all were instructed to stay in our rooms until further notice.

>>> Izuku: I’m so sorry. I wish I could be there with you. I hope they’re bringing you food.

>>> Ochako: No food yet, but they’re giving us liquids. I can’t wait for this quarantine to be over. My parents have been freaking out.

>>> Izuku: Well, you can’t really blame them. Did you contact them?

>>> Ochako: Of course, I did right before I replied to your message. My parents are still freaking out. The school is not giving them any more information.

>>> Izuku: It sounds like they’re trying to find the cause before they say anything else.

>>> Ochako: Well I’m going to try and get some more rest. I still feel tired. If I find out anything, I’ll let you know. I love you. Ttyl.

>>> Izuku: Okay. Get as much sleep as you can. I love you too. Ttyl

Izuku closed his text chat with Ochako and then proceeded to the group text chat. Quite a few messages have been sent already. Izuku had to read what he missed before responding.

>>> Tenya: Hey guys. I wanted to create this group so we can check with each other now and then. How are you all holding up?

>>> Mineta: I’m doing fine. I’m just doing my usual thing.

>>> Shoto: Same here. My father is pretty pissed right now. I have to hear him complain about UA letting a situation like this happen.

>>> Tokoyami: Well it can’t really be helped.

>>> Katsuki: WHY THE HELL DID YOU INCLUDE ME IN THIS GROUP CHAT!

>>>Tenya: Come on Bakugo, don’t be like that. I thought it would be good to keep in touch.

>>> Tokoyami: Hey, where’s Deku?

>>> Mineta: Not sure. Maybe he’s busy, but I’m sure he’ll join in later.

>>> Katsuki: STOP WITH THE TEXTING ALREADY!

>>> Tokoyami: Just put your phone on silent.

That was the conversation in the group text chat so far. Izuku began to type in the group chat.

>>> Izuku: Hey guys! Sorry I’m late. I was resting for a while, and I just got through texting Uraraka.

>>> Tenya: You did? How is she doing? Does she know anything about the cause or how the others are doing?

>>> Izuku: She told me her fever is gone and she’s starting to feel better. She had only been in contact with Momo, Mina, Kyoka, and Koda. As far as I know, they’re starting to feel better and no there’s no word about the cause.

>>> Shoto: Well I’m glad to hear that they’re doing better.

>>> Izuku: She also said that she and the others were ordered to stay in their rooms. They’re being given liquids in the meantime.

>>> Tenya: I hope that they’ll get to eat soon.

>>> Izuku: I’m sure they will once they know the cause.

>>> Shoto: Thanks for the update. How are you doing Deku?

>>> Izuku: I feel more relieved now that I know Uraraka and the others are starting to do better. I just hope UA finds the cause soon.

>>> Tenya: I’m sure they’re working on that. We should be getting answers real soon.

>>> Izuku: Well I need to get going. If I find out anything else from Uraraka, I’ll let you guys know. Ttyl

>>> Tokoyami: Thanks Deku. Ttyl

>>> Tenya: Yes, thank you. Ttyl

>>> Mineta: Ttyl

>>> Shoto: Later!

The next few days have been a train wreck, but everyone finally got the answers they’ve been waiting for. Apparently, one of the students at UA was trying to get back at Lunch Rush (the school cafeteria chef) and they placed some kind of contaminated seasoning bottle near his lunch bag. The student thought Lunch Rush would use it for his food. Unfortunately for that student, Lunch Rush thought he left the bottle of seasoning out and chose to use it for one of the lunch specials. He sprinkled it into the Tonkatsu and anyone that ate that lunch special got sick. What everyone suffered from was food poisoning. It was severe to a few students and one staff member, but for others it wasn’t as bad. Lunch Rush felt incredibly awful for what happened, but UA saw it as an accident. It didn’t take long for the student to come forward and confess. Lunch Rush was not held responsible and the student ended up getting expelled. UA chose not to expose the student’s identity and the student’s class was asked not to say anything or spread gossip. Once UA gave the word that their school was safe again, students returned, and things went back to normal. Well almost normal.

Izuku and his class met up in the lounge and were happy to see each other. They ate breakfast, cleaned up, and started heading off to class. Everyone was happy to see Mr. Aizawa, even though he looked grumpy.

“Alright class, take out your pencils and start taking notes. That incident caused us to fall behind a bit and we need to catch up,” said Mr. Aizawa

Despite having extra homework, Mr. Aizawa means well and doesn’t want his class to fail. He was determined to get them caught up. By lunchtime, everyone got in line to get their food. Lunch Rush was extremely cautious about what was served and he felt that some students might feel uncomfortable. The girls looked at what was being served and was trying to decide what to eat. When Kyoka stared at the menu and the scent of the food hit her nose, she started to feel a little queasy. The girls started talking to her, but she didn’t notice.

“Hello, earth to Jiro! Is anybody home?” said Mira waving her hand in front of her face

“Huh? What?” questioned Kyoka snapping out of her trance

“We asked you what you decided to eat today,” said Momo

“Sorry, I’m still thinking about it,” said Kyoka

“Are you okay?” asked Ochako concerned

“Yeah, I’m fine,” replied Kyoka

“Well, whatever you pick, it’s going to be delicious. Doesn’t that food smell good?” asked Mina

Well, that did it. Kyoka suddenly felt a wave of nausea hit her like a train plowing through a big rig truck. Mina taking a whiff of the food scent made it worse. Kyoka covered her mouth, left the line, and quickly darted out of the cafeteria. Mina and the girls just stared. They tried to piece together what just happened. The rest of the class have noticed and was confused. Denki approached the girls.

“What’s the matter with Jiro?” he asked

“I don’t know. She was fine a minute ago and then she just ran out,” said Ochako

“Once she caught scent of the food, she started acting weird,” said Momo

“I’m going to go check on her. Hey Kirishima, grab my tray will you?” asked Denki

“Sure, no problem,” he replied

Denki walked out of the cafeteria and walked around trying to figure out where Kyoka went. The only thing he could think of was that she ran to the bathroom. He approached the girl’s bathroom and knocked on the door.

“Hey Jiro, are you okay in there?” asked Denki

All he heard in response was Kyoka puking her guts out. Denki cringed at the sounds she was making. A few minutes later, Kyoka came out of the bathroom. She was surprised to see Denki. He had a concern look on his face.

“Hey, are you okay?” asked Denki

“I think so,” replied Kyoka

“You don’t look so good. What the heck happened?”

“I don’t know. The smell of that food made me feel nauseous and I just got sick from it.”

“Is it possible that you could still be suffering from the food poisoning?”

“I’m not sure.”

“Okay, you should go see Recovery Girl. Come on, I’ll walk you there.”

Kyoka wasn’t going to argue. Something was wrong with her and it’s possible that it could be the food poisoning (or at least the side effects of it). Although it didn’t make much sense to her since the incident happened a little over a week ago. The food poisoning should have cleared from her system days ago. Is it still possible to suffer from it? Once they arrived at Recovery Girl’s office, they entered. Thankfully no other students were there. Recovery Girl was surprised to see Denki and Kyoka.

“Can I help you?” she asked

“Jiro just got sick in the bathroom. We think she might still be dealing with the food poisoning,” said Denki

“Oh dear! Come this way sweetie and lie down for a bit. I’ll do what I can to help you,” Recovery Girl said to Kyoka

“Okay,” she replied

Kyoka was led to the medical beds. She picked one and lied down. Recovery Girl was helping her get comfortable. She soon turned her attention to Denki.

“Thank you for bringing her here. You may go now,” said Recovery Girl

“I’ll let Mr. Aizawa know she’s here,” said Denki

“You do that.”

Denki left Recovery Girl’s office and headed straight to the teacher’s lounge to let Mr. Aizawa know what happened before returning to the cafeteria. Later on that day in the gym, Class 1-A were doing training exercises with each other. This was great exercise and even helped improve their quirks. Mr. Aizawa of course warned students to not go overboard with their quirks, namely Katsuki. Kyoka did not return to class and Denki was worried about her. Is she still with Recovery Girl? Did she go back to the dorms to rest? Was she sent home to her parents? These thoughts kept coursing through his mind.

“DENKI STAY FOCUSED!” shouted Ojiro

Denki managed to leap out of the way in time before getting smacked by his tail.

“Sorry about that,” said Denki

“Dude, what’s going on with you?” asked Ojiro

“I’m just worried about Jiro. I’ve never seen her get sick like that before.”

“I understand that you’re worried, but you need to stay focused on what you’re doing. Keep in mind that she’s with Recovery Girl and she’ll take good care of her.”

“Yes, I know.”

“Don’t worry, she’s going to be fine. You’ll see.”

“Excuse me! This is training class not talking class. Get back to your exercises!” warned Mr. Aizawa

“Sorry sir,” Denki & Ojiro said while bowing

With that, Denki and Ojiro went back to training. Meanwhile, Ochako and the girls were focused on their training. Things were going fine for a while until they all started to feel weird.

Ochako had used her quirk multiple times to make things float and release, but then she started to feel sick. She didn’t find this unusual, until she started puking over and over again. Toru was training with her and she rushed over to Ochako’s side.

“Hey Uraraka, are you okay?” she asked

Ochako couldn’t respond because she was still puking and it wouldn’t stop. This told her that something was wrong because she never got sick like this before. Toru was doing her best to help her by rubbing her back and even trying to move her away from the mess. After a few minutes she finally stopped puking, but she felt drained and weak. It was hard for her to move. She leaned on Toru for support.

Momo was training with Tenya. She’s been using her quirk to create things to help her & Tenya with their exercise. Momo soon noticed that her quirk was becoming painful and she started to feel nauseous along with fatigue. Tenya started to take notice.

“Hey are you feeling all right?” he asked

“I don’t know Iida, but I should be okay,” said Momo

“Don’t push yourself too hard. If you need to take a break just say so.”

“No, let’s keep going. Our training is important.”

Momo continued to create things until it reached a point to where she couldn’t do it anymore. It was too painful and she wasn’t feeling right. She stood upright and sighed as she rubbed her head.

“Hey, what’s wrong?” asked Tenya

“I think I should take that break after all,” said Momo

Tenya understood and offered to help her to the bleachers, but Momo wanted to walk on her own. After a few steps, Momo suddenly fell over and blacked out. Tenya immediately rushed to her side.

“Momo! Hey what’s wrong? Wake up!” he shouted

Mina was training with Tsuyu and she was having a difficult time using her quirk. For whatever reason, it’s like it was trying not to activate or work. Mina had noticed this when she was dealing with the food poisoning. She thought her quirk would return to normal, but it hasn’t.  

“Is something wrong with your quirk?” asked Tsuyu

“I don’t know. It has been on the fritz lately,” said Mina

“Do you want to do other training exercises that don’t involve our quirks? Ribbit.”

“No, it’s fine. I’ll make my quirk cooperate.”

With all her might, Mina tried to force her quirk to work. After a few moments, acid was starting to spray from her hands. Mina smiled at first thinking she finally got her quirk to work. She thought things were back to normal until she suddenly cried out in pain. She stopped her quirk immediately and clutched her stomach, falling onto her knees. Tears formed in her eyes. Tsuyu immediately rushed to her side.

“Okay, take it easy,” she said

“I’m sorry,” Mina winced in pain

“It’s okay, don’t worry about it. Just stay still. Ribbit.” 

Everyone in the class started to take notice of what was happening around them. When Izuku, Shoto, and Kirishima saw their girls down, they immediately rushed over to them. Everyone then started gathering around, which alerted Mr. Aizawa and All Might. They pace walked over to see why everyone stopped training.

“What is going on now?” asked Mr. Aizawa

“Sir, Uraraka is very sick,” said Toru

“Momo is unconscious,” said Tenya

“Mina’s stomach is bothering her after trying to get her quirk to work,” said Tsuyu

Aizawa sighed and rubbed his head. He couldn’t believe that this was happening. First Kyoka gets sick and now the other girls are starting to fall ill during their training class. What the heck was going on now?

“Sir, can Todoroki, Kirishima, and I take the girls to Recovery Girl?” asked Izuku

“No! The medical support team (MST) will take the girls to Recovery Girl and I will go with them. The rest of you will continue your training outside. All Might will escort you,” said Aizawa

Everyone remained silent as the medical robots (MST) came in with stretchers. Mina tried to assure them that she could walk to Recovery Girl’s office, but Aizawa insisted that she lie on the stretcher. As the girls were getting prepared, Aizawa turned to the rest of his class.

“Before I leave, do any of you feel sick or need medical attention?” he asked

Everyone remained silent which gave Aizawa his answer.

“Very well then, I’ll be gone for a while. Be on your best behavior and listen to All Might,” he said

“Everyone line up single file,” said All Might

The rest of the class lined up near the door while Aizawa followed the medical robots (MST) as they wheeled the girls out of the gym and to Recovery Girl’s office. Izuku watched them leave. He was very concerned about Ochako and didn’t know what to think this time. Shoto and Kirishima were also worried. They all hoped to get answers soon. All Might led the rest of the class outside to finish their training.

(Recovery Girl’s Office)

Recovery Girl was surprised to see Ochako, Momo, and Mina brought in on stretchers. Aizawa stepped in and closed the door behind him as Recovery Girl rushed over.

“What happened?” she asked

“I’m not really sure. They just started falling ill one by one,” said Aizawa

“Oh dear, let’s get them in the beds and I’ll do what I can for them.”

“Is it all right if I stay? I want to make sure the girls are okay.”

“Yes of course, but you’ll have to wait here.”

The girls were wheeled to their beds and Recovery Girl got to work. Kyoka was still there and she started waking up when she saw Ochako, Momo, and Mina. She was pretty surprised to see them.

“Whoa, what’s going on?” asked Kyoka

“You keep resting dear. I’ll take care of them,” said Recovery Girl

A half hour has passed. Recovery Girl did what she could to make Ochako and the others feel better. She ran some test and did some blood work. While they were waiting for the results, Recovery Girl went back to talk with Aizawa. The girls looked at each other.

“I didn’t expect to see you guys here,” said Kyoka

“Well I’m kind of surprised you’re still here. What’s the hold up?” asked Ochako

“Recovery Girl did a few tests and then she ordered more test to be done. She already did blood work, but I still don’t know the results,” said Kyoka

“How are you feeling?” asked Momo

“A little better, but I should be asking you guys that,” said Kyoka

“I’m starting to feel better. That was really odd,” said Mina

“Hey! You girls knock off the chit chat! You’re supposed to be resting,” said Recovery Girl peeking from behind the curtain

“Sorry,” said Momo

Recovery Girl went back to the waiting area while the girls remained silent. Kyoka then pulled out her phone and showed the others. The girls understood and started getting out their phones. Kyoka put a finger to her lips to remind them to keep quiet. She opened her phone and created a group text chat. They couldn’t speak so they might as well text each other instead.

>>> Kyoka: Hey, I figured this was the only way for us to talk. We don’t want to upset Recovery Girl again.

>>> Momo: Good idea.

>>> Kyoka: So what happened with you guys? Why are you here?

>>> Ochako: We were all training in the gym when I suddenly got sick. I think I overused my quirk, but the strange thing was that I couldn’t stop puking. It went on for a few minutes until I felt exhausted and weak.

>>> Momo: I was using my quirk when it started becoming painful and I was feeling nauseous. I ended up passing out. Next thing I know I wake up on a stretcher being wheeled here.

>>> Mina: I had a difficult time using my quirk. For whatever reason, it didn’t want to work. This had been going on since the food poisoning incident. When I finally got my quirk to work, I felt a sharp pain in my stomach and it caused me to collapse. It lasted for a few minutes. I’m just glad it had stopped.

>>> Kyoka: Wow, sounds like you guys had a rougher time than I did.

>>> Ochako: Didn’t you get sick from the sight of food?

>>> Kyoka: Actually it was from the smell. I do admit that I was feeling nauseous for the past few days, but this was the first time I got sick. I must be dealing with the side effects from the food poisoning.

>>> Momo: That must be what’s happening to us.

>>> Ochako: It’s very peculiar though. Food poisoning shouldn’t last this long and we’ve been treated for it.

>>> Mina: I guess it all depends.

>>> Ochako: Hopefully Recovery Girl can just give us medicine for our problems. She might scold us (except you Jiro) for overtraining though.

>>> Momo: My parents aren’t going to be too happy when they find out that I’m still sick.

>>> Ochako: Oh, my parents are going to freak out again. They always worry and poor Deku. I hate worrying him.

>>> Mina: He really cares about you Uraraka. You’re a very lucky girl to have a boyfriend like him.

>>> Ochako: Hey, we’re all lucky to have sweethearts.

>>> Kyoka: Well except Momo.

>>> Momo: Hey, I have a boyfriend!

>>> Mina: Wait really?

>>> Kyoka: Who is he?

>>> Ochako: You must tell us!

>>> Momo: No, not yet.

>>> Kyoka: Oh come on! You just admitted you have a sweetheart. We just want to know who he is.

>>> Momo: I have to check with him first and see if he’s ready to tell friends.

>>> Ochako: Momo you’re such a tease!

The girl’s group text chat was interrupted by the sound of someone clearing their throat. They looked over to see Aizawa and Recovery Girl.

“Girls, please put your phones away,” said Aizawa

“We need to talk,” said Recovery Girl

The girls immediately did what they were told. By the sound of Aizawa and Recovery Girl’s voices, it sounded serious. The girls sat up in bed and had their attention on them.

“Is this about our results?” asked Kyoka

“Yes and other things,” said Aizawa

“Are we all still dealing with the food poisoning?” asked Ochako

“Well I have good news and bad news. The good news is that none of you have food poisoning left in your systems. It’s all gone,” said Recovery Girl

“What’s the bad news then?” asked Mina

“All of you got sick from something else and you all are dealing with the same problem,” said Recovery Girl

“What is it? Do we have the flu?” asked Momo

“No. Girls just please listen to what Recovery Girl has to say,” said Aizawa

“This isn’t easy to say, but I’ll have to ask you girls some personal questions first,” said Recovery Girl

“Okay,” said Ochako

“Do any of you remember when your last menstrual cycle was?” asked Recovery Girl

The room grew quiet and the girls looked at each other confused.

“I really can’t remember. I was so focused on my studies and stressing over my training courses that I didn’t think about it,” said Momo

“Well I get irregular periods and I haven’t seen mine last month. I usually miss a period once every 2 years. I guess this is the year I missed it,” said Mina

“Well I haven’t seen mine yet. I’m just a little late. It happens sometimes,” said Ochako

“I don’t know. I never keep track of my cycles. I just deal with it when it comes,” said Kyoka

“I see. Well here’s my next question. Have you girls been sexually active?” asked Recovery Girl

The girl’s eyes grew wide and a few of them blushed which gave Recovery Girl some answers. Aizawa sighed and rubbed his head.

“Well…..yes, but I’ve been careful!” said Ochako

“So have we!” added Mina and Kyoka

“I don’t understand. Why are you asking us this?” asked Momo

“Because these test results say you all are pregnant!” said Recovery Girl

Chapter Text

The girls jaws dropped and they became wide eyed at Recovery Girl’s last words. Kyoka accidentally dropped her phone, but she didn’t seem to notice.

“Excuse me?” questioned Momo in disbelief

“Just as I said, you girls are pregnant,” said Recovery Girl

“No! This has to be a mistake,” said Kyoka

“I’m afraid there’s no mistake,” said Recovery Girl

“How is this possible? We have been careful,” said Mina

“I’m aware of that, but sometimes being careful doesn’t always work. Birth control can fail and condoms can break or even be punctured without you realizing it,” said Recovery Girl

 “My parents are going to kill me!” said Momo

“I don’t even want to know what my parents are going to say,” said Ochako

“What are we going to do?” asked Mina

“Alright girls, settle down. We’re going to take things one step at a time,” said Recovery Girl

She went to her desk, pulled out a few sets of pamphlets, and handed them to the girls. They stared at them for a few moments.

“What is this?” asked Ochako

“This is information that will help you make your decision,” said Recovery Girl

“Decision?” questioned Kyoka

“If you want to keep the baby, get an abortion, or put the baby up for adoption,” said Recovery Girl

“I know this is a lot for you girls to take in, but we need to get this matter settled soon. I will give you all one week to decide what you want to do before I set up a private conference,” said Aizawa

“Wait, why do you need to set up a private conference?” asked Momo

“This situation can’t be ignored and depending on what you decide, there will be a private conference. Either way, you can’t get out of it,” said Aizawa

“I would also like to advice that you girls don’t say anything about this to your friends,” said Recovery Girl

“What about our boyfriends? Don’t they get a say in this?” asked Mina

“It’s fine if you want to tell them including your parents, but you shouldn’t tell anyone else in the meantime,” said Recovery Girl

The room grew silent again. The girls were still pretty shocked and trying to take all of this in was difficult. Tears started to form in Ochako and Momo’s eyes.

“Girls, I know you have a lot to think about and you can stay here for the rest of the school day if you like. Go ahead and rest. We’ll talk more later,” said Aizawa

Aizawa then got up and left Recovery Girl’s office. Recovery Girl decided to give the girls some privacy as they started looking over the pamphlets. Ochako lied back on the bed and sighed. She just couldn’t believe it. Suddenly, she got a text message. She checked and saw that it was from Izuku. For the first time it surprised her. Her heart was pounding so hard it felt like it was going to burst out of her chest. She decided to respond to him.

>>> Izuku: Hey Uraraka, I only got a minute. Are you okay? What’s going on?

>>> Ochako: No, I’m not okay. :( 

>>> Izuku: What happened? I’m worried about you.

>>> Ochako: Izuku, is it okay if we talk about it tonight in my room?

>>> Izuku: Sure, of course. How are the others?

>>> Ochako: They’re not doing so well either.

>>> Izuku: This sounds serious! I have to go now. Go ahead and get some rest. I’ll see you tonight. I love you.

>>> Ochako: I will and I love you too.

Uraraka closed her phone and sighed. She was scared, but she knew she had to tell him and it had to be tonight. She just didn’t know how. Uraraka closed her eyes for a few moments until she heard a “psst” sound. She opened her eyes and looked over at Kyoka. She was getting Uraraka and the other girl’s attention. Kyoka held up her phone and pointed at it. The girls understood and opened their phones. Uraraka went back to their group text chat.

>>> Kyoka: Who was texting you Uraraka?

>>> Ochako: It was Izuku. He just wanted to see how I was doing and he even asked about you guys.

>>> Mina: That’s sweet of him.

>>> Momo: Did you tell him about your pregnancy?

>>> Ochako: No, not yet. I plan to tell him later tonight in my room.

>>> Kyoka: Wow, you’re telling him that soon?

>>> Ochako: Well he has a right to know and the sooner the better.

>>> Mina: That’s an idea Uraraka! Maybe the rest of us should tell our boyfriends tonight too.

>>> Momo: Okay, but if we do this tonight then we should all meet up in private somewhere and discuss it together as a group.

>>> Mina: Sounds good to me.

>>> Ochako: I’m in!

>>> Momo: Then it’s settled. Once we make our announcements, I’ll arrange a place for us to meet up. I’ll keep you all updated on that.

>>> Kyoka: Okay, thanks.

Ochako and the girls spent the rest of the day in Recovery Girl’s office. They tried to get as much as rest as they could, but it was difficult. By sunset, Recovery Girl had to send the girls on their way. Before they left, she gave them each a small bag to put their pamphlets in. It was to help them avoid any suspicion.

“Now remember you girls can come see me anytime you feel sick or need anything,” said Recovery Girl

“Thank you,” said Momo

“Yeah thanks,” added Ochako, Kyoka, & Mina

“Take care now,” said Recovery Girl

The walk back to the dorms was nerve-racking, but they made it without any of their classmates seeing them. Once they reached the door, Kyoka slowly opened it and peeked inside. It looked like nobody was in the lounge at the moment, which gave them a chance to slip to their rooms. Kyoka and the other girls quietly snuck in and made their way to the elevator. Once they made it into the elevator, they felt relieved.

“Phew, that walk here was intense,” said Ochako

“I know it was, but thankfully our class didn’t see us,” said Momo

“Where do you think everyone is at?” asked Mina

“Probably doing their homework or probably in the kitchen cleaning up the dinner mess,” said Momo

“Well girls, I wish you luck. We can check with each other at bedtime or in the morning,” said Ochako

“Yeah, let’s check in with each other at bedtime,” said Kyoka

“Okay,” said Mina

Before the girls reached their floor, they did a group hug. No matter what was going to happen next, they knew they had each other’s backs. When the elevator doors opened, the girls quickly scampered to their rooms. Ochako closed the door behind her and sighed with relief. She set her bag of pamphlets down on her desk and paced around a bit. Then she stood in front of her mirror. She turned to her side and lifted her shirt exposing her flat belly. She placed her hand on her lower abdomen.

“I can’t believe I have a little life inside me,” Ochako said to herself

Suddenly there was a knock at her door which startled her. She pulled her shirt back down and went to answer. She opened the door and there stood Izuku. It was hard to tell if he looked concerned or was happy to see her. He walked in and closed the door behind him. Izuku embraced Ochako and held her.

“It’s good to hold you in my arms again. I’ve been thinking about you all day,” he said to her

“I’m sorry if I distracted you from your training,” said Ochako

“No you didn’t. Now what’s going on?”

“Come on, let’s sit down.”

Ochako led Izuku to the bed. They both sat down facing each other. Ochako felt her heart starting to race again, but she inhaled and exhaled quietly to keep calm.

“Well, what did Recovery Girl say?” asked Izuku

“She said I don’t have food poisoning in my system, same with the others,” replied Ochako

“That’s good news.”

“But she also said we got sick from something else and we’re dealing with the same problem.”

“What is it?”

“Izuku, I don’t know how to tell you this.”

Ochako felt tears forming in her eyes and she started to cry which surprised Izuku. He took her hand and could feel her tremble.

“Uraraka, you can tell me anything. It’s okay,” said Izuku

“This isn’t easy for me to say,” said Ochako

“Whatever it is you have to say, go ahead and say it.”

“I’m pregnant Izuku!”

The room grew quiet. Ochako looked at Izuku and he had a surprised look on his face. His eyes were wide and it seemed like he was frozen too. Ochako pulled her hand away from his, got up, and walked over to the sliding glass door that led to the balcony. She started to break down. Izuku stood up and approached her.

“I know it sounds crazy, but it’s true. Momo, Mina, and Kyoka are pregnant too,” cried Ochako

“Uraraka….” Izuku started to say

“I’ve done a lot of thinking in Recovery Girl’s office and I decided to keep the baby.”

“Uraraka.”

“I understand if you want to leave me and never want to speak to me again. You don’t have to be a part of this mess.”

“URARAKA!”

Izuku turned her around and embraced her. He held her in his arms and wouldn’t let go. Ochako was still trembling and crying a bit. Izuku then wiped her tears away and cupped her face. He had a smile on his face which surprised Ochako.

“How could you think that? I’m not going to leave you,” said Izuku

“You’re not? I thought you would be mad about this,” said Ochako

“Why would I be mad? I admit that I’m shocked and surprised by this, but I’m not angry.”

“You’re not?”

“Of course not and hearing that you want to keep the baby makes me happy.”

“It does?”

“Yes.”

“Wow, you’re taking this a lot better than I am. I’m sorry Izuku. I didn’t plan for this to happen.”

“I know this wasn’t planned and you have nothing to be sorry about. If anything, I should be apologizing to you. I did this to you.”

“This is still scary.”

“I know it is, but I promise you that I won’t let you go through this alone. We’re going to get through this together and we’re going to make it work.”

Izuku and Ochako embraced each other. He kissed her forehead as they continued to hold each other. They stayed that way for a while.

“How do you feel now?” asked Izuku

“I feel a lot better now that I told you,” said Ochako

“I’m glad.”

“I’m still scared to tell my parents. I don’t know how they’ll feel about this.”

“I’ll go with you when you tell them if you’d like and if you want we can tell my mom first.”

“Really, that would be great!”

“Hold on. Didn’t you say something about the other girls being pregnant?”

“Yes.”

“Wow. Next year is going to be an interesting year.”

“At least our baby will have playmates.”

Izuku and Ochako smiled at each other and then locked lips. They made out for a few minutes. Soon they were staring at themselves in the mirror. Izuku placed his hand on Ochako’s belly. She then placed her hand on top of his.

“Look at us. We’re going to be parents,” said Izuku

“That’s going to take time to get used to,” said Ochako

“You’re having a baby. Having my baby, what a lovely way to say….”

“Ugh. Please don’t sing that song. It’s annoying.”

“Sorry.”

(Momo’s Room)

“Pregnant? You’re pregnant?” questioned Shoto

Momo nodded as tears streamed down her face. Shoto was shocked by the sudden news and he just stood there. Momo sat down on her bed and continued to cry.

“I’m sorry. I’m so sorry! I don’t know what to do. I’m so scared,” she cried

Suddenly, Momo felt Shoto embrace her and hold her. She was surprised by this. Shoto then wiped her tears away.

“I’m going to protect you and the baby with my life,” he said

“What?” Momo questioned

“I’ll be with you every step of the way.”

“You mean you want to keep the baby?”

“Of course, don’t you?”

“Well…..yes, but how are we going to raise a baby? We’re still in school.”

“We’re going to figure it out. One thing is for sure, I’m not going to be like my old man.”

Shoto kissed Momo and continued to hold her. He rubbed her back as she wrapped her arms around him.

“It’s okay. It’s going to be okay,” Shoto whispered

(Mina’s Room)

“You’re kidding me, right?” asked Kirishima

“Huh?” questioned Mina

“Come on, quit kidding around. What did Recovery Girl actually say?”

“You think this is a joke?”

“I know you Mina. You’re quite the prankster.”

“Get out!”

“What?”

“You heard me, get out!”

The next thing Kirishima knew, he was outside Mina’s room. Before he could say anything else, Mina threw the bag that had the pamphlets in his face.

“You want to know what Recovery Girl said, your answer is in that bag. Now leave me alone you jerk!” said Mina

She slammed the door in Kirishima’s face. He stood there for a few moments dumbfounded. He couldn’t understand why Mina was so angry.

“What did I say?” Kirishima asked confused

(Kyoka’s Room)

 “Are you serious?” questioned Denki

“Yes,” replied Kyoka

She began to pace the room while Denki just stood there still as a statue with a surprised look on his face. Kyoka stopped pacing and faced away from Denki.

“That’s why I got sick. I’ve been dealing with morning sickness this whole time,” said Kyoka

Before she could continue her conversation, she heard a loud thud. It startled her at first, but when she turned around she saw Denki on the floor. He fainted. Kyoka knelt down by his side.

“Denki? Hey Denki wake up!” said Kyoka patting his face

She tried shaking him, but it didn’t do any good. Kyoka just sighed. She got up, grabbed a spare blanket, and covered Denki with it. She didn’t know how long he was going to be out for, so she decided to let him stay in her room for the night.

“Sweet dreams dork,” said Kyoka

Around midnight, Ochako was in bed and scrolling through her phone. She then got a text message from the group. She opened it and joined in.

>>> Momo: Hey girls, how did things go with you?

>>> Ochako: Izuku took it rather well and he’s very supportive too.

>>> Mina: Lucky. Kirishima didn’t believe me and I kicked him out of my room.

>>> Momo: WHAT?!

>>> Kyoka: Oh sweetie, I’m so sorry. If it makes you feel any better, Denki didn’t tell me how he felt about this.

>>> Mina: What do you mean?

>>> Kyoka: He fainted after I told him I was pregnant. He’s still in my room on the floor.

>>> Momo: Oh wow! Is he okay?

>>> Kyoka: He’ll be fine. I’m letting him stay in my room tonight. I don’t want him getting in trouble if he tried going back to his room this late.

>>> Momo: Well things seemed to have gone well with my sweetheart.

>>> Ochako: That’s good to hear.

>>> Mina: Momo who is he? You have to tell us now.

>>> Momo: …….

>>> Ochako: Come on Momo. We’re going to find out sooner or later.

>>> Momo: Alright. If I tell all of you, promise me you’ll keep my relationship a secret.

>>> Kyoka: We promise!

>>> Momo: My boyfriend is…….Todoroki.

>>> Kyoka: TODOROKI!

>>> Ochako: Omg! I never would have guessed.

>>> Mina: Boy was I wrong. I thought it was Iida.

>>> Momo: Iida? Why would you think that?

>>> Mina: Well about a month ago I was walking down the hallway when I heard Iida talking to somebody. He said something about wanting to ask you out and trying to get advice from whoever he was speaking to.

>>> Momo: Oh no. I had no idea he had a crush on me.

>>> Mina: What are you going to do if he asks you out?

>>> Momo: I’ll just have to tell him I’m not interested, plain and simple.

>>> Kyoka: Ouch.

Meanwhile, Izuku was scrolling through his phone when Kirishima sent him a text. He opened the text message and started a conversation with him.

>>> Kirishima: Deku, you’re not going to believe this.

>>> Izuku: Mina is pregnant.

>>> Kirishima: What? How did you know?

>>> Izuku: Uraraka told me. She, Momo, and Kyoka are pregnant too.

>>> Kirishima: Oh man, I really fucked up this time.

>>> Izuku: What happened?

>>> Kirishima: When Mina told me she was pregnant, I didn’t believe her.

>>> Izuku: What?

>>> Kirishima: I THOUGHT IT WAS A JOKE!

>>> Izuku: I don’t think Mina would joke about something like this.

>>> Kirishima: I know and I feel terrible. What am I going to do Deku?

>>> Izuku: How about apologizing for starters.

>>> Kirishima: Yeah, but how? Mina’s so mad at me and she probably wants to break up.

>>> Izuku: Whoa, let’s not jump to conclusions. Start by apologizing. You can give her something like a flower or write a poem, whatever she likes. Those are just some ideas.

>>> Kirishima: Okay, thanks Deku. I’ll see what I can do.

>>> Izuku: Good luck.

Early the next morning, Mina woke up to soft knocking on her door.

“Hmm….what?” she said while rubbing her eye

She got up and walked to the door to answer. When she opened the door, she saw Kirishima standing there. Mina wasn’t thrilled to see him and tried to close the door, but Kirishima stopped the door with his foot.

“Mina, can we talk?” asked Kirishima “Please?”

Mina sighed and opened the door, letting Kirishima in. She closed her door quietly and turned around to face him.

“What do you want now?” she asked, “Don’t you realize it’s 6 in the morning?”

Kirishima got down on his knees and revealed flowers he had hidden behind his back. This surprised Mina at first, but she took them. She stared at the flowers for a moment and then looked at Kirishima. He had a guilt look on his face.

“I’m so sorry I didn’t believe you and I’m sorry I hurt your feelings. I thought you were trying to play a joke on me,” said Kirishima

“What made you think I was trying to prank you?” asked Mina

”I thought you were trying to get back at me from the time I tricked you into sitting on that whoopee cushion.”

“If I was going to prank you back for that, I would have never made up a fake pregnancy.”

“I know that now.”

“I don’t find pregnancy pranks funny at all. Don’t you know there are a lot of women in the world who are barren and told they can’t have babies when they want them? When someone pulls a pregnancy prank on them it’s hurtful and insulting.”

“I’m sorry.”

“I can’t stay mad at you. I accept your apology.”

Kirishima smiled, took Mina’s free hand, and kissed it. He then leaned in and kissed her belly. Mina blushed a bit but smiled.

“Hi baby,” Kirishima said to her belly

“You know it can’t hear you right?” said Mina

“Yeah, but I’d like to make my presence known.”

“It’s not going to know that for a while.”

“You’re so lucky.”

“Lucky? What do you mean?”

“You and the baby are already connected.”

“That’s true, but there are things it comes with that I’m not looking forward to.”

“Don’t worry, I’ll be with you.”

Kirishima stood up and embraced Mina. She wrapped her arms around him (trying not to crush the flowers she was holding) as they kissed. They both smiled at each other. Mina then looked at the flowers again and sniffed them.

“They smell so nice,” said Mina

“I’m glad you like them,” said Kirishima

“Where did you get these?”

“I snuck outside and picked some from that garden.”

“Wait, what garden?”

“You know the one that’s behind the dorms.”

“You picked from Hound-Dog’s Garden?”

“Hold on, that was his garden?”

“I thought you knew that!”

“Well, I know now!”

“Kirishima, I appreciate the flowers, but don’t you think Hound-Dog will be upset when he finds out you picked from his garden?”

“There were so many flowers and I only picked a few. Besides, I seriously doubt he’s going to miss a few flowers.”

Suddenly there was a loud scream followed by a howl coming from outside. This startled Mina and Kirishima. They crept towards the balcony door and pulled the curtain back to look outside. They could see Hound-Dog freaking out and a few staff members approaching him trying to calm him down.

“MY FLOWERS! SOMEBODY PICKED FROM MY GARDEN!” Hound-Dog howled

Kirishima and Mina couldn’t hear what the other staff members were saying, but Hound-Dog was still making a fuss.

“WHOEVER DID THIS IS GOING TO SUFFER MY WRATH!” Hound-Dog screamed

Kirishima’s eyes grew wide and quickly let go of the curtain. He and Mina backed away from the sliding glass door.

“I think you should hide those,” whispered Kirishima

A few days have passed. Momo had arranged a meet up place after school and she made sure it was private. Once school was out, Momo sent a text to the other girls and asked them to meet up at the private location as soon as possible and to bring their boyfriends. Momo was happy to be there first and she started setting things up. Soon there was a knock at the door. She answered and it was Shoto. He walked in and closed the door behind him.

“I’m glad you made it,” said Momo

“Where’s everyone else?” asked Shoto

“Don’t worry, they’ll be here.”

Everyone else showed up 25 minutes later.

“I’m glad you all were able to come. You know why we’re all here?” asked Momo

“Yes,” said Ochako

“Wait, why is Todoroki here?” asked Denki

“Before we continue, there’s something you guys should know,” said Momo

Shoto got up, stood next to Momo, and held her hand.

“Momo and I are together,” said Shoto

Even though the girls knew this, Izuku, Denki, and Kirishima were shocked and their mouths hung open.

“You and Todoroki are together? I didn’t know that,” said Denki

“Why didn’t you tell us?” asked Kirishima

“We wanted to keep our relationship a secret. We were planning to tell you guys later, but we didn’t expect to announce it like this,” said Momo

“Well, I’m happy for you two,” said Izuku

“Yes, congratulations,” said Kirishima

“Thank you,” said Shoto

“Alright, let’s get down to business,” said Momo

Everyone gathered on the couches, finding their comfortable spots. Momo inhaled and exhaled.

“I know we’re all in agreement about our decisions, but we have to figure out what to do about telling our parents & dealing with the private conference,” said Momo

“Hold it, what private conference?” asked Kirishima

“Mr. Aizawa is going to set up a private conference with us and our parents after we tell him our decision,” said Momo

“And you’re telling us this now?”

“Well, you guys had to know about our pregnancies first!”

“Okay, calm down. What do we do about our parents?” asked Shoto

The room grew quiet. Ochako could sense the fear coming from everybody. It remained silent for a few minutes.

“I really don’t know what to say to mine,” Denki spoke up

“Same here,” said Kyoka

“I know this is hard for all of us, but I think its best that we get it over with and tell them,” said Izuku

“Why?” asked Mina

“Well, if they find out from the private conference instead of from us, don’t you think that would make the situation worse?” asked Izuku

“That’s a good point,” said Kirishima

“I agree with Izuku. We need to get this over with,” said Momo

“I’m scared about how my parents will react to the news,” said Ochako

“Don’t worry, I’m going to be with you,” said Izuku

He took Ochako’s hand, and she smiled at him. Everyone continued the conversation about how they’ll tell their parents and what they expect to happen at that private conference. They all hoped that things won’t turn out so bad.

Chapter Text

The day Izuku and the others went to tell their parents the news was scary, but it didn’t turn out as bad as they thought…... well for most of them anyway.

(Midoriya’s Apartment)

Izuku and Ochako walked hand in hand up to the apartment door. They knocked and it took a few moments for Inko to answer.

“Oh, Izuku, Ochako, I didn’t expect to see you two today,” said Inko

“Well since we were out and about, we thought we drop by,” said Izuku

“I hope this isn’t a bad time,” said Ochako

“No, of course not, come on in,” said Inko

Izuku and Ochako followed Inko inside and into the living room. They sat down on the couch as Inko went into the kitchen to get some drinks. Once she got back and served them, she sat across from Izuku and Ochako.

“How have you two been?” asked Inko

“We’ve been doing good, just keeping up with our studies,” said Ochako

“I’ve heard what happened at UA. I hope you’re feeling a lot better from that food poisoning.”

“Yes, I am. I’ve been told that it’s not in my system.”

“That’s good to hear.”

“Well, we do have some news to share,” said Izuku

“You do? What’s going on?” asked Inko

Izuku took Ochako’s hand. They looked at each other for a few moments, nodded, and then turned their attention to Inko.

“This isn’t easy for us to say,” said Ochako

“Well, what is it?” asked Inko

“Mom, Uraraka and I……we’re…..we’re going to have a baby,” said Izuku

Inko gasped as her eyes grew wide. She was staring at them like a cow that was looking at an oncoming train. A few moments later, Inko began to smile as tears formed in her eyes. She brought her hands over her mouth.

“Are you serious?” asked Inko

Izuku and Ochako nodded. Inko got up and hugged them. Her tears started streaming down her face.

“I can’t believe it. I’m so happy,” said Inko

“You are?” questioned Ochako

“We thought you would be upset,” said Izuku

“Well to be honest I don’t like the idea of you two becoming parents at your age, but I’m thrilled about becoming a grandma!” said Inko

Inko continued to hug them for a few minutes. She then gave them each a kiss on the cheek and offered her support. Izuku and Ochako stayed for a while longer before heading over to see Uraraka’s parents.

(Uraraka’s Condo)

Ochako was nervous as they approached the front door, but Izuku took her hand and gave it a light squeeze just to reassure her that everything was going to be okay. Izuku knocked and Uraraka’s father answered the door.

“Hey guys. It’s good to see you,” he said

“Likewise,” said Izuku

“We thought we come by to visit today,” said Ochako

Uraraka’s father invited them in and led them to the small dining area. Izuku and Ochako sat down at the table as Uraraka’s mother entered the room. She was happy to see them. Uraraka’s parents joined Izuku and Ochako at the table.

“So, what’s new?” asked Mr. Uraraka

“Well, we have some news to tell you,” said Ochako

“Oh, I hope it's good news,” said Mrs. Uraraka

“I guess it depends on how you look at it,” said Izuku

“Huh?” Mr. and Mrs. Uraraka said confused

Ochako started to feel scared. Izuku grabbed her hand as she inhaled and exhaled to keep calm. Tears began to form in her eyes.

“Honey, what’s the matter?” asked Mrs. Uraraka

“You’re going to hate us when we tell you,” cried Ochako

“Sweetie, we could never hate either one of you. Now what is it you need to say? Please tell us,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I…..I’m…..pre…….I’m pregnant!” Ochako finally spat out

The room became dead silent. When Ochako saw the look of horror on her parents faces, she began to cry. Izuku then stood up, approached Uraraka’s parents, and bowed down before them.

“Please don’t be angry at Uraraka. It’s my fault. I’m the one who did this to her and I’m deeply sorry. I promise you both that I’ll take care of Uraraka and the baby,” said Izuku

Ochako continued to cry as her parents just stared at Izuku. Eventually they both moved from their places and knelt down next to Izuku. He looked up at them and to his surprise they were smiling. Uraraka’s parents pulled Izuku into a hug which surprised Ochako. She was expecting the worst to happen. Urakaka’s parents then approached Ochako and embraced her. Tears were still streaming down her face.

“Mom, dad, I’m so sorry. You’ve done so much for me and…….I’m sorry,” cried Ochako

“Please don’t cry baby. It’s okay,” said Mrs. Uraraka

“We love you and we always will no matter what,” said Mr. Uraraka

Izuku watched as Uraraka’s parents continued to embrace her. Ochako felt like a giant weight was lifted off her shoulders. She felt so relieved.

(Jiro’s House)

Kyoka and Denki approached the gate of Jiro’s house.

“Are you ready to do this?” asked Kyoka

“Yes,” said Denki

“Then why did you stop walking?”

“My legs are frightened.”

“Come on, let’s get this over with.”

Kyoka took Denki’s hand and led him through the gate. They began to approach the front door. Kyoka took out her house keys and began to unlock the front door as Denki started to get nervous. Kyoka opened the door and stood to the side.

“After you…..papa,” she said to Denki

Denki stepped inside with Kyoka behind him. They haven’t been to Jiro’s house in a while. Denki forgot that Jiro’s house was decorated with music. There were musical instruments everywhere, music posters, recording equipment, etc. Denki and Kyoka began taking of their shoes when they heard voices coming from the other room.

“Kyoka is that you sweetie?” asked Mr. Jiro

“Hey dad, Denki and I came to visit,” she replied

“Well get in here!” said Mrs. Jiro

Kyoka took Denki’s hand again and led him into the family room. Mr. Jiro was going through music sheets while Mrs. Jiro was cleaning up the coffee table. Kyoka and Denki sat down on the sofa across from Mr. Jiro.

“Well, this is a surprise,” said Mr. Jiro

“It’s good to see you two,” said Mrs. Jiro

“I’m sorry!” Denki blurted out nervously

Everyone stared at Denki for a few moments. He had a weird look on his face, almost the same dumb look he gets when he overuses his quirk. Mrs. Jiro began to head to the kitchen.

“I’ll prepare us some drinks,” she said

“I’ll help. Denki stay here and chat with my dad,” said Kyoka standing up

Denki didn’t like the idea of being left alone with Mr. Jiro. He smiled nervously as Mrs. Jiro and Kyoka disappeared into the kitchen. Denki looked over at Mr. Jiro. He was putting his music sheets together and then sat them down on the coffee table. He then sat back and looked at Denki. Denki’s legs began to tremble.

“So, what’s going on with you? Anything new happening?” asked Mr. Jiro

“I’m sorry!” Denki blurted out again

“Are you okay?”

“Sure…..okay…….it’s great…..okay!”

Mr. Jiro raised an eyebrow. Either something was up with Denki or he overused his quirk before coming over. The conversation was going nowhere and Denki was becoming more nervous by the minute. Soon Kyoka and Mrs. Jiro returned with the drinks. They set them on the coffee table and joined Denki and Mr. Jiro on the sofa.

“Well, I hope you two had a nice chat,” said Mrs. Jiro

“Not really,” replied Mr. Jiro

“Well Denki and I do have something to tell you,” said Kyoka

“I’m sorry!” Denki blurted out for the third time

Kyoka quickly covered his mouth and looked at him.

“Relax Denki. I’ll tell them, okay?” she said

“Tell us what?” asked Mrs. Jiro

“What’s going on?” asked Mr. Jiro

Kyoka inhaled and exhaled. She grabbed Denki’s trembling hand. Her thumb stroked across Denki’s knuckles to help calm him down. Kyoka then looked at her parents. She gulped nervously.

“Mom, dad, Denki and I…..we’re going to….I’m…..I’m pre…….,” Kyoka started to say

“Going to what?” questioned Mrs. Jiro

“You’re what?” questioned Mr. Jiro

“I’M PREGNANT!” Kyoka shouted

She felt relief finally getting the words out, but she didn’t mean to yell it out like that. Mr. and Mrs. Jiro stared at them. It was hard to tell what their emotion was. Denki began to sweat bullets. He didn’t know what to expect next. For the next five minutes, the room remained silent. Denki and Kyoka waited for a response. Kyoka continued to hold Denki’s hand. Suddenly, Denki stood up and bowed before Jiro’s parents.

“Look, I’m really sorry. We didn’t intend for this to happen, but I’m going to take responsibility. No matter how hard things get, I’ll take care of Kyoka and the baby. I promise you that,” he said

For the first time, Kyoka was surprised by Denki’s speech. He was extremely nervous a minute ago and could barely talk. Jiro’s parents began to smile. They stood up and hugged Denki and then they embraced Kyoka.

“We’re so happy,” said Mrs. Jiro tearing up

“Wait, what?” questioned Kyoka

“I’m so glad you told us,” said Mr. Jiro

“I can’t believe we’re going to be grandparents,” cried Mrs. Jiro

“Wow, you’re taking this a lot better than Denki did,” said Kyoka

“I fainted,” Denki added

 Kyoka and Denki continued to chat with Jiro’s parents for a while longer.

(Kaminari’s House)

Denki felt better now that Jiro’s parents knew and that they were still on good terms. He and Kyoka held hands as they approached Kaminari’s house. They walked up to the front door and Denki knocked. Mr. Kaminari answered the door and invited them in.

“It’s great to see you both,” he said

“It’s good to see you too,” said Kyoka giving him a hug

“Where’s mom?” asked Denki

“She’s in the kitchen baking up a storm. She’s getting ready for the Annual Autumn Festival. Go on in the kitchen and say hi,” said Mr. Kaminari

Kyoka followed Denki into the kitchen. They saw Mrs. Kaminari taking out two pies from the oven and about to put in two more. Kyoka noticed that she was mainly baking sweets. There were pies, cookies, sweet bread, and all sorts of other goodies. Denki went over and gave his mom a hug and she hugged him back.

“How’s my baby doing?” asked Mrs. Kaminari

“I’m doing fine,” replied Denki

“That’s good to hear. Make sure you take some goodies with you before you leave.”

“I will. Thanks mom.”

“I love you sweetie.”

“I love you too.”

“Awe Kyoka, how are you doing sweetheart?” asked Mrs. Kaminari while giving her a hug

“I’m doing great and doing the best I can in school,” she replied

“Mom, there’s something Kyoka and I want to tell you and dad,” said Denki

“Oh? Well let’s take this into the family room. I’ll join you in a minute,” said Mrs. Kaminari

Denki and Kyoka started heading towards the family room while Mrs. Kaminari put the next set of pies in the oven. Soon they all gathered at the table.

“So, what’s the news?” asked Mrs. Kaminari

“I hope it’s good news,” said Mr. Kaminari

“I don’t know how to announce this,” said Denki

“It’s scary,” added Kyoka

“Scary?” questioned Mr. Kaminari

“Please don’t be afraid to tell us. We’re listening,” said Mrs. Kaminari

Denki took Kyoka’s hand. He closed his eyes for a few moments and then opened them as he exhaled loudly.

“Mom, dad, Kyoka and I…we….we’re….we’re going to be parents. I’m going to be a father,” said Denki

Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari were shocked by Denki’s words. They were sitting there staring at them. The room was so quiet; Kyoka could hear her own breathing. Mrs. Kaminari stood up.

“Is this true?” she asked

“Yes,” said Denki and Kyoka

Mrs. Kaminari smiled and began to jump out and down with joy. Mr. Kaminari began to smile. He got up from his seat, approached Denki and Kyoka, and embraced them.

“You guys seem happy,” said Denki

“Of course we are,” said Mr. Kaminari

“I’m going to be a grandma!” said Mrs. Kaminari joyfully as she continued to jump up and down

“We thought you would be mad,” said Denki

“Well, we are shocked about you two becoming teen parents, but we’re excited about becoming grandparents,” said Mr. Kaminari

“I can’t wait to spoil that baby! What do you want, a boy or a girl?” asked Mrs. Kaminari

“I’m going to be happy with either,” said Kyoka

“Same here,” said Denki

“When is your due date sweetie?” asked Mrs. Kaminari

“I don’t know yet. Denki and I have been busy getting things situated at school,” said Kyoka

“How do you want to decorate the nursery? Oh! We have to go baby shopping! I’ll plan out the baby shower too!” said Mrs. Kaminari

“Honey, you’re jumping the gun. Denki and Kyoka have a lot to take in. Give them some space,” said Mr. Kaminari

“I’m sorry. I’m just so excited about the baby,” said Mrs. Kaminari

“Is something burning?” questioned Denki

“MY PIES!” shouted Mrs. Kaminari

She quickly darted into the kitchen to save them. Kyoka couldn’t help but laugh. She did her best to keep it to herself. Denki and Kyoka were both glad that both their parents were supportive. They both felt more at ease.

(Kirishima’s Duplex)

Kirishima and Mina walked up to Kirishima’s Duplex. They were both nervous, but knew that the sooner they did this, the better. Kirishima knocked and his mother answered.

“Oh, hey guys. What brings you here?” asked Mrs. Kirishima

“We just wanted to pay a visit is all,” said Kirishima

“I hope it’s okay,” said Mina

“Sure. Get in here you two,” said Mrs. Kirishima

They entered and started taking off their shoes. Kirishima’s duplex wasn’t very big, but it was cozy.

“I’m sorry about the mess. I didn’t really have a chance to clean up yet,” said Mrs. Kirishima

“It’s okay mom. We don’t mind,” said Kirishima

“You two go ahead and sit down. I’ll get us some snacks.”

“Thank you,” said Mina

Kirishima and Mina sat on the couch. Mina was feeling nervous and a bit nauseous. She wasn’t sure how this was going to go. Kirishima grabbed her hand and she looked at him. Kirishima smiled. Mina started to calm down a bit. Mrs. Kirishima returned with some snacks and drinks. Everyone started digging in.

“How’s school?” asked Mrs. Kirishima

“It’s great! I passed a pop quiz the other day,” said Kirishima

“That’s good to hear. How are you doing dear?” Mrs. Kirishima asked Mina

“I’m doing the best I can,” she replied

“That’s all that matters,” said Mrs. Kirishima

“Mom, Mina and I have something to tell you,” said Kirishima

“Oh? What is it?” she asked

“Something happened. We just don’t know how to say it.”

“Well, what happened? Tell me.”

“Um…..Mina and I…..well……Mina is…..um.”

“Come on, out with it!”

“Mina is pregnant!”

Mrs. Kirishima’s eyes widened, and she froze. She ended up dropping the cup she was drinking from. After a few minutes, she still wouldn’t say a word.

“Mom, are you okay?” asked Kirishima

Mrs. Kirishima soon snapped out of her trance. She remained silent. Tears formed in her eyes. She got up and left the room. She went into her bedroom and slammed the door. Mina winced at Mrs. Kirishima’s reaction. Kirishima knew that when his mother was upset, she would lock herself in her bedroom and not come out for a long time. He stood up and went to the bedroom door. He tried knocking and talking to his mother through the door. After a few minutes, Kirishima just sighed and approached Mina.

“Is she okay?” asked Mina

“I think it’s best that we just leave,” said Kirishima

“Are you sure?”

“Yes. She wants to be alone. Don’t worry; I’ll try talking to her again when she’s in a better mood.”

Kirishima took Mina’s hand and they left the duplex. Before they went over to Mina’s great aunt’s place, they decided to take a breather at a smoothie shop. Kirishima bought them fruit smoothies. Mina got strawberry banana mix and Kirishima got peanut butter banana mix. Their smoothies helped them both feel a little better. When they finished, they started heading over to Mina’s great aunt’s place. As they walked, Mina hoped and prayed that her great aunt would take the news well.

(Ashido’s Apartment)

Mina and Kirishima walked up to the door. Mina inhaled, exhaled, and then knocked. A minute later, Mina’s great aunt answered and she smiled at them.

“Why hello Mina and Kirishima, it’s nice to see you both,” said Miss Ashido

“It’s great to see you too Grauntie,” said Mina

“Grauntie?” questioned Kirishima

“Yeah, I call my great aunt “Grauntie” for short.”

“Oh, I get it now.”

“I hope this isn’t a bad time Grauntie,” Mina said to her

“Oh no, not at all, come on in,” she replied

Mina and Kirishima stepped inside. As they took off their shoes, Kirishima was amazed by all the art that was hanging on the walls. The apartment had many portraits and paints with brushes lying around.

“Sorry, it’s a little messy in here, but that’s how it is for us artists,” said Miss Ashido

“Wow, these paintings are amazing,” said Kirishima

“Why thank you sweetheart.”

“Grauntie has her own art studio and even gives classes,” said Mina

“That’s pretty cool,” said Kirishima

“Art is cool,” said Miss Ashido

Mina’s great aunt led them to her gallery room. They gathered at the small table. Kirishima still couldn’t help but look around.

“I really like your place,” he said

“Thank you,” Miss Ashido replied

“Art has always been your passion, hasn’t it Grantie?” asked Mina

“Of course,” she replied

“Kirishima, did you know she won first place at the art festival ten times in a row?” Mina asked him

“Wow, ten times?” Kirishima said surprised

“Mina, you’re making me blush,” said Miss Ashido

“So, are all these paintings yours?” asked Kirishima

“Well, most of them. Some of them I bought from other artists. I have more of my work at my studio,” replied Miss Ashido

“That’s cool.”

“Well, enough about me. What’s going on with you two?”

“Not much. We’re just busy with school.”

“Well, there is something we have to tell you Grauntie,” said Mina

“What’s up?” she replied

“I just hope you won’t get mad.”

“Mad? Why would I get mad? What’s wrong?”

Mina started to tear up. Kirishima grabbed her hand and held onto it. He was trying to remind Mina that she wasn’t alone. Tears began to fall from Mina’s eyes. She couldn’t hold them back any longer. Mina’s great aunt then grabbed Mina’s other hand. This surprised her.

“Honey, please tell me what’s going on,” said Miss Ashido

“I…..I’m…..I’m pre……I’m pregnant,” cried Mina

Mina’s great aunt was surprised, but she got up from her spot and approached Mina.

“Oh baby, come here,” said Miss Ashido while she embraced Mina

“I’m so sorry. I don’t blame you if you hate me,” cried Mina

Mina’s great aunt lifted Mina’s chin up and then wiped her tears away. She cupped her face.

“Now you listen to me, I will never hate you and I’m not mad at you. I know you’re scared, but it’s going to be okay. Sometimes these things happen. I want to help you in any way I can,” said Miss Ashido

“Thank you Grauntie,” cried Mina

“Please don’t cry anymore. It’s okay.”

“It’s not just about the baby.”

“Oh? Is something else going on?”

“When we told Kirishima’s mother, she didn’t take the news well. She wouldn’t talk to us and she locked herself in her room. We had to leave after that.”

Mina’s great aunt turned to Kirishima and pulled him into a hug.

“Oh sweetie, I’m so sorry,” said Miss Ashido

“I’ll try to talk to her again later,” said Kirishima

“Listen, if things go sour with your mother, you’re welcome to come here if you need to. My door is open.”

“Thank you.”

“Okay, let’s go out and celebrate,” Miss Ashido as she clapped her hands together

(Yaoyorozu’s Mansion)

>>> Momo: Are you sure we should tell our parents separate instead of together?

>>> Shoto: I think that’s for the best. They don’t even know about our relationship.

>>> Momo: True. Well good luck. I hope your parents take the news well.

>>> Shoto: I hope your parents take it well too.

>>> Momo: We can meet up later after this is over if you’d like.

>>> Shoto: Sure. Where should we meet up?

>>> Momo: How about that café, the new one that just opened?

>>> Shoto: Okay that sounds great. I’ll see you then. I love you.

>>> Momo: See you later. Love you too.

Momo sighed as she closed her phone. She felt nervous, but the sooner she told her parents, the sooner she’d get it over with and not have to stress over it anymore. Momo approached the gates of her family mansion and pushed the button.

“Yes, who is it?” asked a voice

“Hana it’s me,” said Momo

“Ah young Mistress Yaoyorozu, it’s so good to hear your voice.”

“You don’t have to keep calling me that. Momo is fine.”

“Very well, I’ll meet you at the front door.”

The gates opened and Momo stepped through. She inhaled and exhaled as she nervously approached the front door. When she reached the front porch, the doors opened and a maid stepped out to greet her.

“Welcome home Momo,” said Hana bowing respectfully

“It’s good to be home. Are my parents here?” asked Momo

“The Master and Mistress are having their tea in the conservatory.”

“I need to talk to them. It’s very important.”

“I’ll escort you there.”

“Hana, you don’t have to do that.”

“Well I insist.”

Momo followed Hana down the hallway and to the conservatory. Momo could hear her footsteps as she walked. They soon approached the door that lead into the conservatory. Hana opened the door and stepped in first.

“I hope I’m not interrupting anything,” she said

“No, not at all,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“What is it?” asked Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Young Mistress Yaoyorozu has returned home and she wishes to speak with you two,” said Hana

“Very good, show her in Hana,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Yes sir,” she replied

Hana stepped aside as Momo entered the room. Mr. and Mrs. Yaoyorozu set down their teacups and directed their attention at Momo.

“It’s good to see you sweetheart,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“I’m glad you are home,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Feels good to be home,” said Momo

“Now, you wanted to talk to us?” questioned Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Yes, and it’s important,” said Momo

“We’re listening,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Well, I’ve been seeing somebody for a while,” said Momo

“You have?” questioned Mr. Yaoyorozu

“I’ve been in a secret relationship with him for quite some time,” said Momo

“You have a boyfriend?” questioned Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Yes,” said Momo

“Who is he?” asked Mr. Yaoyorozu

“It’s Shoto,” said Momo

“Shoto? Who’s he?” asked Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“The Todoroki boy. He placed second at that sports festival,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Oh, that kid. He seems like a nice boy.”

“And he’s rich too.”

“Sweetie, why did you keep your relationship a secret?” Mrs. Yaoyorozu asked Momo

“I didn’t know how you guys would feel and Shoto feels the same way about his parents. We were going to tell you and everyone else when we were ready,” she replied

“Oh, is that all? Sweetie, we’re happy that you’re with Shoto,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Well, I’m glad to hear that. Now there’s something else I need to tell you,” said Momo

"Oh? What is it?” asked Mr. Yaoyorozu

“I really don’t know how to say this,” said Momo

“What’s going on? Come on Momo, out with it,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“I’m going to have a baby,” said Momo

The room became silent. Mr. and Mrs. Yaoyorozu stared at Momo for about a minute. Then they looked at each other and began to bust up laughing.

“What’s so funny?” asked Momo

“Oh Momo, you’re such a tease,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“You had us going for a minute. Oh man, that was a good laugh,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“This isn’t a joke!” said Momo

“Okay dear, that’s enough,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Run along sweetie. We got some things to do,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

Momo’s parents got up and left the conservatory. Momo just stood there surprised. She couldn’t believe it. Her parents didn’t believe her. Hana placed her hand on Momo’s shoulder.

“Momo, is it true?” she asked

“Yes, it is,” she replied

“Oh honey, I’m so sorry.”

Hana gave Momo a hug and held onto her for a few moments.

“You believe me?” asked Momo

“Of course I do,” said Hana

“Hana you’re the greatest friend I ever had. I just hope you’re not disappointed in me.”

“No, I’m not. I can never be upset with you.”

“I just wish my parents would listen.”

“Well why not try talking to them again later.”

“I’ll do that.”

“Is there anything I can get for you?”

“No. I think I’ll just take a nap in my room for a little bit.”

Momo went to her bedroom and lied down on the bed. When she moved into the dorms with her furniture, her parents bought new furniture and rearranged her old room. The bed was comfortable which helped Momo relax. She placed her hand on her belly and sighed. 30 minutes later, Momo went to confront her parents and tried telling them about her pregnancy again, but they just laughed. They continued to pass it off as a joke. By late afternoon, Momo confronted her parents once more.

“Will you two just listen to me? I’m pregnant and Shoto’s the father!” she said

“THAT’S ENOUGH!” snapped Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“This joke has gone on long enough,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“It’s not a joke!” said Momo

“WE DON’T WANT TO HEAR IT ANYMORE!” yelled Mr. Yaoyorozu

“There’s nothing funny about making jokes about ruining your life,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“But…” Momo started to say

“This discussion is over, and you are to never joke about it in this household again. Do I make myself clear?” Mr. Yaoyorozu interrupted

“Yes sir,” said Momo

“Good. Now run along. We’ll see you later,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

Momo felt there was no need to try anymore. She decided to leave. Tears formed in her eyes as she walked out the gates. Hana felt bad for Momo and wished there was something she could do for her. Momo didn’t know what else to do. Her parents were going to find out at the private conference and she had a feeling that it wasn’t going to end well. 

(Todoroki’s House)

Shoto arrived at the house and was greeted by his big sister Fuyumi.

“It’s great to see you again,” she said

“Same here,” said Shoto

“I have lunch ready, and everyone is gathering at the table.”

“Wow, how long has it been since we all ate together?”

“It has been a long time. I hope you’re planning to stay.”

“Yes, I will. There’s something I want to tell everyone.”

“Oh wonderful! Come on let’s get inside.”

Shoto walked in and took off his shoes. He placed them next to the others. He followed Fuyumi into the dining room. Shoto saw Natsuo, Rei, and Endeavor at the table and the feast that was sitting before them.

“Wow, it smells good,” said Shoto

“Please sit down,” said Fuyumi as she took her seat

“Well, this is a surprise. I didn’t know you were joining us,” said Rei

“I’m glad to be here,” said Shoto

“Good to see you bro,” said Natsuo

Shoto took his seat and everyone started to dig in. It warmed Fuyumi’s heart to see everyone together at the table. She knew that Natsuo still didn’t get along with Endeavor, but she was glad that he was eating at the same table with him.

“So Shoto, wasn’t there something you wanted to share?” asked Fuyumi

“Yes. I have a girlfriend,” said Shoto

“Wow really? I didn’t know that,” said Endeavor

“Who is she?” asked Rei

“Her name’s Momo Yaoyorozu,” said Shoto

“That name sounds familiar,” said Natsuo

“The Yaoyorozu’s own five big companies across Japan and they’re known to be the wealthiest in this country,” said Fuyumi

“I’ve heard good things about them. I didn’t know you were dating their daughter Shoto,” said Endeavor

“Well, we wanted to keep our relationship a secret,” he replied

“Why honey?” asked Rei

“We just didn’t know how everyone would feel about us being together,” said Shoto

“I think it’s great bro. Congratulations!” said Natsuo

“You must invite her over for dinner sometime,” said Rei

“I’ll do that, but there’s something you guys need to know first,” said Shoto

“Oh? What is it?” asked Endeavor

“I uh…..I got Momo pregnant,” said Shoto

Everyone became shocked at the table. Natsuo chocked on his food while Endeavor spat out his tea all over the table. Endeavor was coughing while Fuyumi rushed over to help Natsuo. Rei ended up dropping her chopsticks and she put her hands over her mouth. Shoto sighed at his family’s reactions.

“Excuse me?” questioned Endeavor

“I didn’t mean for this to happen,” said Shoto

“First you hide your relationship from everyone and then you got your girlfriend knocked up? Shoto how could you do something so fucking stupid!”

“Enji please, can’t you see that it was an accident?” said Rei

“I’m really sorry,” said Shoto

“Sweetie, it’s okay,” said Rei

She got up from her spot, approached Shoto, and embraced him.

“Oh, quit coddling him! I just can’t believe this bullshit,” huffed Endeavor

He stormed out of the room and slammed the front door. Rei continued to hug Shoto. She gave him a kiss and tried to assure him that everything was going to be okay. Shoto still felt terrible. It wasn’t just about Endeavor’s reaction, but also that he ruined lunch that Fuyumi went through the trouble of preparing. Everyone was finally gathered at the table, and he ruined it. Soon Shoto stood up and bowed respectfully towards his family.

“I’m so sorry for the trouble I caused today,” he said

“We’re not mad honey,” said Rei

“You’re not? But I ended up ruining our lunch. I’m so sorry sis,” said Shoto

“Don’t worry about it and you know how dad is,” said Fuyumi

“You know, I actually like the idea of being called uncle,” said Natsuo

“I can’t wait to be an aunt,” said Fuyumi

“Thank you, guys, but I need to head out now,” said Shoto

“You’re leaving already?” questioned Rei

“Yes. I need to meet up with Momo and see how she’s doing. She was breaking the news to her parents as well,” said Shoto

“Come back and visit soon,” said Rei

“Make sure you bring Momo with you. I want to meet her,” said Fuyumi

Shoto left his family’s house. As he walked, he opened his phone and began to text Momo.

>>> Shoto: How did things go?

>>> Momo: Not so good. My parents didn’t believe me and took it as a joke.

>>> Shoto: Seriously?

>>> Momo: Yeah, and I tried to tell them again later, but they got mad and didn’t want to hear it anymore. They still believe it’s a joke. The only one who believed me was my maid, Hana.

>>> Shoto: I can’t believe it. Well, if it makes you feel any better, my dad didn’t take the news well. He’s really pissed right now.

>>> Momo: I’m so sorry Shoto.

>>> Shoto: Don’t worry about it. My mom and siblings took the news well though.

>>> Momo: Really?

>>> Shoto: Yeah. They want to meet you.

>>> Momo: Well, I’d like to meet them too.

>>> Shoto: I’m almost at the café. Are you hungry?

>>> Momo: Yes.

>>> Shoto: I’ll buy us an early dinner and we can talk more about you meeting my family.

>>> Momo: Sounds good. I’ll see you soon. I love you.

>>> Shoto: I love you too.

The day of the private conference finally came and it turned into a disaster. Aizawa was present along with Principal Nezu and All Might. All the parents were gathered in one giant meeting room with their kids. Mitsuki had tagged along to support her best friend Inko.

“Thank you all for coming. Now I’m sure you’re aware of why you were all called here,” said Nezu

Most of the parents nodded except for the Yaoyorozu’s.

“I’m sorry. I don’t understand why we’re here or what this has to do with our daughter,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Didn’t Momo tell you? She’s pregnant,” said Aizawa

“What is with this joke?” asked Mr. Yaoyorozu

“I’m afraid this isn’t a joke. If you don’t believe me, see for yourself,” said Nezu handing the Yaoyorozu’s Momo’s results.

Momo’s parents read the results and became shocked. Momo started to get nervous and felt tears forming in her eyes. Mrs. Yaoyorozu crumbled Momo’s results in her hands.

“How could you do this to me? You have disgraced the Yaoyorozu Family name,” she said sternly

“Mother I’m sorry,” said Momo lowering her head in shame

“After everything we did for you! We spent a lot of money getting you into this school and this is how you thank us? By throwing your life away to be with that demon spawn!” snapped Mr. Yaoyorozu

“My son is not a demon spawn!” snapped Rei

“You could have at least taught him to keep his dirty hands to himself,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Well maybe he would have kept his hands to himself if you didn’t let your daughter dress like a two bit tramp!” snapped Endeavor

“Hey! Momo is not like that!” Shoto shouted

“You just stay out of this!” Endeavor snapped back “Seriously, who lets their minor dress like that?”

“Well at least our daughter doesn’t have a criminal record. It must be nice being the number one hero, letting your kids do what they want and get away with anything including murder,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“WHAT THE FUCK DID YOU SAY?!!!” yelled Endeavor

He was about ready to bash Mr. Yaoyorozu’s face in, but Rei and a few other parents were holding him back. Mrs. Yaoyorozu and Kirishima’s mother were holding back Mr. Yaoyorozu. At this point, it seemed like two sides had formed. Aizawa and All Might stepped in to try and calm everyone down.

“I just can’t believe you kids would do something like this. How could you think about having a baby at your age? You’re way too young!” spoke up Kirishima’s mother

“I have to agree. None of you are ready to have a baby,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Look we can all agree about not liking the idea of our children becoming teen parents, but what’s done is done,” said Mrs. Kaminari

“Okay, there’s one way we can make this all go away and pretend it never happened,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Huh?” some of the parents questioned

“Momo, get an abortion. Your friends should too,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“What?” she questioned

“Look honey, you’re not ready to be a parent. You still have your whole life ahead of you. I’ll make an appointment for you at the clinic. The sooner we get this abortion done, the better.”

“I don’t want to get an abortion.”

“Don’t talk such nonsense. Experts say abortion is the best decision to make.”

“And some say it’s not!” Inko added

“Stay out of our family business tubby! Go lose some weight!” snapped Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“Hey you can’t talk to my best friend like that! Who the fuck do you think you are?” snapped Mitsuki

“You’re Mitsuki right?”

“Speaking.”

“You’re married to Masaru right?”

“Yes.”

“His work in fashion is impressive and it must be nice for him to make tons of money from it and you going out spending it like Malibu Barbie.”

“Well at least I married Masaru out of love and not for his money. I’m curious, how many times did you have to drop your panties to get that ring on your finger?”

“HOW DARE YOU!”

Mitsuki and Mrs. Yaoyorozu continued to insult each other until they were about ready to kill each other. Inko and Izuku had to hold Mitsuki back as Mrs. Yaoyorozu was being held back by her husband, Momo, and Kirishima’s mother. Principal Nezu felt he lost control of the meeting at this point. Aizawa activated his quirk to quiet everyone down. It took a few minutes for things to settle down again.

“Okay, I had enough of this. I got better things to do than to waste my time with this pointless meeting,” said Endeavor

He left slamming the door behind him.

“Look I understand that you all are upset about this situation…..” said Principal Nezu

“Oh we’re way past upset! What kind of fucking school are you running here? I sent my daughter here so she can become a hero and get a good education, not get knocked up by some beast,” interrupted Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Dad, Shoto is not a beast!” shouted Momo

“You’re right. He was just raised by them.”

“Hey!” snapped Rei

“That’s enough! We don’t need another fight,” said Aizawa

“With all due respect, these students have already made their decision,” said All Might

“Oh really? Well what’s your decision young lady?” Mrs. Yaoyorozu asked Momo

“Mother, Father, I decided to keep the baby. Shoto and I are going to take responsibility and raise our child despite what you and others say or think,” she replied

“Is that your final word?”

“Yes.”

“Very well then, feel free to live your life as you please because from now on you’re on your own.”

“What do you mean?”

“Since you choose to be foolish, you’re being cut off from your inheritance,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“WHAT!” shouted Momo

“We’ll be repossessing all your things from your dorm room too,” added Mrs. Yaoyorozu

“You’re taking my bed? Where will I sleep?” asked Momo

“That’s your problem. Now hand over the house key,” said Mr. Yaoyorozu

“Why?” asked Momo

“You’re no longer welcome in our home. As far as we’re concerned, we don’t have a daughter anymore.”

Momo’s eyes widened as her father snatched the house keys away from her. Shoto just couldn’t believe what he just witnessed and the others seemed shocked as well. Mr. & Mrs. Yaoyorozu began to leave.

“The Yaoyorozu’s have a reputation to uphold. It’s such a pity Momo. You had a promising future. Now you have nothing and you’ll become nothing,” said Mrs. Yaoyorozu before shutting the door behind her

Tears began to fall from Momo’s eyes. She felt her legs give out and she collapsed to the floor sobbing. Shoto, Inko, Mitsuki, and Kyoka rushed to her side to comfort her.

“Pfft. How tragic,” scoffed Kirishima’s mother

“Don’t start mom,” said Kirishima

“Excuse me? You’re going to talk to me like that?”

“You don’t need to be rude to my friends.”

“Now you listen to me mister! I went through hell raising you after your deadbeat father left us. Do you even remember that? I worked my ass off getting you into this school and you decide to become a teen parent? What the hell were you thinking?”

“Mom, it wasn’t intentional! It just happened.”

“I’m not going to be responsible for that baby you and that hussy are planning to have!”

“You don’t have to be responsible and Mina’s not a hussy! She and I are going to raise this baby ourselves whether you like it or not!”

“You can’t be serious.”

“I am!”

“Fine but when you hit rock bottom, don’t you dare come crying to me. Don’t even bother showing up at the duplex either.”

Kirishima’s eyes widened as his mother started to leave. He followed her to the door.

“So you’re going to be like dad and bail on me like a coward?” questioned Kirishima

Suddenly, there was a loud slap sound that echoed in the room. It startled everyone including Principal Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might. For the first time in Kirishima’s life his mother hit him, and she was pissed. All he could do was hold his cheek and stare at his mother.

“How dare you compare me to that asshole! FUCK YOU! I NEVER WANT TO SEE YOU AGAIN! YOU’RE DEAD TO ME!” Kirishima’s mother screamed at her son

Tears began to form in Kirishima’s eyes as she left, slamming the door behind her. Her footsteps could be heard echoing down the UA halls. He just couldn’t believe what just happened. Mina rushed over to Kirishima along with Mina’s great aunt, Izuku, and Denki. Aizawa and All Might even checked on both Momo and Kirishima. They were both upset. After a few minutes, things have calmed down again.

“Forgive me, but I must cancel this meeting. I’m sorry that this didn’t go as well as I had hoped. I shall schedule a new meeting, but this time it’ll be handled differently. Thank you for staying even after the chaos. You’re all free to go,” said Nezu

All the parents and their kids left the room. It was silent once more. Principal Nezu got out a glass, added Alka-Seltzer to it, and poured in the water. The tablets bubbled and fizzed as it started to dissolve.

“Well, that went well,” said Nezu

“My apologizes, we should have handled the situation better,” said All Might

“I’m sorry too. I suggested the idea,” said Aizawa

“No, no no. I take full responsibility for what happened here. It’s not your fault,” said Nezu

“Sir, what should we do for Momo and Kirishima?” asked All Might

“The best thing for them right now is that they surround themselves with friends and I already plan to replace Momo’s furniture in her dorm room so don’t worry about that,” said Nezu before he took a sip from his glass

“How are we going to handle the next meeting?” asked Aizawa

“Well since it was a bad idea to gather everyone in one place, we’ll have to do separate meetings. I suggest we start with the Midoriyas and the Urarakas and then move on to the other families,” said Nezu

“That’s a good idea,” said All Might

“I just hope you both will be present for these meetings,” said Nezu

“Of course sir,” said Aizawa

“Excellent! I shall prepare the first meeting with the Midoriyas and the Urarakas then,” said Nezu as he put his paws together.

A few days have passed. Momo was still upset about what happened at the meeting. It didn’t help when she watched her stuff get repossessed. Tsuyu was walking down the hall and noticed Momo’s empty room.

“Hey Momo, what happened to all your stuff? Ribbit,” she asked

“Oh, well I really need space in my room so I’m just switching things out with basic furniture,” said Momo

“Oh I see. Do you need any help?”

“No it’s okay. I got it. Thank you.”

“Okay. I’ll see you later then. Ribbit.”

Momo was relieved that Tsuyu believed her story, but felt terrible for lying. She didn’t want anyone else to know what was going on. Principal Nezu was true to his word and replaced Momo’s furniture. It wasn’t anything fancy, but Momo didn’t care. She thanked her principal for being so kind to her.

“If you ever want to talk, please come see me. I’m here to listen,” said Nezu

“Thank you sir,” said Momo

“Would you like some help assembling your furniture?”

“Thanks, but I can do it myself.”

“Okay then. I’ll check up on you later.”

Principal Nezu left the dorms and Momo shut her door. She got to work on assembling her new furniture. It took a couple of hours, but she was satisfied when the work was done. It was getting close to dinner time, but Momo still wanted to be alone. Shoto and a few others have tried to text her, but she didn’t respond. She decided she’ll talk to them at dinner.

Momo lied on her new bed and began browsing the web on her phone. Suddenly, the internet on her phone started acting up and then stopped loading pages. Momo tried to refresh and even turn on and off the wifi, but it didn’t do any good. She figured the internet was bugging out and decided to respond to Shoto’s text. When she tried to reply, it failed to send.

“Huh? That’s weird,” said Momo

She sat up and tried again, but it continued to fail. What was going on? Momo suddenly realized what could have been the problem, but she had to be sure. She decided to call Ochako, but her call wouldn’t go through. Just as she feared, her phone had been shut off. Her parents were still able to hurt her even after they cut her off. Momo started to tear up as her parents words echoed through her head. Tears formed in her eyes and she began to sob in her bed.

About 30 minutes later, Momo left her room and went to the student library. Even though school wasn’t in session, students were allowed access to the student library anytime. Momo wanted to clear her head. She browsed through the aisles until a small book caught her eye. She read the cover, took it, and continued looking. She found a few more books and decided to check them out. Momo wandered around campus for a while before returning to her room.

When she made it back, she set the books on her new desk and turned on her light. She opened the small book and began to read it. She started to cry again and continued to cry as she read on. She then opened the other books and skimmed through them, like she was doing research. The words her parents said kept echoing through Momo’s head and she hated it. Momo took out some paper and began writing a letter to Shoto. It was hard to write the right words on the paper. Momo was getting frustrated every time she scribbled something out. She couldn’t take it anymore. She tossed the paper in the air, pushed the books off her desk, and threw her phone. She also caused the light on her desk to fall over. Momo covered her face with her hands and sobbed for a few minutes. She wasn’t sure what to do at this point. Soon Momo used her quirk to create a coat. She put it on, snuck outside, and left UA campus.

By dinner time, everyone was getting ready to eat. Shoto looked around for Momo, but didn’t see her.

“Hey, have you guys seen Momo?” asked Shoto

“No, I haven’t,” said Izuku

“She has been keeping to herself lately. I hope she’s feeling all right,” said Kyoka

“I’m going to go check on her,” said Shoto

He went to the elevator and headed towards the floor Momo stayed on. Shoto approached Momo’s door and knocked. There was no answer. Shoto waited for a minute before knocking again. There was still no response. Was she sleeping? Shoto decided to go in. When he stepped into Momo’s room, he was surprised to see the room unoccupied. Shoto then noticed the mess. He stood the light back up on the desk and then started picking up the papers. He took notice that Momo was trying to write something to him. Shoto raised an eyebrow. Why would she write a letter? He then noticed her phone on the floor. That was weird. Shoto started picking up the books and putting them back on Momo’s desk. When he picked up the small book, his eyes widened as he read the cover. It was titled “Suicide That Ended Lives.”

“Oh my God,” Shoto said in a scared tone

He looked through the other books Momo had. They were about locations in Japan. He realized the connection. Shoto figured Momo was planning to kill herself and she was looking for a place to do it. The letter she was trying to write was probably a goodbye letter. Shoto tried not to panic. He pulled out his phone and created a group text chat. He had to notify the others immediately.

Chapter Text

>>> Shoto: Guys, we have a problem!

>>> Izuku: What’s the matter?

>>> Shoto: Momo is gone!

>>> Ochako: Gone? What do you mean?

>>> Shoto: She’s not in her room and I don’t know where she is.

>>> Denki: Are you sure she’s not in the bathroom?

>>> Shoto: I’m pretty sure she’s not.

>>> Kirishima: What’s going on?

>>> Shoto: I went into Momo’s room and found a mess. Her phone is here and there were books and papers scattered on the floor.

>>> Mina: That’s peculiar.

>>> Shoto: One of the books she had was about suicide.

>>> Kyoka: WHAT!!!

>>> Shoto: It looked like she was trying to write me a letter. It was probably a goodbye letter.

>>> Izuku: Oh my God!

>>> Ochako: Shoto where are you right now?

>>> Shoto: I’m still in Momo’s room.

>>> Ochako: Stay there! We’re coming up.

>>> Izuku: I’m going to get Mr. Aizawa!

Shoto closed his phone and sighed. He just couldn’t believe this was happening. If anything happened to Momo, he was never going to forgive himself. About 5 minutes later, Ochako, Kyoka, Denki, Mina, & Kirishima entered Momo’s room. Shoto showed them the book and even the letter Momo tried to write.

“This doesn’t sound like Momo,” said Mina

“She would never try to commit suicide,” said Kyoka

“I don’t know what else to think,” said Shoto

“I wish she had come to us. We could have tried to help her,” said Ochako

“She probably didn’t want to feel like a burden,” said Kirishima

“I should have never left her alone,” said Shoto

“What do we do know?” asked Denki

“I’ll go out and find her,” said a voice

Everyone looked over to see Aizawa enter the room with Izuku behind him.

“What are you all doing in Momo’s room?” asked Aizawa

“Sir, I went to check on Momo and she wasn’t here. I found these on the floor,” replied Shoto handing him the suicide book and letter

Aizawa stared at the book for a few moments and then looked at the letter. He sighed in disbelief.

“Are you sure you looked everywhere for her?” asked Aizawa

“Yes. I have searched the entire main floor for her,” said Shoto

“She left her phone here and she’s never without it,” said Ochako

“Sir I don’t think she’s on campus anymore,” said Kyoka

“Okay, I’ll go search for her,” said Aizawa

“We want to help!” said Shoto

“I think it would be a better idea if you all stayed here,” said Aizawa

His students suddenly started to protest and surround him. Aizawa activated his quirk to quiet them down.

“Keep it down! Do you want attract attention from the others?” asked Aizawa

“Sir, Momo has not been herself since that meeting,” said Shoto

“She needs us more than ever!” said Mina

“Please sir, let us help you find her,” said Kirishima

“Please!” begged Kyoka

Aizawa looked at his students. He knew that they were concerned. Some of them were starting to tear up. Aizawa rubbed his head and sighed.

“Okay, all of you meet me outside in ten minutes. I’m going to go get All Might and see you out there soon. Do not let the others know, understand?” he said

“Yes sir,” said Shoto

“They’re busy eating dinner so we should be able to leave no problem,” said Denki

“Hurry up and get what you need. Lets not waste any time,” said Aizawa

Everyone left Momo’s room and began getting prepared. 10 minutes later, Shoto and the others were outside. They made sure to keep their distance from the dormitories so they wouldn’t be spotted by their classmates or other students. Soon Aizawa showed up with All Might.

“Do you have what you need?” asked Aizawa

“Yes sir. We have our flashlights and emergency kits,” said Izuku

“Very good,” said All Might

“Now listen, I’m letting you all help us with this search but you must return to campus by curfew,” said Aizawa

“That only gives us about 3 hours to find her,” said Mina

“Well I hope we find her within that time. Now I’m not even supposed to let you leave campus at this hour, but since this is an emergency I’m making an exception,” said Aizawa

“What if we don’t find her tonight?” asked Denki

“Then I’ll have to get the police involved to continue the search,” said Aizawa

“We’re going to find her!” Shoto said determined

“Sir, I created a group text chat so we can keep in touch with each other,” said Kirishima

“That’s a great idea,” said All Might

“Okay, let’s get moving,” said Aizawa

Before they split up, Shoto and the others told Aizawa and All Might about the places Momo liked to go to or hang out. It was a start in their search. An hour has passed and there was still no sign of Momo.

>>> Aizawa: Any luck?

>>> Shoto: No, not yet

>>> Izuku: We searched her favorite stores and haven’t seen her. We even asked the employees and they haven’t seen her at all today.

>>> Denki: We checked the nail salon and nothing.

>>> Kyoka: She’s not at any of the cafes she likes.

>>> Mina: Oh gosh, I hope she’s okay and didn’t do anything drastic.

>>> All Might: Okay, let’s not panic. She didn’t go to any of her favorite places. I can only guess that she went somewhere where there are hardly any people.

>>> Aizawa: All right, let’s start checking parks and other rural areas.

>>> Ochako: I hope we find her. I’m getting worried.

>>> Shoto: We’re going to find her!

(Aizawa’s POV)

All Might and I continued to search. We checked every bridge we came across, shining our flashlights underneath them and then we started check near rivers. We carefully scanned the areas before moving on. I sighed as we started making our way to a construction site.

“Where do you think she could have gone?” I asked

“I’m not sure, but she couldn’t have got very far,” said All Might

“I just can’t believe this.”

“Are you okay?”

“I’m supposed to keep my students safe. I should have talked to her sooner or maybe kept an eye on her.”

“Hey, it’s not your fault! No one knew what her intentions were. What matters is that we find her tonight.”

All Might and I made it to the construction site and started searching. We went in different directions as we searched, calling out Momo’s name.

(Kyoka’s POV)

Denki and I continued making our way through one of the big parks. We shined our flashlights in different directions.

“Momo!” I called out

“Momo, where are you!” called out Denki

“You think she might have come through here?”

“It’s possible.”

“I hope Momo is okay.”

“Don’t worry, we’ll find her.”

“Denki, we’re running out of time and we still haven’t found her. I feel like a terrible friend for not being with her after the meeting.”

“You’re not a terrible friend. We all thought she needed her space at the time.”

“What if we don’t find her?”

“Then all we could do is hope someone else does.”

Denki and I then started checking the playground. I had doubts that Momo was there, but it was better to check and not overlook anything. Afterwards, we went to the wooded area that had multiple trails. We shined our flashlights on the paths.

“Now what do we do?” asked Denki

“I’ll take one path, you take another. We’ll meet back here in 15 minutes,” I said

“Okay, sounds good.”

“If you find Momo, please text me.”

“You know I will.”

“Good luck.”

Denki and I each took a path that led us in different directions. We scanned our surroundings as we walked through the wooded area. I hope and pray that we find her before curfew.

(Kirishima’s POV)

 Mina and I continued to search the streets. We shined our flashlights down alleyways and inside abandoned buildings. We made sure we were cautious. Soon we headed over to the park that had a giant lake. Mina and I walked the path that surrounded it as she scanned our surroundings with our flashlights.

“Momo!” I called out

“Momo please answer us!” called out Mina

“Oh man, I hope we find her soon.”

“I hope so too. I’m really getting worried. I should have done something for her sooner.”

“No, I should have talked to her after the meeting. I know exactly how she feels.”

“Your new place is with me and Grauntie, you know that.”

“What about Momo? She has no place to go and our holiday break is coming up soon.”

“I’m sure Shoto will be taking care of that.”

“I hope we find her soon. I can’t help but feel guilty.”

“You did nothing wrong. The only thing that matters is that we find her and we will!”

I leaned over and gave Mina a kiss and then we continued our search. Our time of searching was almost up. I don’t want to go to bed tonight thinking about Momo being out here alone. Even if Mina and I don’t find her, I hope the others do.

Izuku, Ochako, & Shoto checked the abandoned shrines, cemeteries, and hillsides that looked over the city but there was still no sign of Momo. Time was running out, but Shoto was still determined to find her before curfew. Tears began to form in Ochako’s eyes.

“It’s okay Uraraka,” said Izuku trying to comfort her

“I’m so scared that something bad has happened to her,” she replied

“Don’t think like that! She has be around here somewhere,” said Shoto

“Let’s think. Where else could she have gone? Is there any place she likes to go where she feels safe?” asked Izuku

Shoto stopped for a minute and thought about what Izuku just said. His eyes widened as he just realized something. Izuku and Ochako stopped and looked back at Shoto.

“Hey, are you okay?” asked Izuku

“That’s it! Why didn’t I think of it before?” said Shoto

“Huh?” questioned Ochako

“I think I know where she is, but we better hurry,” said Shoto

“Are you sure?” asked Izuku

“Yes, let’s go!” said Shoto

He explained along the way about a private place Momo would go to. Sometimes they would go there together. When Momo showed Shoto the private place, she mentioned that it made her feel safe and it was a good place to go to whenever she felt troubled. If Shoto was correct, Momo would be there. Shoto lead the way. When they were close, Shoto, Izuku, and Ochako pulled out their flashlights and began to look around.

“Momo!” Izuku called out

“Momo where are you?” Ochako called out

“Momo, I’m here!” Shoto called out

They split up as they continued to search the area. Shoto started heading up towards the hill where a giant tree sat. It was so big that the roots stuck out and took over most of the hill and boulders.

“Momo!” Shoto called out

“Shoto?” she questioned

Shoto quickly hurried to where he heard Momo’s voice. He looked around and shined his flashlight near the tree. Momo was finally spotted! She was up near the tree’s trunk and sitting on top of the roots. She was pretty high up above the ground. One false move and she could take a pretty nasty fall.

“Momo, there you are! Thank God!” said Shoto with relief

“Shoto, I’m so glad to see you!” she replied with tears in her eyes

“What are you doing up there? Please come down.”

“I would if I could, but my foot got stuck in the tree’s roots.”

“Hold on, I’ll come up!”

Shoto made haste and got to Momo as fast as he could. Once he reached her, he took her in his arms, kissed her, and held her for a few moments. He could feel her tremble a bit. Then he used the flashlight and shined it on the tree roots. Shoto saw that Momo’s foot was indeed stuck and tangled in the tree roots. He grabbed a hold of her foot and tried to pull, but Momo winced.

“I’m sorry, are you okay?” Shoto asked

“I stepped wrong and my foot slipped into the tree roots. I think I twisted my ankle,” said Momo

“Don’t worry, I’ll get you free.”

Shoto was more cautious and he broke the tree roots that surrounded Momo’s foot. Soon, Momo was able to lift her foot out and she was free. Shoto embraced Momo again and held her for a few minutes.

“Why did you leave UA?” he asked

“I needed to go somewhere to clear my head and think,” said Momo

“So you weren’t trying to kill yourself?”

“Huh?”

“Momo, I went to check on you and you weren’t in your room. I saw the mess and found that book and the letter you were trying to write me. What were you doing?”

“I’ve been depressed ever since my parents abandoned me. I haven’t felt like myself and their words bothered me so much. They even shut off my phone! I began to have bad thoughts and they started turning into suicidal thoughts. I admit that I had thoughts of taking my life at first, but then I remembered you, the baby, and…..and I just couldn’t do it. I left campus to try and clear my head……I came here and…..my foot got stuck……..and……and….”

Tears began to flow down Momo’s face. She started to break down and sob loudly. Shoto continued to hold her. He started to rub her back to calm her down.

“Shh, it’s okay. I’m here now and I’m not mad at you,” said Shoto

“I lost everything…and maybe my parents are right….I am nothing!” Momo sobbed

Shoto wiped her tears away and cupped the side of her face. He had her make eye contact with him.

“Momo listen to me, you are NOT nothing! Your parents had no right to treat you like that. You didn’t lose everything because you have me, the baby, and your friends. I’m sorry I didn’t defend you back there and I’m sorry I left you alone for too long,” said Shoto

“No, I’m the one who’s sorry. I should have just came to you sooner,” cried Momo

“It’s all right. What matters is that we found you.”

“We?”

“Aizawa, All Might, Izuku, Ochako, Denki, Kyoka, Kirishima, Mina, and I have been searching for you for hours.”

“Now I feel terrible. I’m so sorry for causing so much trouble.”

“It’s okay, you’re safe now.”

Shoto leaned in and locked lips with Momo. She wrapped her arms around him as they continued to kiss. Soon their kissing was interrupted by brightness of flashlights.

“MOMO!” said Ochako excitedly

“We finally found you! Are you okay?” asked Izuku

“Yes I’m fine except I might have twisted my ankle. I’ve been stuck up here for a while,” said Momo

“I’ll let the others know Shoto found her,” said Izuku as he pulled out his phone

“Can you two get down?” asked Ochako

“Easy. You may want to stand back,” said Shoto

Ochako backed up a bit as Shoto started using his ice quirk. He created an ice slide. Shoto then picked up Momo and they slid down the ice slide together. Once they reached the ground, Shoto helped Momo sit on the grass. Ochako got on her knees and hugged Momo as Shoto began melting the ice with his fire quirk.

“I was so worried about you,” cried Ochako

“I’m so sorry,” cried Momo

“I’m just glad you’re safe and sound.”

Ochako setup emergency lights near Momo and then took a look at her ankle. It did look banged up a bit. Ochako opened her backpack and grabbed the first aid kit. She looked through it for a few minutes until she found some gauze, first aid tape, and alcohol pads. Ochako carefully cleaned Momo’s ankle with the alcohol pads and then started wrapping the gauze around her ankle and foot. She then secured the gauze with the first aid tape. Izuku joined them a few moments later. He gave Momo a water bottle and she drank from it. Soon Aizawa, All Might, and the others showed up and Momo was being surrounded by her friends. It was a tearful reunion.

“Momo we’re so glad you’re safe,” cried Mina

“We’re sorry for being terrible friends,” cried Kyoka

“No, I’m sorry for causing so much trouble lately,” cried Momo

“We should have stuck by you longer,” cried Denki

“We love you,” cried Mina

“Momo, I know how you feel. Please know that you’re not alone. I’m sorry I didn’t get the chance to talk to you after that meeting,” cried Kirishima

“Momo if you ever feel upset like this again, please come to us. We will listen. We all got your back. Heroes look out for each other too,” cried Izuku

They all did a group hug and stayed that way for a few minutes. Momo started to feel better. She was glad she had wonderful friends and a loving caring boyfriend. Their group hug was interrupted by the sound of Aizawa clearing his throat.

“Okay guys, All Might and I want to talk to Momo in private for a moment,” he said

Shoto and the others got up and walked away as All Might and Aizawa knelt down and began to talk to Momo. They made sure they kept their distance a few feet away from them. Shoto had a hard time telling what they were saying to Momo, but he saw her cry as they chatted. Momo soon lowered her head as if she was bowing respectfully towards them. Aizawa stroked the top of her head and then All Might gave her a hug. All Might stood up and began approaching the others as Aizawa picked up Momo and carried her in his arms.

“Okay you guys. Let’s get back to UA,” said All Might

“What about Momo?” asked Izuku

“I’m going to take her to the hospital. She needs to be checked out and have her ankle looked at,” said Aizawa

“Sir, may I go with you?” asked Shoto

“Please sir, can he come along?” asked Momo

Aizawa stayed silent for a few moments. He looked at Momo and Shoto and then sighed.

“All right you can come along Todoroki, but the rest of you get back to UA,” said Aizawa

“I’ll keep you all updated,” said Shoto

“Thanks, Shoto,” said Kirishima

“Okay, let’s get going,” said All Might

While he led the others back to campus, Aizawa, Shoto, and Momo headed to the hospital. About 20 minutes have passed and they finally made it to the hospital. Shoto raised an eyebrow as they walked towards the ER entrance.

“This isn’t the same hospital we go to for injuries,” said Shoto

“No, this is a private hospital that’s not open to the public,” said Aizawa

“What are we doing here?”

“This hospital is mainly for pro heroes, retired heroes, and their families. Bringing Momo here will keep her situation private and away from the public.”

“Oh, I see,” said Shoto

(Private Hospital)

 While Aizawa was speaking with the doctor, Momo was taken back to the exam room. Shoto tried to follow but was asked to wait in the waiting room. He sat down in one of the chairs and was scrolling through his phone. After a few minutes, he opened the group text chat:

>>> Shoto: Hey guys, I just want to let you know we made it to the hospital and Momo is being checked out right now.

>>> Kirishima: Wow, sounds like it didn’t take long. Hospitals are usually busy.

>>> Shoto: Actually, Aizawa brought us to a private hospital.

>>> Izuku: Why?

>>> Shoto: It’s so the public won’t discover Momo’s secret or find out what happened tonight.

>>> Mina: That’s smart.

>>> Shoto: How are you guys doing?

>>> Ochako: We’re doing fine. We had to make up a story when we got back, but everyone seemed to have bought it.

>>> Kyoka: I hate lying to our classmates.

>>> Denki: Well, we were advised to not say anything about our secret right now.

>>> Mina: I know, but I hate keeping this secret from my other friends.

>>> Kirishima: I’m sure we’ll get the chance to tell them once Principal Nezu says we can.

>>> Izuku: Yes, but we do need to be careful who we tell. The last thing any of us want is for this to spread around UA.

>>> Ochako: I agree.

>>> Shoto: Well, we can discuss that later. I’ll let you know if I hear anything else.

>>> Denki: Okay, thanks for the update. Ttyl

>>> Kirishima: Ttyl

Shoto closed his phone as Aizawa sat down next to him.

“How are you doing?” asked Aizawa

“I’m just relieved that we found her,” Shoto replied

“So am I. Good work on finding her. How did you know where she was?”

“I just remembered her safe place. I wish I had thought of it sooner.”

“Hey, what matters is that she was found.”

“I hope Momo is doing okay.”

”Don’t worry. We’ll be leaving here soon. It doesn’t take as long here as it does at a public hospital.”

“That’s good to know.”

“I have made arrangements for Momo to come here for a couple of weeks though.”

“Couple of weeks, why?”

“To see a psychologist. After everything she has been through, I don’t think it would hurt for her to get some therapy help. Don’t worry, no one will find out about this and I trust that you can keep this a secret?”

“Of course, sir I won’t say anything about this.”

Soon a nurse called for Aizawa and Shoto. They both stood up as the nurse approached them.

“How’s Momo doing?” asked Shoto

“Don’t worry. She’s fine. The doctor advises that she stays off her foot for a few days though,” replied the nurse

“So, she’s ready to go?” asked Aizawa

“Not quite. There’s one last thing we wanted to do for her,” said the nurse

Aizawa and Shoto looked a little confused. What else do they need to do? The nurse turned her attention towards Shoto.

“We’re going to perform an ultrasound. Would you like to see the baby?” she asked him

“Of course!” said Shoto happily

“Go on ahead. I’ll wait for you two,” said Aizawa as he took a seat

“Follow me,” said the nurse

She led Shoto through the big doors and down the hall. Near the end of the hallway, they entered a barely lit dark room. Momo was already lying down on the exam table. She smiled when she saw Shoto. He smiled back as he took her hand.

“I told you I’d bring him,” said the nurse

“You must be Shoto. It’s nice to meet you,” said the doctor

“Likewise,” he replied

“I understand that this will be your first ultrasound, correct?” asked the doctor

“Yes,” said Momo

“Okay, let’s get started. Momo, please lift up your shirt just below your chest and don’t worry, the gel has been warmed up.”

Momo did as she was instructed, exposing her flat belly. The doctor then squeezed the warm gel on her lower abdomen and began moving the wand around on her belly. Momo and Shoto stared the screen on the wall. The image revealed the inside of Momo’s womb. The doctor continued to move the wand around until she found the baby.

“There you are!” said the doctor

She kept the wand in place on Momo’s belly and began to slightly press it in. The image was becoming clearer. Momo and Shoto continued to watch the screen as the doctor pointed out the baby and explained things. A smile spread across both their faces. The tiny blob they were looking at was a baby, their baby. It didn’t really look like a baby yet, but it seemed like it was starting to take shape of one.

“That’s the baby?” questioned Momo

“Yes, and I detect a heartbeat. Now judging by the baby’s size, I’d say you’re about 8 weeks along,” said the doctor

“8 weeks, wow,” said Shoto

“We’ll be able to confirm more once you schedule an appointment. Make sure you schedule one as soon as possible,” said the doctor

“I will,” said Momo

Before the doctor turned off the ultrasound machine, she printed out a few copies of the ultrasound picture. The doctor gave Momo some paper towels to clean up with as she handed Shoto the images.

“Are you taking prenatal vitamins?” the doctor asked Momo

“No, not yet,” she replied

“Well, I suggest you start doing that. Here, I’ll send you home with some.”

The doctor handed Momo a small bottle of prenatal vitamins. She instructed her to take 2 a day daily with a meal. Momo understood and nodded. A nurse brought in a wheelchair and Shoto helped Momo into it.

“It was nice to meet you two,” said the doctor

“Nice to meet you too,” said Shoto

“Thank you so much,” said Momo

“You’re welcome and congratulations. Take it easy and rest up,” said the doctor

A nurse wheeled Momo out of the room and Shoto followed. They went back to the waiting room. Momo was wheeled to the front desk so she could sign her discharge papers. While she took care of that, Aizawa called for a ride. Their ride showed up 15 minutes later. The nurse wheeled Momo out of the hospital and to the car. Aizawa got in the middle seat as Shoto helped Momo get in her seat. The nurse took the wheelchair back inside as Shoto went around the car and got in. They were on their way back to UA.

“Sir, thank you for doing this,” said Momo

“Yes, thank you,” said Shoto

“Well, I’m glad everything turned out fine but we need to have a talk,” said Aizawa

“Oh?” questioned Shoto

“Is something wrong?” asked Momo

“No nothing like that, but Momo you need to keep your psychology sessions a secret,” said Aizawa

“But can I tell Mina, Ochako, and the others?”

“Momo, it is for the best that nobody else knows about this. You should keep this private because the last thing you want is for this to be spread around campus. It could cause more problems for you.”

“I understand, but what about the baby?”

“You can tell the others if you’d like, but I still advise that you wait a while longer before telling any of your other friends in class. The same goes for you Todoroki.”

“I understand sir,” said Shoto

Shoto then remembered the ultrasound photos. He handed a copy to Momo. She happily took it and began to stare at it. A smile spread across her face. Shoto then handed his copy to Aizawa. He took it and glanced at it for a few moments. He smiled slightly and let out a soft chuckle.

“Cute little fella,” said Aizawa as he handed the ultrasound photo back to Shoto

(UA High)

It was close to 2am when they finally arrived back on campus. The lights were off in the dorms which gave Momo and Shoto a chance to get in without being noticed. Aizawa helped carry Momo inside. Once they made it in, Aizawa started making his way to the elevator.

“Shoto?” questioned Aizawa in a whisper

“Yes?” he whispered back

“Go into the kitchen and prepare a meal for you and Momo while I take her to her room. You two can eat in your rooms.”

“Okay sir.”

Shoto headed into the kitchen while Aizawa stepped into the elevator with Momo. In the kitchen, Shoto was trying to be quiet. He turned on the light that sat above the stove but made sure the light was on low setting. He opened the fridge and looked around. He spotted leftovers from dinner. He took those out of the fridge and prepared two plates. It didn’t take long to heat up in the microwave. About 5 minutes later, Shoto headed towards the elevator and up to Momo’s floor. When he got there, he headed towards Momo’s room and entered. Momo was sitting on her bed while Aizawa sat in a chair. They were talking to each other. They both looked at Shoto as he approached them.

“Momo, here’s leftovers from dinner,” said Shoto

“Thank you,” she said as she took the plate

“Enjoy your dinner and I’ll see you in class next week,” said Aizawa

“Huh?” Shoto questioned

“I’ll explain on the way to your room. Let’s get going,” said Aizawa

Shoto and Momo bid each other a good night. Aizawa shut Momo’s door as he and Shoto left. They went back to the elevator and headed towards Shoto’s floor.

“Momo won’t be attending class for the rest of the week. I want to give her ankle a chance to heal properly,” said Aizawa

“I see,” said Shoto

“Todoroki, would you be willing to take notes for Momo and bring her homework assignments to her?”

“Of course, sir. I’ll make sure she stays caught up.”

“I’m glad to hear it.”

Once they arrived at Shoto’s room, Aizawa wished Shoto a good night. Shoto bowed respectfully towards him before going into his room. Shoto closed the door behind him and set his plate of food on his table. He sat down and ate. It didn’t take long for him to clear his plate. He wished he could have enjoyed his meal with Momo and the others. Shoto didn’t bother changing into pajamas. He just stripped down to his boxers and plopped down on his bed. He opened his phone and went into the group text chat.

>>> Shoto: I apologize for this late update, but Momo and I have returned to the dorms. She’s doing fine, but won’t be attending class for the rest of the week. Mr. Aizawa wants to give her ankle time to heal. We’ll talk more later.

Shoto then closed the group text chat and went to Momo’s text. He assumed she was still up and decided to text her.

>>> Shoto: Hey Momo, are you awake?

>>> Momo: Yes, but how are you texting me? My parents shut off my phone!

>>> Shoto: I sent money to your account and had your phone turned back on.

>>> Momo: Thank you, but you didn't need to do that. I was going to try to get a new phone later. 

>>> Shoto: I'm not going to let you go without a phone and don't worry I'll buy you a new phone and have you on my plan.

>>> Momo: I love you.

>>> Shoto: I love you too.

>>> Momo: Sweetie, shouldn’t you be asleep?

>>> Shoto: Don’t worry I’ll go to bed in a minute. I just wanted to check on you.

>>> Momo: I’m doing fine, and dinner was delicious. Thank you for bringing that to me.

>>> Shoto: Anytime.

>>> Momo: I’m still sorry for all the trouble I caused all of you.

>>> Shoto: It’s okay. Everything is fine now.

>>> Momo: It sucks that I have to miss class the rest of the week.

>>> Shoto: Don’t worry, Mr. Aizawa talked to me about that on the way to my room. I’ll take notes for you and bring you your homework too. I won’t let you fall behind.

>>> Momo: Thanks Shoto, you’re the best.

>>> Shoto: I still can’t believe it.

>>> Momo: What?

>>> Shoto: We saw our baby.

>>> Momo: That was incredible. It’s so tiny, but it’ll grow.

>>> Shoto: What do you think it might be a boy or a girl?

>>> Momo: No matter what it is, I’m going to be happy. The only thing I care about is that it’s healthy.

>>> Shoto: I feel the same way.

>>> Momo: When should we tell the others?

>>> Shoto: We can tell them after school if you’d like.

>>> Momo: Sure, but it might be safe to share the picture in a group text chat.

>>> Shoto: I agree, also is it okay if I show the picture to my mom and siblings?

>>> Momo: Sure, it’s fine.

>>> Shoto: You better start getting some rest. I’ll check on you in the morning before I head off to class.

>>> Momo: Okay. I love you.

>>> Shoto: I love you too.

>>> Momo: Goodnight.

>>> Shoto: Goodnight.

Chapter Text

Momo woke up around 7am. She sat up, yawned, and stretched her arms up to the ceiling. She still felt tired, but started to remember what happened last night. Momo placed her hand on her belly and smiled.

"Good morning baby," she said happily

Momo knew that the baby couldn't hear her yet, but just knowing that it was growing inside her amazed her. She was happy. Suddenly there was a knock at the door. Momo was about to get up to answer, but then she remembered her ankle.

"Come in," said Momo

The door opened and Shoto stepped inside. He had a breakfast tray with him. He approached Momo and sat the tray in her lap.

"Good morning," said Shoto

"Morning," said Momo

"How are you feeling?"

"I still feel tired, but I'm doing fine. Thanks for bringing me breakfast."

"No problem."

Shoto leaned down and gave Momo a kiss. She wrapped her arms around his neck as they kissed. Soon they were gazing at each other. Shoto cupped the side of Momo's face and smiled.

"I wish I could go to class with you," said Momo

"I know but you need to rest and don't worry I'll be taking notes. I'll also bring you your homework after school," said Shoto

"Thank you."

"Well, I better get going. I can't be late for class."

"Tell everyone I said hi."

"I will and don't forget to take your prenatal vitamins."

"Oh, thanks for the reminder."

"I'll see you soon. Text me if you need anything."

Shoto left Momo's room as she got her prenatal vitamins. She knew how important it was to start taking them. She wanted her baby to be healthy and she hoped that everything was okay. Momo was concerned about how long she went without taking any of these prenatal vitamins. Sure, she was good about eating healthy but was her baby lacking the nutrition it needed? She wouldn't know until her next appointment, and she had to set that up soon. Once Momo finished her breakfast and took her prenatal vitamins, she got up to use the bathroom. She found a way to move around her room without putting too much pressure on her ankle. Afterwards, she got dressed. Since she wasn't going anywhere or doing anything for a while, she just slipped on loose comfortable clothing and climbed back in bed. Momo hated staying in one place for a long period of time, but it couldn't be helped. She grabbed her bag and pulled out the ultrasound photo. Momo smiled as she gazed at the photo again. She never got tired of looking at it.

(Classroom 1-A)

It was still early, but Shoto was happy to get to class before it started. When he walked into class, Izuku, Ochako, Kirishima, Mina, Denki, and Kyoka were already there. No one else was present yet, which gave Shoto a chance to talk to them. Izuku and the others approached him.

"How's Momo?" asked Izuku

"Don't worry she's doing fine. I checked on her this morning," said Shoto

"You guys got back pretty late," said Ochako

"I know and I'm sorry I didn't give you an update sooner," said Shoto

"It's okay. What matters is that everything is fine now," said Kirishima

"It's a shame she can't attend class the rest of the week," said Kyoka

"That's right. What will the others think?" asked Mina

"I'll just tell them she hurt her ankle last night and has to stay off of it for a couple of days," said Shoto

"You think everyone will buy that?" asked Denki

"What makes you think they won't?" asked Shoto

"Our class seems to have noticed us gone at dinner and even after it was over. Even though we gave them a made up story, I can't help but feel they know something is up."

"Look, we'll just stick to the ankle story and Momo can show them if she wants to."

Suddenly the classroom door opened. Katsuki and Tenya stepped in. Shoto and the others stared at them as they walked into the classroom and to their desks.

"What the hell are you all looking at!" snapped Katsuki

"Nothing," said Denki

"You all seem to be hanging out with each other lately," said Tenya

"Is that a problem?" asked Kyoka

"No, but it just seems a little odd," said Tenya

"Hey Kirishima, how come you didn't respond to my text last night?" asked Katsuki

"Sorry Bakugo, but I've been busy," he replied

"Busy doing what?"

"Well, I had to finish one of my assignments and then I had to go home and check on my mother."

"Is she okay?" asked Tenya

"Yeah, she's fine. She just locked herself out of the duplex again and she needed my keys," said Kirishima

"Geez, how annoying," said Katsuki

"Well, it couldn't be helped," said Kirishima

Kirishima hated lying, but he couldn't let Katsuki, Tenya, or any of his other classmates know what really happened. Izuku and the others in the group went along with Kirishima's lie. Pretty soon the rest of the class showed up and Aizawa walked in not long after that.

"Okay class, please take your seats and let's get started on today's lesson," he said

"Sir, are you okay? You look exhausted," said Tenya

"I've had a rough night and I would appreciate it if you all behaved today," said Aizawa

"Hold on, where's Momo? She's never late for class," said Toru

The rest of the class noticed Momo's empty desk and started to wonder where she was. Aizawa sighed and rubbed his head. He had to say something, but not create any suspicion.

"Well, that's one of the reasons why I had a rough night. Momo injured her ankle last night and I took her to the ER," said Aizawa

Izuku and the others were surprised that Aizawa would even mention Momo's injury. The rest of the class began to uproar with concern. Aizawa activated his quirk to quiet the class down.

"Please be quiet. I have a headache," he said

"Is she okay?" asked Tenya with concern

"She's going to be fine. I have excused her for the rest of the week so she can let her ankle heal properly."

"Why can't Recovery Girl just heal Momo's ankle?" asked Sero

"Recovery Girl is away right now and won't be back till next week," said Aizawa

"Now wait a minute, some of our classmates weren't with us at dinner. Ochako, did you and the others know about this?" Toru asked her

Everyone in the class looked at her. Ochako stayed silent for a few moments and then let out a sigh.

"Yes, we did. We were there with Momo after she got hurt," she replied

"So that was the important errand you had to take care of last night? Why would you lie to us like that? We care about Momo too," said Tenya

"Momo had sent me a text last night. Izuku and the others were around when I got it. We all decided to go see what was wrong and we discovered that she was injured."

"When we realized she was hurt, I got Mr. Aizawa," Izuku spoke up

"Sir, is this all true?" Tenya asked Aizawa

The room grew silent for a few moments. Aizawa looked at Ochako and then the rest of the class.

"It's true," said Aizawa

The rest of the class began to talk at once. Aizawa activated his quirk to quiet everyone down again.

"Why would you keep Momo's injury a secret from the rest of us?" Tenya asked Ochako

"Do you really think Momo wanted the entire class to fuss over her Iida?" Aizawa butted in "She had contacted Ochako for a reason. Momo probably didn't expect the others to show up with her. Look, what's done is done. Momo is doing fine. You can talk and visit her later after school if you want. Now, let's get started."

Everyone took their seats as Aizawa began the lesson on the board. Ochako felt completely awful for lying even more. She couldn't help but feel that the rest of the class was angry at her and the others now. By lunchtime, Izuku and the others got their trays and sat at their usual spot. Tenya, Toru, Tsuyu, and some of the other classmates sat somewhere else to eat, away from them. Katsuki still sat with their group. He sat next to Kirishima having a conversation with him.

"Kirishima, did you know about Momo's injury?" asked Katsuki

"Yes, but after I got back from my mothers," he replied

"Okay, whatever."

"So do you want to train with me this weekend?"

"Sure, I got nothing else to do."

Ochako and the others didn't really talk much. They were feeling guilty for lying to their classmates and it was difficult to finish their meals. It didn't help that they were sitting somewhere else to eat. Ochako was right about some of her classmates being angry at her and the others. She began to tear up a bit. Izuku noticed and wrapped his arm around her.

"It's okay," he whispered to her

"I feel bad for lying," Ochako whispered back

"I know, but you know why you had to do it."

"I can't wait till we can clear this up."

The rest of the school day was a bit rough, but Ochako and the others were glad it was over. They all decided to head to their dorm rooms instead of their usual hangout. Shoto set his things down in his room and then headed to the elevator. When he reached Momo's floor, he walked to her door, knocked, and she told him to enter. Shoto walked in and closed the door behind him. He pulled up a chair, sat down, and handed Momo her notes and assignments.

"Don't worry, it's all there," said Shoto

"Thank you so much," said Momo

"Do you need any help?"

"No, I think I got it."

"Well, if you change your mind just text me."

"How was class today?"

"Not good."

"What happened?"

"Mr. Aizawa mentioned your injured ankle in class and now some of our classmates are angry at us."

"Oh no, that's terrible."

"Uraraka is really taking it hard."

"Well maybe I can help clear this up. Is anyone planning to visit?"

"I heard Tenya and Tsuyu plan to come and see you later today."

"Okay, maybe I can patch things up with them."

"Just make sure you keep the baby stuff hidden from them."

"Don't worry. I already put the ultrasound picture and my prenatal vitamins away."

"What about those pamphlets Recovery Girl gave you?"

"Oh, I already threw those out. They're gone."

"Well, I'm going to get started on my assignments. I'll check on you later."

Shoto leaned in and kissed Momo. He then got up from the chair and left the room. Momo let out a happy sigh. She decided to start her homework. She read the notes Shoto made for her and then started working on her assignments. About 30 minutes later, Momo decided to take a break and check on her friends. She opened her phone and went to her group text chat.

>>>Momo: Hey guys. I wanted to check on you. How are you doing?

>>>Ochako: Awful :(

>>>Momo: I heard class didn't go so well today. I'm so sorry.

>>>Izuku: It's okay. Our classmates can't stay mad forever.

>>>Momo: Maybe I can help patch things up. Tenya and Tsuyu plan to visit me later on today.

>>>Kyoka: How are you doing?

>>>Momo: I'm starting to feel better. I just hate staying in bed though.

>>>Shoto: This is your chance to get as much rest as you can. It's good for you and the baby.

>>>Momo: Oh, that reminds me. I have something to share with you guys.

>>>Kirishima: What is it?

>>>Momo: [image delivered]

>>>Ochako: No way!

>>>Denki: Is that what I think it is?

>>>Momo: Yes. It's an ultrasound of my baby.

>>>Shoto: Our baby.

>>>Momo: Our baby. Sorry.

>>>Izuku: Oh, my goodness. It's so tiny.

>>>Kirishima: It doesn't look like a baby yet.

>>>Mina: Well, it's still an embryo you dummy!

>>>Ochako: You're so lucky. I'm already jealous. I can't wait to see my baby.

>>>Izuku: You mean our baby.

>>>Ochako: Right, sorry.

>>>Kyoka: What are you hoping for, a boy or a girl?

>>>Momo: I'll be happy with either. The only thing I care about is that this baby is healthy. The doctor said I'm already 8 weeks along.

>>>Mina: 8 weeks! That's incredible.

>>>Denki: Are you going to find out the gender or be surprised?

>>>Shoto: I'd love to find out, but only if Momo wants to.

>>>Momo: Sure, of course I want to find out. I'd go crazy if I had to wait 9 months to be surprised.

>>>Ochako: I wonder how far along I am.

>>>Mina: I wonder the same thing.

>>>Momo: Oh, I almost forgot. Make sure you girls start taking your prenatal vitamins. It's very important.

>>>Kyoka: Thanks. I'll make sure I pick up some this weekend.

>>>Ochako: Same here.

>>>Mina: Will do!

Momo's text conversation was interrupted by a knock at the door. She made a quick goodbye in the chat and closed her phone.

"Come on in," said Momo

Tenya and Tsuyu stepped in and approached her. Tenya handed Momo some flowers and she happily accepted them. She sniffed them and held them in her lap.

"Are you okay?" asked Tenya

"Yes Iida, I'm fine," said Momo

"Mr. Aizawa told us you got hurt," said Tsuyu

"Yeah, I hurt my ankle," said Momo

She moved the blanket off her feet and revealed her bandaged ankle. Tenya and Tsuyu stared for a few moments and then looked back at Momo.

"What happened?" asked Tenya

"Oh, it was my own stupid fault. I was doing some training by myself until I stepped wrong and fell," Momo lied

"That sounds painful," said Tsuyu

"It was," said Momo

"Ochako said you contacted her. Is that true?" asked Tenya

"Yes, it is. Why would you ask that?" asked Momo

"Ochako and the others lied about what they did last night. I just can't believe they would keep this a secret from us."

"Now hold on! When Ochako and the others showed up, I asked them not to say anything about my injury to anyone else."

"Why?"

"I didn't want to worry the entire class and I don't like making a scene. What happened to me was embarrassing and humiliating. I don't want my injury being gossiped about around school."

"I understand," said Tsuyu

"I was going to tell the rest of you later on. Please don't be angry at the others anymore," said Momo

"I guess we have been a little hard on them," said Tenya

"I think we should apologize especially to Uraraka," said Tsuyu

"Momo we're just glad you're okay," said Tenya

"We'll get out of your hair now. Get plenty of rest and we can't wait to see you in class again. Ribbit," said Tsuyu

"I look forward to returning to class," said Momo

She waved as Tenya and Tsuyu left her room. Later that night, everyone started to gather to eat. They were having Lemon Chicken Curry with brown rice and veggies and it looked delicious. Everyone served themselves and were about to eat when Tenya stood up and interrupted them.

"Before we eat, there's something I have to say," he said

Everyone's attention was on Tenya. He approached Ochako & the others and then bowed his head respectfully.

"I want to apologize for earlier. My behavior towards you and everyone else in class was unacceptable," said Tenya

"I'm sorry too," said Tsuyu

Other classmates were also apologizing. Ochako smiled and waved her hand.

"Hey, water under the bridge;" she said "I'm just glad that we're all still friends."

"We'll always be friends," said Toru

Everyone was smiling again which made Ochako feel better. Whatever Momo said to Tenya seemed to help clear the situation and protect their secret.

"Momo I owe you one," Ochako thought

(The Meeting Room)

The day of the meeting with the Midoriyas and the Urarakas finally came. Principal Nezu felt at ease. Aizawa and All Might were also present. Ochako and Izuku couldn't help but feel nervous, but they sat with their families facing the principal and their teachers. As usual, Mitsuki tagged along with her best friend, and she brought Masaru with her this time.

"It's good to see you all again. I hope you all are doing well," said Nezu

"We are sir," said Izuku

"Good to hear and the Bakugos, it's nice to see you again," said Nezu

"Not to sound rude, but why are you here?" asked Aizawa

"Oh, we're here to give support," said Mitsuki

"Mitsuki is my best friend and we've always been there for each other ever since we were kids," said Inko

"I see," said Aizawa

"Well, you are welcome to stay," Nezu said to Mitsuki

"Thank you," she replied

"Now I'm sure you're all aware of why you're here," said Nezu

"Yes, this is about our kids and their road to parenthood," said Mr. Uraraka

Ochako and Izuku couldn't help but lower their heads. Even though their parents were supportive, they didn't know how the principal, or the teachers felt about their decision.

"Mmm hmm and I'm told that they want to keep the baby which is wonderful," said Nezu "However, raising a baby while attending UA isn't going to be an easy task."

"We're aware of that sir," said Ochako

"We're going to make it work," said Izuku while taking Ochako's hand

Ochako looked over at Izuku and smiled. He smiled back.

"Well, what are we supposed to do about this in the meantime?" asked Mrs. Uraraka

"I'm glad you asked. We need to keep these pregnancies a secret and prevent it from spreading around campus or reaching the public," said Nezu

"How?" asked Inko

"It's best to not say anything about this to others, however I understand that there are friends and family you want to tell. I advise that you be cautious about who you tell," said Nezu

"We understand that, but what's going to happen when my daughter starts to show? How is she supposed to hide that?" asked Mr. Uraraka

"By the time she reaches her second trimester, she'll transfer to home studies," said Nezu

"You're kicking me out of school?" asked Ochako

"Sir, please don't punish Uraraka," said Izuku standing from his chair "It's my fault we're in this mess. She didn't do anything wrong, and she deserves to be here!"

"Young Midoriya, sit down," said All Might

Izuku sat back down. He couldn't help but feel upset and Ochako started to get scared. She never thought of leaving UA during her pregnancy. Principal Nezu put his paws together.

"Both of you chin up. I never said anything about kicking you out of school young lady. You're still going to attend UA, but when you start showing it'll be better for you to continue school at home," said Nezu

"Are you trying to protect UA's reputation?" asked Mitsuki

"Madam, I care more about the safety and well-being of my students than this school's reputation. The last thing I want is for my student's secrets to end up in a newspaper and having a villain hunt them down to try and hurt them. That's why it's so important to keep this a secret," said Nezu

"Now I have a question. Where am I supposed to go to have the baby? Won't my secret be exposed if I go to the hospital?" asked Ochako

"You won't be admitted to the public hospital. You and the other girls will be going to the private hospital. The same hospital Momo was taken to. Your secrets will be safe there," said Aizawa

"That's right and we'll have everything set up for you girls there," said Nezu

"I also have a question. When Uraraka and the other girls have to switch to home studies, what will the others in class think?" asked Izuku

"You don't worry about that. I have a plan that will keep their pregnancies a secret," said Aizawa

"What about our hero courses?" asked Ochako

"We will contact the agencies you work with about your situation. Unfortunately Uraraka, you won't be able to participate in anything physical or fights against villains. I'm sure Ryukyu will be able to give you simple tasks to do around her agency," said Nezu

"I understand."

The meeting went on for about another 30 minutes. Inko and Ochako's parents have asked a few more questions which Principal Nezu answered easily. When the meeting was over, everyone was making their goodbyes. Mitsuki hugged Izuku and Masaru ruffled his hair.

"Now you be good to that girl," said Mitsuki

"I will Auntie Mitsuki," said Izuku

"See you later Izuku," said Masaru

"Bring Ochako over for dinner sometime," said Inko

"I will mom," said Izuku

As Izuku watched his mom and the Bakugos leave, Ochako was getting hugged by her parents.

"Now don't worry about a thing. It's all going to work out," said Mrs. Uraraka

"I won't worry," said Ochako

"We love you sweetie," said Mr. Uraraka

"I love you too," said Ochako

She waved goodbye as her parents walked down the hall. Aizawa approached Ochako.

"Uraraka, can I talk to you for a minute?" he asked

"Sure," she replied

"Young Midoriya, I would also like a word with you," said All Might

"Of course," Izuku replied

Ochako followed Aizawa to the teacher's lounge while Izuku followed All Might outside and to the wooded area where they trained.

(Teacher Lounge)

Aizawa and Ochako took a seat across from each other. He offered her some tea, but she respectfully declined.

"Have I done anything wrong sir?" asked Ochako

"No, nothing like that," said Aizawa before taking a sip of his tea

"What's up?"

"I would like to apologize for what happened in class the other day. I didn't mean to cause you and the others' problems with your classmates."

"It's okay sir. Momo had actually helped patch things up and now we're on good terms again."

"I'm glad to hear that."

"I am worried about something though."

"Oh? What is it?"

"Even if the others don't discover my secret, how long will it last?"

"As long as you want to make it."

"Huh?"

"Look I know you'll be telling the others eventually, but it's still a good idea to not say anything right now. Keep in mind about what Principal Nezu said."

"Yeah, I know. We have to be careful about who we tell and not let this secret get out around campus or out to the public."

"That's right."

"I just hate lying."

"I know, but you're only doing it to protect yourself and the others."

"Mr. Aizawa, may I ask you something?"

"Sure, what is it?"

"Is parenthood really that difficult?"

Aizawa stared at Ochako for a few moments. He took another sip of his tea and sighed.

"It's not always easy. Why do you ask?" questioned Aizawa

"I know you're taking care of Eri and that must be difficult at times," said Ochako

"To be honest, I never took care of an infant and I've been told that it is challenging. It is easier to take care of Eri since she already knows how to talk and she's using the toilet like the rest of us. However, I do have my challenges with her."

"Really?"

"Yes. Sometimes Eri will be picky with her meals, other times she'll stay up past her bedtime because she can't sleep, and sometimes she'll get frustrated with her studies."

"Wow, I never thought of Eri being difficult."

"She's not always difficult. Uraraka, you need to remember that children have needs and wants. You need to learn what's best for them. Sometimes things won't go your way when you're teaching them. Parenting takes a lot of patience."

"Do you like being a parent?"

"Well, I've never thought of becoming one, but I'm happy to take care of Eri and not just because I can shut off her quirk when it gets out of control. She's a great kid. I know she can be demanding at certain times, but I care about her. She's improving in her training and doing her best in her studies."

"That's wonderful. I'd love to see her again sometime."

"Hey, maybe we can arrange times for you and the others to babysit Eri. How does that sound?"

"I'd love to, and this would also help us prepare more for parenthood."

Aizawa and Ochako continued to chat for a while about parenthood and childcare.

(Outside: Woods Training Area)

When Izuku and All Might made it to their private training area, they sat underneath the tree they always rested under.

"So, what do you want to talk about?" asked Izuku

"Young Midoriya, have you ever wondered why I never settled?" asked All Might

"Well, it never really crossed my mind, but I assume it has to do with you being so busy keeping everyone safe and being the symbol of peace."

"That's only part of it. The main reason I never got married or had kids was because of what happened to my predecessor."

"What happened?"

"All For One happened."

Izuku gasped a bit as his eyes widen a bit. His eyes were locked on All Might. For a moment, All Might was looking off into the distance and then he turned his attention back to Izuku. Izuku could see tears forming in All Might's eyes.

"Did you know that my predecessor was married and had a child?" asked All Might

"No, I never knew that," said Izuku

"She loved her family so much, but All For One ended up taking that away from her. He murdered her husband and she feared for her child's life. Nana made the most difficult decision of her life. She gave up her child and put him in foster care. She even erased all her connections with him so All For One couldn't find him. It broke her heart."

"Oh gosh, that's awful."

"Nana was the greatest hero that ever lived. Once she passed One For All to me, she raised me to be a great hero. If it wasn't for her, I wouldn't have become the symbol of peace."

"What happened to her?"

All Might stayed silent for a while. Izuku started to feel stupid for asking that when he should have already known what the answer was.

"She died in a battle with All For One. I was there trying to help her, but she ended up pushing me away. Gran Torino carried me off to safety. As I was being carried away, I continued to reach out and cry out to her. I wanted to stay and help her fight, but All For One was too powerful and I wasn't ready to face him," said All Might wiping his tears away "The last thing she said to me was 'All Might, I'm counting on you' and I'll never forget that."

"All Might, I'm so sorry," said Izuku

"Anyways the point I'm trying to make is now that you have One For All, you have to be extremely cautious. The last thing you want is your worst enemies, like All For One, discovering your secret. He could try to hurt your family."

"I've never thought of that! Are we in danger?"

"As long as your secret doesn't get exposed to the public, you should be fine. Don't worry young Midoriya I'll make sure your secret, along with the others, stays protected."

"Thanks All Might."

They grew quiet for a few minutes. There was nothing but the sound of birds chirping and a slight breeze past by them.

"Hey, All Might?" questioned Izuku

"Yes?" he replied

"Did you ever want to settle even after becoming a hero?"

"I always loved the idea of getting married and having a family since I never really grew up with one. Unfortunately, it never happened. Protecting others and being the symbol of peace kept me busy and it was so important to me."

"Did you ever feel lonely?"

"No, not at all! I have so many friends, you, and my students. My best friend Dave even promoted me to Uncle Might. My niece Melissa is the sweetest in the world. I'm a pretty lucky guy."

"I believe that."

"So how are you and Uraraka doing?"

"We're doing fine. We just didn't expect to become parents before becoming heroes."

"Sometimes unexpected things happen."

"I'm sorry if I disappointed you."

"You didn't disappoint me."

"I know my path just got tougher, but I'm still going to become a hero and the next symbol of peace."

"That's the spirit! You're going to be a great hero and a great father."

Izuku smiled and All Might smiled back. He ruffled Izuku's hair before getting back up. Soon they were heading back to campus. Today turned out better than Izuku & Ochako had thought, but they both knew they had to stay alert from now on.

Chapter Text

Things seemed to have been calm at UA lately. Izuku and the others went about their business as usual, and no one seemed to have suspected anything. Their secrets remained safe. Later that night after dinner, Denki snuck into Kyoka’s room. He made sure the coast was clear and that nobody saw him, especially Tenya. Their class representative would sometimes patrol the main floor and hallways to make sure no was up or screwing around past curfew. Denki quietly shut the door behind him and approached Kyoka. She wrapped her arms around him and greeted him with a kiss. They both smiled at each other.

“Did anyone see you come in here?” asked Kyoka

“Nope, I was careful, and I brought this,” said Denki holding up a DVD

Kyoka took the DVD and looked at it. It was a copy of “School of Rock.” Kyoka shook her head as she chuckled.

“Denki, we’ve seen this a hundred times,” said Kyoka

“It’s a classic and our baby hasn’t seen it yet,” he replied

“Our baby won’t be able to see it for quite some time.”

“I know that, but I thought we could enjoy this tonight.”

“It’s fine with me.”

Denki set up the movie as Kyoka got comfortable on the bed. After Denki adjusted the volume (making sure it wasn’t too loud), he joined Kyoka on the bed. He cuddled next to her as they watched the movie. About halfway through the movie Denki and Kyoka no longer paid attention to it, only to each other. They wrapped their arms around each other and were making out. Denki slowly moved his hands up and down Kyoka’s back as she stroked his muscles, along his chest and arms. Their movements were beginning to make the bed shake a bit. Kyoka soon pulled away.

“What’s wrong?” asked Denki

“You have to give me a chance to breathe,” said Kyoka

“I’m sorry. I was getting excited.”

“Well let’s try not getting too excited.”

“Why? It’s not like I can get you pregnant again.”

“I know that you dork but we can’t make too much noise at this hour, and I do have neighbors. The last thing we need is to get caught.”

“I understand. What do you want to do then?”

“We can keep snuggling and kissing on each other, but we need to keep quiet.”

“Okay, no problem.”

Denki slowly leaned over and began making out with Kyoka again. He stroked his fingers through her hair as she wrapped her arms around him. They continued to kiss until they both needed air again. They lied there looking at each other for a few minutes. Kyoka started snuggling close to Denki. She moved onto her back while resting against his left arm (which was behind her neck). Denki used his other hand and lifted Kyoka’s shirt up a bit, exposing her flat belly. He then placed his hand on her belly, letting his thumb slightly stroke it. Kyoka rested one of her hands on top of his.

“I still can’t believe we’re going to be parents,” said Denki

“I know. I’m still trying to let that sink in,” said Kyoka

“I still think it’s amazing that there’s a tiny baby in there growing.”

“That’s how the beginning of life works.”

“What do you think we’re going to have, a boy or a girl?”

“I don’t know but whatever it is, we’re going to love it. I just mainly care that it’s healthy.”

“I feel the same way. Do you want to find out the gender or be surprised?”

“I actually would like to know then we’d know what to buy.”

“What should we name it?”

“Denki, it’s still too early for that. Let’s wait till after we find out what we’re having before we start thinking about names.”

“Okay.”

Denki sat up and scooted down a little ways on the bed. He then leaned down and gave Kyoka’s belly a few kisses. She blushed a bit but smiled because of how sweet Denki was being.

“Hi baby. I can’t to meet you,” Denki said to Kyoka’s belly

“You’re such a dork,” Kyoka laughed as she swatted Denki with her guitar pillow plush “Come on, we should finish the movie.”

Denki and Kyoka got comfortable and snuggled as they watched what was left of the movie. Even though they missed most of it, they didn’t bother to rewind. They both seen this movie so many times, they practically have it memorized. Usually, they would have movie nights with their friends and would take turns watching a movie in each other’s rooms, but tonight it was just the two of them. It was really nice.

Early the next morning, Denki woke up seeing Kyoka by his side. He smiled as he watched her snooze away. He leaned in and kissed her. She stirred a bit and started to wake up. She opened her eyes and looked at Denki.

“Hey,” said Kyoka tiredly

“Hey,” said Denki back

Kyoka’s eyes suddenly shot wide open, and she sat up rather quickly, looking around. Denki was confused by the way she was acting.

“What’s the matter?” he asked

“We fell asleep!” said Kyoka

“So?”

“Denki, you’re still in my room! You were supposed to sneak back to your room after the movie was over. What time is it?”

The realization started to sink in, and Denki began to panic. Kyoka checked the time while he scrambled to his feet. He grabbed the DVD and put it back in its case.

“It’s 6:15 right now. Everyone is going to be getting up soon,” said Kyoka

“Well, this is my chance to get back to my room,” said Denki

“You better hurry up and go!”

“Okay. I’ll see you later.”

Denki gave Kyoka a quick kiss and left her room. He made sure not to slam the door. Kyoka let out a relief sigh. She was thankful that it was still early. She didn’t want to think what would have happened if they slept in longer. Since it was almost time to get up anyway, she decided to start getting ready. Meanwhile, Denki darted out of the elevator when he made it to his floor. He fast walked down the hall and made a quick turn, but he ended up bumping into Tenya.

“Denki, what are you doing up so early?” he asked

“Oh Iida, I just went to pick up my movie from Kirishima,” he replied

“At 6:00 in the morning?”

“This was the only time to do it.”

“Let me see it.”

Denki handed the movie to Tenya, and he stared at it for a few moments. He then shook his head as he handed it back.

“Just get back to your room and start getting ready. You really shouldn’t be staying up late watching movies or you’ll end up falling asleep in class,” said Tenya

“Thanks, I’ll keep that in mind,” said Denki

He quickly made his way back to his room. He shut the door and let out a sigh.

“That was too close,” he said quietly

Denki set the movie down on his dresser and he began to get ready for the day. He hoped Tenya wasn’t suspecting anything.

(The Meeting Room)

Later that day after school was over, the Kaminaris and the Jiros gathered for their private meeting. Principal Nezu greeted them along with Aizawa and All Might. Denki and Kyoka sat with their families.

“I appreciate you guys taking the time to attend this meeting,” said Nezu

“Of course,” said Mrs. Kaminari

“We know how important this is,” said Mr. Jiro

“Again, I do apologize for what happened last time,” said Nezu

“No worries, sir,” said Denki

“Now I understand that you two have made your decision,” Nezu said looking at Denki and Kyoka

“We’re keeping the baby,” said Kyoka

“That’s wonderful, but I do hope you’re aware of the challenges that’s coming,” said Nezu

“Yes sir.”

“Principal Nezu, what’s the plan for helping our children?” asked Mr. Kaminari

“I’m glad you asked that. Since your children will be raising a little one, I’ve already come up with a solution to help them with their education while keeping their parenthood a secret,” he replied putting his paws together “during Kyoka’s second trimester, she’ll transfer to home studies while Denki continues here at UA.”

“Hold it! Why do I have to leave UA?” asked Kyoka

“It’s for your protection young lady and don’t worry you’re not getting kicked out,” said Nezu

“I hope you understand that we’re trying to keep this pregnancy a secret and prevent it from getting gossiped around campus and getting out to the public,” said Aizawa

“Yes sir, but what do I do about my hero work?” asked Kyoka

“Gang Orca will be contacted about the situation and I’m sure he can arrange different work for you,” said Nezu

Kyoka nodded and then lowered her head. It never occurred to her that she had to make so many changes in her life. She did feel a little upset, but also reminded herself that it was for her safety and the baby’s safety too.

“Sir, when are we allowed to tell our other friends?” asked Denki

“I understand that you want to make your happy announcement to friends and family, but for right now its best that you don’t say anything. I’d at least wait until Kyoka and the other girls transfer to home studies. Keep in mind that you have to be careful who you tell your secret to,” said Nezu

“Okay.”

The meeting went on for another 45 minutes. Kyoka and Denki’s parents asked as many questions as they could which Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might answered. Both families were thankful that they were watching over Denki, Kyoka, and the others. Once the meeting ended, Mr. Jiro and Mr. Kaminari shook hands with Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might while Denki and Kyoka were getting hugged by their mothers.

“You keep taking good care of her. She’s a sweetheart,” said Mrs. Kaminari

“Of course, I love her,” said Denki

“Please keep me informed about Kyoka’s due date.”

“Don’t worry, I will.”

Mrs. Kaminari hugged Denki once last time before leaving with Mr. Kaminari. Mr. Jiro walked back to his family and started making his goodbyes.

“If you need anything, please call me,” said Mrs. Jiro

“You know I will mom,” said Kyoka

“We love you and can’t wait to see that first ultrasound photo,” said Mr. Jiro

“I’ll make sure you guys get a copy first,” said Kyoka

They did a group hug and Kyoka watched her parents leave. The meeting wasn’t as bad as she thought, but something was bothering her.

Later that night, Denki and Kyoka had dinner with their group. They were eating Rice Spice and it was delicious. Everyone seemed to be enjoying their meals, but Kyoka was just picking at her meal. Denki started to notice.

“What’s the matter?” he asked Kyoka

“Nothing, I’m just not very hungry,” she replied

“Are you feeling okay?” asked Tenya

“Yes, it’s just……. Please excuse me,” said Kyoka as she sat down her bowl

She got up from her spot and left the lounge, heading to the elevator. Everyone in the group looked at each other with concern. Denki sat his bowl down and stood up.

“I’m going to go talk to her,” he said

Denki excused himself and headed to the elevator. Once he got in, he headed to Kyoka’s floor. When he arrived, he immediately rushed to Kyoka’s room. He knocked first and waited for a response. There wasn’t one. Denki pressed his ear against the door and he heard a faint sound of sobbing. This surprised him. He turned the doorknob and opened the door. Denki saw Kyoka curled up on her bed sobbing. It was breaking his heart. He closed the door and approached Kyoka. He sat down next to her.

“Hey, what’s wrong? Why are you crying?” asked Denki

He rested his hand on her back. Kyoka slowly sat up and clung to Denki while she continued to sob.

“Look if I had done or said something to upset you, I’m sorry,” said Denki

“No, it isn’t you or anybody else,” cried Kyoka

“Then what is it? Please tell me what’s going on.”

“It’s something Principal Nezu said at that meeting.”

“What was it he said that upset you so much?”

“I just didn’t expect these kinds of changes to happen. I don’t like the idea of doing home studies because that means I’ll be away from you and my friends.”

“Oh, is that all?”

“Denki, when these changes happen, I won’t be seeing you or the others that much anymore. I don’t even want to think what Gang Orca will do with me since I can’t be of any use during this pregnancy.”

Tears continued to flow down Kyoka’s face. Denki cupped the side of her face and stroked her cheek with his thumb. He then leaned in and locked lips with her. They stayed that way for about a minute. Denki then took Kyoka in his arms and held her.

“Listen Kyoka, I know that these changes will be difficult for you. I don’t like the idea of you being away from me either, but I promise you that I’ll keep in contact with you and see you during my free time. You have to remember that these changes are only temporary. Once the baby is born, you’ll be back at UA,” he said

“I know, but I’m scared. I don’t know how this is going to play out,” said Kyoka

“Hey, I’m scared too. No matter what happens I’ll still be with you. You can also spend time with Uraraka and the others during your home studies.”

“That’s true. I just hope that things will be all right when these changes happen.”

“It will be.”

Denki continued to hold Kyoka until a knock at the door interrupted them.

“Kyoka it’s Iida. Is everything okay?” he asked

Of course it had to be their class representative. Denki and Kyoka immediately got up from the bed. Kyoka began to wipe her eyes as Denki answered the door. Tenya didn’t look too pleased.

“What are you doing in her room?” he asked

“I was just checking on Kyoka and we were just talking,” said Denki

“With the door closed?”

“Hey, I just have a habit of closing doors behind me.”

“If you were just visiting, you have to leave the door open. You know the rules!”

“I’m sorry.”

“I’m going to let it slide this time.”

Tenya then looked past Denki to see Kyoka wiping her face with a cloth.

“Are you okay?” he asked

“Yes Iida, I’m fine,” said Kyoka

“What’s going on?”

“It’s nothing really. I’ve just been dealing with a lot of things lately and it overwhelmed me.”

“Is there anything I can do?”

“No, it’s okay. I’m starting to feel better now that I’ve talked to Denki.”

“I see. Well, everyone is just about done with dinner. Are you going to come down and finish eating?”

“Yes, but I need a little more time. I’ll be down soon. Denki, you go on ahead without me.”

“Are you sure?” asked Denki

“Yes. Will you please warm up my bowl for me?” asked Kyoka

“Sure.”

Denki stepped out of the room and headed for the elevator. Tenya started to close the door, but before he did, he peeked in one last time.

“Listen Kyoka, if you ever want to talk I’ll listen. I’m your friend and I do care about you,” said Tenya

“Thanks Iida. I’ll be down soon,” she replied

Tenya smiled and then closed the door. Kyoka waited a few moments until she felt she was alone. She sat down on the bed and lied down letting out a sigh. She then lifted up her shirt and rested her hands on her belly. She started to smile.

“I know these changes will be a big adjustment, but you’re worth it,” she said to the baby

Chapter Text

Monday finally arrived and Momo was able to return to class. Her ankle was finally better. She got dressed in her uniform and hurried down to the lounge. She met up with Ochako and the other girls.

“It’s good to see you again,” said Tsuyu

“I’m glad that I can finally return to class,” said Momo

“Let’s eat breakfast and we’ll head over to class early,” said Ochako

Momo nodded and followed the other girls into the kitchen. They made a quick breakfast. Each of them had a slice of wheat toast w/butter, a banana, and juice. When they finished, they headed off to class.

(Class 1-A Classroom)

Momo and the other girls were the first to arrive in class, which surprised them. Tenya would usually be the first one to arrive or even Shoto. They gathered near the desks and pulled up a few chairs.

“It’s nice that we have the class to ourselves,” said Toru

“Agreed,” said Mina

“So, what did I miss?” asked Momo

“Not much. Mineta got in trouble the other day for spilling a glass of water on Tsuyu,” said Kyoka

“I bet it wasn’t an accident either,” said Momo

“Mr. Aizawa got so mad, he had him restrained in his binding cloth for the rest of the day,” said Ochako

“Serves that pervert right,” said Toru

“Hey, what’s with the hole in the ceiling?” Momo asked pointing upward

“Oh, Aoyama did that,” said Ochako

“He did? I bet he got in trouble for that,” said Momo

“Actually, Sero is the one who got in trouble,” said Toru

“Huh?” questioned Momo “How did that happen?”

“Sero thought it would be funny to scare Aoyama and his prank worked too well,” said Kyoka

“Aoyama was scared so bad, he fell backward and accidentally launched his navel laser towards the ceiling,” said Toru

“Who knew he would get scared so easily. Ribbit,” said Tsuyu

“Sero got scolded by Mr. Aizawa and Iida,” said Kyoka

“And he has detention all this week,” Ochako added

“Sounds like I missed some good stuff,” said Momo

Suddenly the classroom door opened. Tenya and Shoto stepped inside. When they saw Momo, they happily approached her.

“Welcome back Momo,” said Tenya

“It’s good to be back Iida. I missed everybody,” said Momo

“Are you feeling better?”

“Oh yes, much better.”

“That’s good to hear.”

“Shoto, thanks for bringing me my homework assignments and making those notes for me. It really helped,” Momo said to him

“No problem,” he replied

Soon the rest of the class arrived, and Momo was greeted by them. It wasn’t long till Aizawa stepped into the classroom. Everyone got in their seats and waited as he stood in front of the class.

“Welcome back Momo. We all missed you,” said Aizawa

“Great to be back in class sir,” said Momo

“You can turn in your assignments at the end of class.”

“Yes sir.”

“Alright class let’s get started. I hope you all have been studying over the weekend because we’re going to have a quiz,” said Aizawa

Some of the class groaned but were getting ready for their quiz. Tenya went around the room and handed out the quiz.

“I will give you 30 minutes to complete this quiz. Once you’re done just set it on my desk and sit quietly until time is up,” said Aizawa

As the class was looking at their quiz papers, Aizawa was stepping into his sleeping bag and zipping it up.

“Now I’m going to be taking a power nap. Do not wake me up! If any of you disturb my sleep, someone better be dying,” he said before disappearing behind his desk

“You heard Mr. Aizawa! Begin the test and be quiet!” said Tenya

The classroom was dead silent. Nothing but the sound of the classroom clock ticking and the scribbling sounds of the student’s pencils. 30 minutes later, everyone had finished their quiz and waited for Aizawa. He woke up a few minutes later and started getting out of his sleeping bag. He yawned as he turned to the board and started a lesson.

(Cafeteria)

By lunch time, Class 1-A and other students stood in line to get their food. Today’s Lunch Special was Seasoned Chicken with Rice and Udon. Izuku was looking forward to that since Udon was one of his favorites. Once he and the others got their trays, they gathered at their table. Mina joined the group with double portions on her tray. Some of her classmates were surprised to see Mina with a lot of food. Once she sat down, she began to eat. Everyone else started enjoying their meals. Sero couldn’t help but stare at Mina as she continued to chow down.

“Wow Mina, that’s a lot of food,” he said

“I’m just really hungry,” she replied

“Didn’t you eat breakfast?”

“Yes, but it was a small quick breakfast.”

Kirishima knew that Mina was eating a lot due to her pregnancy cravings. He was also going along with what she was saying to prevent any suspicion. Sero continued to stare as he slowly ate his meal.

“I’ve just never seen you eat so much before,” he said

“Oh, I’m sorry is this a problem?” asked Mina

“No, but I just find it odd the way you’re eating. If I didn’t know any better, I’d say you were pregnant.”

Mina suddenly dropped her chopped sticks as the others reacted wide eyed. Kirishima spat out some of his rice and started coughing, Izuku did a spit take on his lap and coughed, and the others stared blankly at Sero.

“Sero, what a thing to say!” said Toru

“It was just a joke,” he replied

“That’s not funny!” scolded Tsuyu

 “Teen pregnancy is nothing to joke about! It’s disgraceful!” scolded Tenya

Mina was still shocked and felt tears starting to form in her eyes. She excused herself and left the cafeteria.

“Now see what you did. You hurt her feelings,” Tenya said to Sero

“I thought she would laugh,” he replied

“Does it look like we’re laughing our heads off?” questioned Tokoyami

“Mina doesn’t find pregnancy pranks or jokes funny at all,” said Kirishima “I’ll go check on her. Excuse me.”

Kirishima got up and left the cafeteria. Everyone else in the group continued to stare at Sero. He started to feel uncomfortable.

“I was only kidding around. I’m sorry,” said Sero

“Don’t say it to us, say it to Mina,” said Tenya

“Yeah, you better apologize,” said Tokoyami

“You’re already on thin ice from your last prank!” said Tenya

Everyone in the group continued to scold Sero. After Kirishima left the cafeteria, he looked around the hallways for her, but didn’t see her. He assumed she ran to the girl’s bathroom and headed towards the direction of the restrooms. As he made his way down the hall, he soon heard the faint sound of sobbing coming from the big storage room. He opened the door and saw Mina crying with her hands covering her face. Kirishima entered and closed the door. He approached Mina and embraced her. Kirishima started rubbing her back to calm her down.

“Mina it’s okay. Please don’t cry,” he spoke softly

“I can’t believe I just gave myself away,” she cried

“No, you didn’t. Everyone is not too happy with Sero right now. Besides, there’s nothing wrong with eating more than one portion. It’s good for the baby.”

“I know, but I can’t believe Sero said that. I think he’s suspects something is up.”

“All he did was made a stupid joke and no one thought it was funny.”

Kirishima kissed the top of Mina’s head and continued to hold her. Suddenly there was a knock at the door which made both of them jump. Kirishima opened the door and there stood Sero. He wasn’t too thrilled to see him.

“What are you doing in the storage room?” asked Sero

“Get in here!” Kirishima snapped grabbing him by the collar and dragging him inside

Kirishima closed the door as Sero looked at Mina. He started feeling guilty when he saw the sadness on her face. She was doing her best to dry her eyes.

“I’m sorry for what I said back there. I was just joking around,” said Sero

“Well, it wasn’t funny. I find pregnancy jokes and pranks hurtful,” said Mina

“I know that now and I’m really sorry.”

“Sero please don’t joke like that anymore,” said Kirishima

“I won’t, but there’s something I find really strange,” he replied

“What do you mean?” asked Mina

“The way you reacted was a little peculiar. Usually, your reaction would be different whenever I make a joke,” said Sero

“Well, I was just shocked.”

“And you would usually hit me, but you just left the room.”

“So?”

Things suddenly got quiet. Sero started to stare at Mina and Kirishima which was making them nervous.

“You guys are hiding something aren’t you?” asked Sero

“We’re not hiding anything,” said Kirishima

“Come on guys, you can tell me. I promise I won’t tell anyone.”

“Kirishima, I can’t play this charade anymore. We have to tell him,” said Mina

“Tell me what?” asked Sero

Kirishima sighed and rubbed the back of his neck. He knew Mina was right and it didn’t matter how many excuses they made. Kirishima turned his attention toward Sero.

“You promise not to say anything,” he said

“Yes, I promise,” said Sero

“You need to swear on your life you won’t tell another living soul,” said Mina

“Okay, I swear. Now what’s going on?” said Sero

Kirishima dragged Sero away from the door and towards the back of the storage room. He and Mina then started telling him their secret and about the others as well. A look of horror formed on Sero’s face. He just couldn’t believe what he was hearing.

“Are you serious? You’re really pregnant Mina?” questioned Sero

“Yes. It’s true,” she replied

“And the other girls are pregnant too?”

“Yes.”

“Oh my God, I can’t believe it.”

“Now that you know, you can’t say anything to the rest of the class or anyone else.”

“You have to keep this a secret,” said Kirishima

“I promise I’ll keep your secret and I won’t tell another living soul,” said Sero

“You better or else I’ll wrap you up with your tape and dump your body where they’ll never find you!” threatened Kirishima

“That’s enough Kirishima,” said Mina “Look, it’s extremely important that our secret doesn’t get spread around campus or out in public.”

“I understand,” said Sero

“Well now you’re part of our group. I’ll add you to the group text chat now,” said Kirishima

“Principal Nezu isn’t going to be too happy about this,” said Mina

“Don’t worry I’ll break the news to him later,” said Kirishima

“Okay guys, we should get back to the cafeteria before anyone else suspects anything,” said Sero

“Good idea,” said Kirishima

“Mina, I’m still sorry,” Sero said to her

“It’s okay. I forgive you,” she replied

Kirishima, Mina, and Sero left the storage room and started making their way back to the cafeteria. When they were halfway there, Tenya approached them.

“There you guys are. Lunch is almost over,” he said

“Sorry. We started talking and lost track of time,” said Sero

“I hope you apologized!”

“I did.”

“Are you doing okay Mina?” Tenya asked her

“Yes Iida. I’m fine now. I’m sorry it took so long to get back,” she replied

“It’s okay. You guys still have some time to finish eating, but you better hurry.”

They followed Tenya back to the cafeteria and sat back down at their places to eat. The Udon got cold, but they ate it anyway. Mina was careful not to chow down so fast on her portions. By the time the bell rang, they had finished their lunches and it was time to head back to class. The rest of the school day went by just fine. Nobody else seemed suspicious which relieved Kirishima and Mina. When Kirishima made it to his dorm room, he sat his backpack down in the chair and plopped down on his bed. He opened his phone and went to the group text chat.

>>> Kirishima: Hey guys, can we talk?

>>> Izuku: Sure!

>>> Shoto: What’s going on?

>>> Kirishima: I thought you should know that somebody figured out our secret.

>>> Ochako: WHAT!

>>> Kyoka: WHO IS IT!

>>> Sero: Hey guys!

>>> Denki: Sero? How did you figure it out?

>>> Sero: I got suspicious after telling that joke. I felt something was up.

>>> Mina: I’m sorry you guys. It’s my fault. I had to tell him everything.

>>> Momo: It’s okay sweetie. We’re not mad at you.

>>> Kyoka: You just had to make that stupid joke, didn’t you?

>>> Sero: Hey, I said I was sorry.

>>> Izuku: Now that you know, you have to keep your mouth shut.

>>> Sero: I already swore not to tell another living soul.

>>> Shoto: Good.

>>> Sero: So, who else knows your secret?

>>> Ochako: Our parents.

>>> Momo: The principal, Aizawa, and All Might.

>>> Kyoka: Don’t forget Recovery Girl.

>>> Sero: Wow, that’s a lot!

>>> Mina: I just hope no one else finds out.

>>> Momo: Can you imagine if Mineta found out?

>>> Ochako: That would be terrible.

>>> Kyoka: He’s the last person I’d tell.

>>> Mina: I don’t think we should tell him at all.

>>> Momo: Amen to that.

>>> Sero: If you don’t mind me asking, when are you planning to tell the rest of the class about this?

>>> Kyoka: Principal Nezu wants us to wait a while longer and we have to be careful who we tell.

>>> Sero: I see.

>>> Denki: I hope you don’t think less of us now Sero.

>>> Sero: I don’t. I admit that this was a surprise, but I am happy for you guys.

>>> Shoto: You are?

>>> Sero: Yep. Congratulations.

>>> Izuku: Thanks.

>>> Kirishima: I’d love to stay and chat some more, but I have to get going now. Mina and I have a meeting with Principal Nezu.

>>> Mina: He’s probably not going to be thrilled about Sero finding out.

>>> Sero: Do you want me to go with you guys?

>>> Kirishima: No, it’s fine. This is a private meeting with our families.

>>> Sero: Oh, I see.

>>> Kirishima: See you later guys.

>>> Mina: Bye!

>>> Sero: Ttyl

>>> Izuku: Ttyl

>>> Momo: Ttyl

Kirishima closed his phone and put it in his pocket. He then got up and started getting ready for the meeting. About 15 minutes later, Kirishima left his room and went straight to Mina’s room. When he knocked, Mina opened the door and stepped out.

“Are you ready?” asked Kirishima

“Yes. Let’s get this over with,” said Mina

They started making their way to the main floor. Once they left the dorms and entered the UA hallways, they held hands. Nobody could see them, and they both felt at ease.

(The Meeting Room)

Mina’s great aunt showed up not long after Kirishima and Mina arrived at the meeting room. She had greeted them with a hug and smiled. Principal Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might showed up a few minutes later. They all entered the meeting room and got settled. Mina’s great aunt sat in between Mina and Kirishima. Kirishima’s mother was a no show, and nobody expected her to arrive.

“I’m glad you could make it Miss Ashido,” said Nezu

“I’m happy to be here especially for these two,” she replied while wrapping her arms around Kirishima and Mina

“Kirishima, we did try to contact your mother, but her phone seems to be disconnected,” said Nezu

“I’m not surprised,” he replied

“We’re still sorry for what happened last time.”

“Don’t worry about it sir.”

“Now I’m sure you know what this meeting is about?” asked All Might

“Yes I do, and I want to help these two in any way I can,” said Miss Ashido

“I’m glad to hear that,” said Aizawa

“It’s great that you two are keeping the baby, but I hope you two realize that becoming heroes is going to be harder,” said Nezu

“Yes sir, but we’re going to make it work,” said Kirishima

“There are heroes out there that became parents,” said Mina

“That’s true, but I’m sure they’re not in school,” said Aizawa

“So, what’s going to happen?” asked Miss Ashido

“Well, when Mina starts showing which should happen around her second trimester, she’ll be transferred to home studies,” said Nezu

“I’m leaving UA?” questioned Mina

“It’s only a temporary situation and you’re not getting kicked out. Once you have your baby, you can go back to UA.”

“Mina, I hope you understand that this is for your safety and to also protect your secret,” said Aizawa

“How will I get my assignments done?” asked Mina

“Don’t worry about that. I’ll be bringing you your assignments and whatever else you need. I won’t let you fall behind,” said Kirishima

“I’ll also help you study sweetie,” said Miss Ashido

“What about our hero work?” asked Mina

“As I’ve told the others, the agencies you work for will be contacted. I’m afraid you can’t get involved in fights with villains for a while,” said Nezu

“Well, I can’t fight villains anyway even if I wanted to. This pregnancy stopped my quirk. I just hope this isn’t a permanent thing.”

“You should ask the doctor about that at your next appointment,” said All Might

“I will,” said Mina

“Now I know there are friends you want to tell your secret to, but I advise that you wait a bit longer,” said Nezu

“Yeah, about that…..” Kirishima started to say

“Someone in class found out,” said Mina

“Oh boy,” said Aizawa

“Who is it?” asked All Might

“Sero,” said Kirishima

“Tell me what happened,” said Nezu

Kirishima explained what went on earlier that day at lunch time. Principal Nezu nodded a few times while Kirishima explained. All Might seemed a bit surprised and Aizawa looked annoyed.

“That’s what happened,” Kirishima finished explaining

“My my, sounds like you had a rough day,” said Nezu

“I’m sorry you two had to go through that,” said Miss Ashido

“It’s my fault. I should have had a bigger breakfast,” said Mina

“No it’s not and I don’t think it would have mattered if you did,” said All Might

“I’ll make sure this won’t happen again,” said Mina

“You shouldn’t avoid eating extra food. Pregnancy cravings can happen at any time, but I’m sure we can figure out a way for you to handle it better if you’d like,” said Nezu

“I just don’t want to create anymore suspicion with my classmates,” said Mina

“I’ll have a talk with Sero later. He already has detention all this week and it looks like he may have earned another week,” said Aizawa  

The meeting went on for about another 10 minutes. Mina’s great aunt asked more questions which were happily answered. By the end of the meeting Mina’s great aunt hugged Mina and Kirishima.

“I love you both,” said Miss Ashido

“We love you too Grauntie,” said Mina

“Try not to worry about what happened earlier today. Just keep moving forward,” said Miss Ashido

“We will,” said Kirishima

Miss Ashido, Mina, and Kirishima soon left, walking down UA’s hallways while Principal Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might remained in the meeting room.

“I do appreciate you two attending these meetings we had so far,” said Nezu

“It’s no problem sir,” said Aizawa

“We’re always happy to help,” said All Might

“These meetings have been going smoothly so far, but I’m not sure how this last one will go,” said Nezu

“You think it might be tough?” asked All Might

“Things with the Yaoyorozus went horrible and Momo had it pretty rough. I’m not sure how the Todorokis will be at this next meeting. It’s best that we prepare ourselves for the worst,” said Nezu

“We understand sir,” said Aizawa

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

Later that night after dinner, Mina was in her room doing homework. She had just finished when there was a knock at her door. She stood up, stretched, and went to answer. She opened the door and saw Kirishima standing there. He had his hands behind his back and a big grin on his face.

“Hey, what are you so happy about?” asked Mina

“Just let me in and I’ll show you,” said Kirishima

Mina invited him in and closed the door. When she turned around to face him, he revealed what was hidden behind his back. Mina’s eyes grew wide and a smile spread across her face.

“Is that what I think it is?” she asked

“Yep, it’s Strawberry Daifuku,” said Kirishima handing it to her

“Oh my gosh, I haven’t had this in ages. Where did you get these? They’re hard to find in our area.”

“I did some browsing and ordered some for you. I went to pick it up after we left the meeting.”

“So that’s why you were late for dinner.”

“It was worth it.”

Mina set down the sweets and embraced Kirishima. She then locked lips with him. Their kissing led them to Mina’s bed and they made out for a few minutes. Then they gazed into each other’s eyes, both smiling happily. Suddenly Mina stood up.

“Where are you going?” asked Kirishima

“Just hold on a second,” said Mina

She grabbed her Strawberry Daifuku sweets and sat back down next to Kirishima. She opened the bag and took out one of the sweets. She bit into one end and held it. Mina started dropping hints for Kirishima to take the other end. Kirishima smiled and carefully bit into the other end of the sweet. Kirishima and Mina locked lips again, but soon broke off. They blushed while eating their bite of the sweet. Mina then reached into the bag and got another sweet. Kirishima did the same thing. They both fed each other a sweet. It was so delicious and they were both happy. Mina then closed the bag and set it aside on her nightstand.

“Thanks for these sweets, Kirishima,” said Mina

“Anything for you,” he replied

Kirishima and Mina embraced each other again and locked lips once more. They lied down on Mina’s bed as they continued to make out. About 35 minutes later, Kirishima and Mina were cuddled close to each other. Neither one of them wanted to move or get up. Kirishima stoked the side of Mina’s face as she smiled at him. He then rested his hand on her belly.

“What do you think we’re going to have?” asked Kirishima

“I don’t know, but whatever it is I hope it looks like you,” said Mina

“Hey, I want the baby to look like you.”

“No matter who this baby takes after, we’re going to love it.”

“Absolutely.”

Kirishima kept his hand on Mina’s belly. He couldn’t help but stare for a few moments.

“What do you think the baby is doing in there?” asked Kirishima

“Sleeping I guess or probably going nuts over the sweets I just ate,” said Mina

“I can’t wait to feel the baby kick,” he said happily

“I can’t wait to have my body parts rearranged,” she joked

“You’re going to be just fine and I’ll be with you every step of the way.”

“I’m glad to hear that because I don’t think I’d be able to go through this alone.”

“You’ll never be alone.”

“I hope you’ll be with me in the delivery room.”

“Of course, I will.”

Kirishima leaned over and gave Mina a kiss. He then settled back down in his spot and continued to cuddle Mina.

“I’ll stay with you tonight,” he said

“Won’t you get in trouble?” Mina asked

“Don’t worry about it. I set an alarm so I’ll get back to my room before everyone else starts getting up.”

“Just don’t get caught. Iida sometimes patrols the hallways.”

“I’ll be careful.”

Kirishima and Mina soon drifted off to sleep. Nothing but the sound of insect chirps could be heard outside as they slept. It was peaceful.

Chapter Text

The next day after lunch, Shoto and Momo went outside to walk around campus. They went into the wooded area. Nobody was around which was perfect for them to have alone time. They held hands as they walked down the path.

“How’s it going with your psychology appointments?” Shoto asked

“I just started the other day and it’s going fine so far,” Momo replied

“That’s good to hear.”

“I am a little nervous about our meeting with Principal Nezu and the others later today.”

“I wouldn’t worry. I’m sure it’s going to be fine.”

“What about your dad?”

“I wouldn’t count on him being there and I don’t even want him there.”

“Well I wouldn’t be surprised if he did show up. I know he doesn’t like me.”

“If it makes you feel any better, my father doesn’t like anyone.”

“That’s just sad.”

“Hey what’s that?”

Shoto and Momo turned their attention ahead in the distance. They noticed a few branches on bushes moving around and the sound of twigs snapping. Shoto and Momo took their defense stance until they saw what came out of the bushes. Shoto just stared as Momo’s expression changed to awe.

“A puppy!” she said

“How did it get on UA campus?” asked Shoto

“I’m not sure. It sure looks frightened though.”

Momo began to approach the puppy, but Shoto stopped her. The puppy started to back away.

“What’s the matter?” asked Momo

“This could be a trap,” said Shoto

“I don’t see how.”

“For all we know that puppy might belong to villains and they bugged it with spy ware.”

“Oh come on, it’s a puppy.”

“Villains do crazy things. I’ll check the puppy out. Stay here.”

Shoto began approaching the puppy, but it continued to back away more. He then got on his knees and held his hand out making sweet noises. The puppy’s ears perked up and it began to approach Shoto slowly. Once the puppy finally made it to Shoto, it began to sniff his hand. The puppy then began to wag its tail and gave Shoto’s hand a few licks. Shoto smiled and gave the puppy a few pets. After a few minutes, Shoto was finally able to pick up the puppy. He checked over the puppy including the inside of its ears, but didn’t see anything out of the ordinary. He went back to Momo and she happily took the puppy in her arms. The puppy gave Momo some kisses and it made her laugh.

“Sure is a cute little guy,” she said

“Girl actually,” Shoto corrected her

“Oh. Do you think she’s a stray?”

“No. I think she belongs to somebody. She looks well cared for.”

“I wonder how she got on campus.”

“I’m not sure. It is peculiar to find a puppy running around UA.”

“What should we do?”

“We should find Koda. He’s good with animals.”

“Good idea.”

Momo and Shoto started heading back to the school. When they reached the entrance, some of their classmates approached them and noticed the puppy.

“Awe, where did you get the puppy?” asked Toru

“We found her running around. We just don’t know how she got on campus,” said Momo

“Where’s Koda?” asked Shoto

“The last I saw him, he went to the library,” said Izuku

“Thanks. I’ll be right back,” said Shoto

As Shoto went inside and made his way to the library, more classmates gathered around Momo and the puppy. Ochako, Kyoka, Mina, and Tsuyu all admired the puppy. The puppy continued to wag her tail and she didn’t seem to mind the attention.

“I want to hold her!” said Ochako holding her hands out

“Me next!” said Mina

Momo happily passed the puppy over to Ochako. She laughed as the puppy gave her some kisses. As the girls continued to admire the puppy, Katsuki and Tenya came outside from the main building. They noticed their classmates gathered and walked over. When they got closer, they were surprised to see a puppy.

“Hey, what’s with the mutt?” asked Katsuki

“Pets are not allowed at school!” said Tenya

“Relax Iida, this puppy doesn’t belong to any of us,” said Kyoka

“Shoto and I found this puppy running around campus,” said Momo

“I better inform Mr. Aizawa about this,” said Tenya

Tenya went back inside and headed to the teacher’s lounge while Katsuki continued to stare at the puppy. Ochako then passed the puppy onto Mina. It wasn’t long till more classmates gathered around.

“Oh cool, a puppy,” said Kirishima patting her on the head

“Since when do you like dogs?” asked Katsuki

“I’ve always liked dogs, don’t you?”

“Tch. I don’t have time for mutts.”

“Sure is a cute fella,” said Izuku giving the puppy more pats

“Is everything cute to you?” snapped Katsuki

“No Kaachan, not everything.”

“Shut it you damn nerd!”

“Be quiet Katsuki! You’re going to scare the puppy,” said Ochako

Shoto suddenly returned with Koda. They made their way through their classmates and towards Mina.

“I’m sorry for bothering you, but this seemed important,” said Shoto

“Oh it’s fine. I’m glad you told me,” said Koda “Mina, may I hold her?”

“Of course,” she replied

Mina handed the puppy over to Koda. The puppy was happy in his arms and even gave him some kisses. Koda smiled and gave her some pats. He then started looking into the puppy’s eyes.

“Tell me what happened,” said Koda

Everyone got quiet as he used his quirk. It looked like Koda and the puppy were having a staring contest when they were really communicating telepathically. The girls were amazed at how Koda can communicate with animals using his quirk. After a few minutes, the puppy started giving Koda some more kisses and it made him laugh. Suddenly Aizawa approached his group of students with Tenya following behind him.

“What’s going on here? Class is going to start soon,” said Aizawa

“Sorry sir. I’m just trying to help this puppy,” said Koda

“Sir, Momo and I found her by herself. She seemed scared at the time,” said Shoto

“Well Koda, did she tell you anything?” asked Aizawa

“Yes she did. She said that she was following her master to school. He goes to an elementary school. She ended up getting caught in a crowd of people and lost sight of him. She wandered around trying to find him when she saw a group of students with backpacks going through a gate. She figured he went through it and followed the students. When she couldn’t find him, she got scared. She ran into the wooded area and hid for awhile until Shoto and Momo found her,” said Koda

“I see. Does she have a name?”

“Yes. She goes by Yui.”

“All right then. Please give me Yui.”

Koda passed Yui to Aizawa. Yui seemed a little scared, but she kept wagging her tail. Koda could tell that Aizawa wasn’t very fond of Yui.

“What are you going to do with Yui?” asked Kyoka

“I’ll take her to Principal Nezu. It’s up to him what he’ll want to do with her,” said Aizawa

“Sir, may I go with you? I might be able to help,” said Koda

“Very well, you can come along and explain the story to Principal Nezu. The rest of you start heading to class. Iida please lead everyone to class,” said Aizawa

“Yes sir,” he replied

As Iida led his classmates inside and to the classroom, Koda followed Aizawa to Principal Nezu’s office. When they arrived, Aizawa knocked a few times and was told to enter.

“Sorry to bother you sir, but my students have found something,” said Aizawa

“Awe, a puppy!” said Nezu happily

“I wasn’t really sure what to do except bring her here.”

“I understand and it’s completely fine. How did she get on campus though?”

“I can tell you sir,” said Koda

He told Principal Nezu the whole story including how Yui got onto UA campus. Principal Nezu nodded as he listened to Koda and then he put his paws together when Koda finished his story.

“I see. So Yui got lost following her master,” said Nezu

“Yes sir,” said Koda

“Well sir, what should we do with Yui?” asked Aizawa

“The most logical thing to do would be to take her to an animal shelter and report her as a lost puppy,” said Nezu

“No sir! Please don’t take Yui there. The animal shelter is like animal jail,” said Koda

“Okay, then what do you think we should do?” asked Nezu

“Well, we can make posters and put them up around town near UA. We should be able to find Yui’s owner that way.”

“It is a good idea, but where will Yui stay in the meantime?”

“If its okay sir, may she stay with me? She can stay in my dorm room.”

“Don’t you have a pet rabbit though?” asked Aizawa

“Yes, but I’m sure they’ll get along and they can keep each other company while I’m in class,” said Koda

The room grew quiet. Koda waited for Principal Nezu’s response. After a few moments, Principal Nezu clapped his paws together and smiled.

“Koda I will leave Yui in your care,” said Nezu

“Thank you sir,” said Koda

“But you must find Yui’s owner.”

“Don’t worry sir. I will.”

“Very good.”

Aizawa handed Yui back to Koda. She wagged her tail and gave Koda some more kisses. Aizawa spoke with Principal Nezu for a few minutes before leaving with Koda and Yui. As they left Principal Nezu’s office and walked down the hallway, Aizawa instructed Koda to take Yui to his dorm room and return to class. Koda nodded as he made his way outside and to the dorm rooms. Aizawa sighed as he stood in front of Class 1-A’s door. He opened the door and walked in. Some students began to ask Aizawa questions as he made his way to the front of the class. Aizawa activated his quirk to quiet everyone down.

“Sorry I’m late class, but I had to handle the puppy situation,” he said

“What happened to Yui?” asked Mina

“Is Principal Nezu going to watch her?” asked Izuku

“She’s not going to the pound is she?” asked Kyoka

“Quiet! Koda is going to look after the puppy while she’s here. He’s going to make posters of Yui and put them up around town to find the owner,” said Aizawa

“Hey that’s a great idea,” said Kirishima

“We can help Koda put up the posters,” said Izuku

“I’m sure he’ll appreciate that. Now let’s get started. Take out your paper and pencils,” said Aizawa

After school, Izuku, Ochako, Kyoka, Denki, Kirishima, Mina, Shoto, Momo, Sato, Sero, and a few other classmates went to help Koda make posters. He appreciated the help. Koda wanted to reunite Yui with her owner. While copies of the posters were being made, the girls wanted to play with Yui. Koda went to get her and happily handed Yui to the girls. Yui has been getting a lot of attention and she didn’t seem to mind. Koda just hoped that his bunny wasn’t feeling left out or jealous. He would make sure to give his bunny some extra carrots. Soon Aizawa came to visit and he brought Eri along. Once she saw Yui, a big smile spread across her face.

“Awe, she’s so cute!” said Eri giving Yui a few pats

Yui gave Eri some kisses and it made her laugh. The girls let Eri hold Yui and play with her. Aizawa smiled and let out a soft chuckle. He always liked seeing Eri happy and playing. Yui and Eri chased each other around the lounge which made everyone laugh. Once the posters were made, the copies were divided among Koda and his classmates. Momo and Shoto only took a small stack since they had a meeting to attend to soon, but they wanted to help out. Yui stayed behind with Aizawa and Eri. Everyone spread out around town and began plastering the posters on fences, poles, and even asked businesses if they could put up a poster in their windows or door. Momo and Shoto went to one of the parks that was close to UA to finish putting up the remaining posters they had.

“I hope the owner sees these posters,” said Momo

“I’m sure he will,” said Shoto

“I’m just glad Yui was left in Koda’s care instead of being taken to the animal shelter.”

“Me too. That puppy would have been miserable at that place.”

“Momo, is that you?” asked a voice

She and Shoto turned around to see a woman approach them. She was wearing casual clothes and had a warm smile. Momo’s face lit up when she saw who it was.

“Hana!” she said happily

“Oh Momo, I’m so glad you’re okay,” she replied as she embraced Momo

“It’s so good to see you.”

“How are you doing honey? How’s the baby?”

“I’m doing fine and the baby is fine too.”

“That’s good to hear. I have something for you.”

Hana dug into her purse and handed Momo a roll of something that was tied with a rubber band.

“What’s this?” asked Momo

“It’s 280,000 Yin (that’s $2,021.88). I want you to have it,” said Hana

“Hana, I can’t take your money.”

“Yes you can! I’ve been worried about you ever since your parents kicked you out. Please take it. It’s my gift to you and the baby.”

“Hana, you’re the best!”

Momo hugged Hana and shed some happy tears. They mingled for a few minutes and then Momo introduced Hana to Shoto.

“It’s a pleasure to meet you,” said Hana

“Likewise,” said Shoto

“I hope you’re good to this girl.”

“Don’t worry, I love Momo and I’ll protect her and the baby with my life.”

“You’re a sweetheart.”

Momo, Shoto, and Hana soon made their goodbyes and went their own ways. Shoto and Momo had finished putting up the posters and headed back to UA. They had enough time to get themselves cleaned up before the meeting. Momo was still feeling nervous and wasn’t sure what to expect.

(The Meeting Room)

It was finally time for their meeting with Principal Nezu. Momo started to feel nervous to a point where she started to feel nausious. Was that her pregnancy symptoms triggering or just a normal reaction? Momo paced back and forth in front of the meeting room until Shoto showed up along with his mother Rei and his siblings, Fuyumi and Natsuo. Of course, Endeavor didn't bother to show up. He either didn’t want to attend the meeting or he was super busy running his agency. Either way, he found a way to not show up. Momo started to feel better when Shoto introduced his family to her. Rei smiled and gave her a hug along with Fuyumi and Natsuo. They mingled for a while until Principal Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might showed up. They all went inside and started to get settled.

Momo and Shoto sat next to each other. Rei sat next to Momo while Fuyumi and Natsuo sat alongside Shoto. Principal Nezu smiled as he put his paws together.

“Thank you for taking the time to attend this meeting,” he said

“It’s no problem,” said Rei

“I’m sorry Endeavor couldn’t make it to this meeting.”

“Well you know my husband. He’s always busy.”

“Yeah right,” Natsuo muttered under his breath

Fuyumi elbowed him in the ribs and slightly coughed.

“Now I’m sure you know what this is about,” said Nezu

“Yes sir and we’re here to help Shoto and Momo,” said Rei

“That’s good to hear.”

“What should we plan first?”

 “Since Momo and Shoto are keeping the baby, the first thing to do is to prepare a home study for Momo.”

“What do you mean sir?” Momo asked with concern

“My dear, the time you start showing, you need to transfer to home studies,” said Nezu

“I have to leave UA? Where am I supposed to go? I don’t have a home anymore, remember?”

“Take it easy. You’re not getting kicked out of school. The reason for the home studies is to protect your secret and your safety.”

“I understand that, but where am I supposed to go?”

“Don’t worry honey, your place is with us,” said Rei with a smile

“But what about Endeavor?” asked Momo

“You don’t worry about him. I’ll get him to agree.”

“But what if he doesn’t let me move in right away?”

“Then I’ll talk with my friends and arrange for you to stay with one of them.”

“I’m so sorry for putting you guys through so much trouble.”

“You have nothing to be sorry about sweetie.”

“Yeah don’t worry. Our dad will come around,” said Fuyumi

“Even if he is a stupid asshole,” muttered Natsuo

“It’s going to be okay,” said Shoto taking Momo’s hand

They smiled at each other and then turned their attention back to Principal Nezu, Aizawa, and All Might.

“I hope you two understand that the path you took isn’t going to be easy,” said Nezu

“Yes sir, but we’re going to make it work,” said Shoto

“When will we be able to tell our secret with the rest of our classmates?” asked Momo

“I know you’re getting eager about that, but please wait a little longer and you need to be cautious about whom you tell. The last thing we want is for your secret to get exposed around campus and out in public,” said Nezu

“I understand sir.”

“I heard Sero found out about your secret,” said All Might

“Yes, he figured it out and Kirishima and Mina had to tell him the truth,” said Momo

“Don’t worry, he won’t say anything,” said Shoto

“I know he won’t,” said Aizawa

“Anyways, I will be contacting the hero agencies you work for to inform them of your situation,” said Nezu

“Won’t that get our secret exposed?” asked Momo

“Don’t worry. All pro heroes respect each others privacy and never gossip anything to others.”

“That’s a relief.”

The meeting went on for another 25 minutes or so. Rei asked some more questions that were happily answered by Principal Nezu, All Might, or Aizawa. Once the meeting was over, Momo, Shoto, and his family left. Principal Nezu sighed happily.

“These individual meetings have been smooth sailing,” he said

“I’m glad this worked out better sir,” said All Might

“I am too. Although, there is one last meeting we must do,” said Nezu

“There is?” questioned Aizawa

“Yes, but this time it’ll be with our students,” said Nezu

“What for if you don’t mind me asking,” said All Might

“This meeting is just to make sure our students understand what is to come and there’s someone I want them to meet as well,” said Nezu

“Really, who?” asked Aizawa

“You’ll see. I hope you two don’t mind attending this final meeting,” said Nezu

“Not at all sir,” said Aizawa

“We’ll be here,” said All Might

“Excellent. This final meeting will happen at the end of the week,” said Nezu

(UA Hallways)

Meanwhile, Momo and Shoto were making their goodbyes to Rei, Fuyumi, and Natsuo.

“It was so good to finally meet you,” said Rei

“It was lovely to meet you,” said Momo

“Will you please come over for dinner this weekend?” asked Fuyumi

“Sure, I’d love to,” said Momo

“Don’t worry about Endeavor. He won’t be at the dinner table,” said Natsuo

Momo nodded. Before they went their separate ways, Shoto showed Rei, Fuyumi, and Natsuo his copy of the ultrasound photo. They smiled happily as they stared at the picture.

“That’s my grandchild,” said Rei happily

“I can’t wait to meet my niece or nephew,” said Fuyumi

“So what are you two hoping for?” asked Natsuo

“Either will be fine. I just hope it’s healthy,” said Momo

“Same here,” said Shoto

“You two are going to make wonderful parents,” said Rei

She handed the ultrasound photo back to Shoto and gave Momo one last hug before leaving UA with Fuyumi and Natsuo. Shoto and Momo held hands as they made their way back to the dorms. Momo was glad that she met Shoto’s family and was happy about how nice they were. She just couldn’t understand why Endeavor was so mean.

(Shoto’s Room)

Later that night after dinner, Momo had snuck into Shoto’s room. It was easy for her to sneak in since most of her classmates were talking with Koda and wanting to play with Yui. She brought her backpack with her so she could finish her homework with Shoto. It wasn’t just about studying together, but to also be alone with nobody to bother them. It was nice when it was just the two of them. About 45 minutes later, they finally finished their homework.

“I’m glad that’s done,” said Momo

“It feels nice to have our assignments complete,” said Shoto

“Thanks for helping me with English. That subject is hard.”

“It can be difficult, but after a while you get the hang of it.”

Momo started putting her notebooks and study guides away while Shoto prepared them a snack. She set her backpack to the side as Shoto set the snacks on the table.

“Thanks,” said Momo

“It’s no problem,” said Shoto

“I’m glad the meeting went well.”

“Me too.”

“I just don’t like the idea of leaving school.”

“I know, but it’s only for a little while and I’ll help you with your studies.”

“You don’t have to do that. Your family is already trying to setup a place for me to move in.”

“I want to and it gives us more time together.”

“That’s true.”

Shoto gave Momo a hug and a kiss. Then they both sat down and began to enjoy their snacks.

“I think your family is really nice,” said Momo

“They are and my sister really loves to cook,” said Shoto

“I can’t wait to try her cooking.”

“She makes delicious meals and Natsuo cooks sometimes too.”

“That’s awesome! Did you ever cook at home?”

“I only did it a few times, but I never really got to prepare a meal for my family.”

“Well maybe someday you will.”

A few minutes later, Shoto and Momo finished their snacks. They cleaned the table and then made their way to Shoto’s bed. They wanted to cuddle before Momo had to sneak back to her room. They sat on the bed and looked at each other for a few moments. Shoto cupped the side of Momo’s face and slowly leaned in locking lips with her. They slowly embraced each other as they kissed. They started to lie down slowly as they continued to make out. After a few minutes, they broke free and smiled at each other.

“That was nice,” said Shoto

“Did I ever tell you that you’re a great kisser?” asked Momo

“I think you mentioned it a time or two.”

“Well you’re great.”

“And you’re a great kisser too. Where did you learn to French kiss?”

“From Aoyama.”

Shoto’s eyes widened in shock as Momo started to giggle.

“I’m just kidding! You really think I’d learn anything from him?” asked Momo

“I know Aoyama’s nice, but he is eccentric,” said Shoto

“He only got weirder after what he did to Deku.”

“Wait, what did he do?”

“Aoyama fed Deku some cheese in class. Remember that?”

“Oh how could I forget? That was so bizarre.”

“He also snuck on Deku’s balcony one night and left a message for him in cheese.”

“Wait, when did he do that?”

“That was the same week he fed Deku the cheese.”

“What is wrong with Aoyama?”

“I don’t know, but I just have a bad feeling about him. He is a nice guy and all, but there’s something off about him.”

“I have to agree. I don’t think I can trust him.”

“Me either.”

“Okay, let’s forget about Aoyama and focus on us.”

“Where were we?”

“Right here.”

Shoto leaned in and locked lips with Momo again. They made out for about 20 minutes and then snuggled for awhile. Momo was lying on her side and rested her head against Shoto’s chest. Being able to listen to his heartbeat soothed her. Shoto kissed the top of Momo’s head. He then rested his head above hers. He had one arm wrapped around her while his other arm rested on Momo’s side. Soon Shoto used his free hand and moved it down towards Momo’s belly. He rested his hand there and slightly rubbed it.

“What's the baby doing?” asked Shoto

“I don’t know. It’s probably asleep,” said Momo

“I can’t wait to meet this baby.”

“I can’t wait either.”

“You think I’ll be a good father?”

“I know you’ll be a great father. I just hope that I’ll be a good mother.”

“You will be. You were born to be a mother.”

“You really think so?”

“Yes.”

Momo smiled and gave Shoto a kiss. She embraced him for a few minutes before she started to get up.

“Well I hate to end this, but I have to get back to my room before the fun police busts me,” said Momo

“I wish you could stay longer,” said Shoto

“You know I would, but I can’t take the risk.”

“I understand, but I’m glad we got to spend time together.”

Shoto got up from the bed as Momo got her backpack. They walked to the door and embraced & kissed each other once more.

“Goodnight,” said Shoto

“Goodnight,” said Momo

Momo opened the door slowly and peeked out. She scanned the area making sure no one was around. The hallway was empty which gave her a chance to sneak back to her room. Shoto watched as she paced down the hallway. He closed his door slowly and began to get ready for bed. It has been a busy day, but he got to spend his evening with Momo. Shoto plopped down on his bed and scrolled through his phone for a few minutes. After that he began to drift off to sleep.

Chapter Text

(Class 1-A Classroom)

 It was finally Friday, and everyone was looking forward to the weekend. Izuku and the rest of the class were finishing up their quiz. The classroom was quiet. There was nothing but the sound of the clock ticking, pencils scratching, and slight snoring from Aizawa, who was asleep in his sleeping bag. A few minutes later, a beeping alarm goes off. Tenya gets up and turns it off.

“Okay everyone pencils down! Please pass your quiz up to the front. I will collect them and set them on Mr. Aizawa’s desk,” he said

All tests were passed up and Tenya happily collected them. As he sat them down on Aizawa’s desk, Aizawa had woken up and started getting out of his sleeping bag.

“All right class let’s begin our next lesson. Make sure you take notes and I’ll be returning your tests from last week afterwards,” said Aizawa

Everyone was preparing for the next lesson and had their notebooks ready for notes. Class 1-A ran normally as usual and everyone was used to the routine. Izuku always liked taking notes and usually he’ll add his own notes. He and his classmates wrote in their notebooks as Aizawa wrote on the board and talked about the lesson. About 20 minutes later, Aizawa started walking around the class handing back last week’s tests. When Izuku got his test back, he looked at it and got a good grade but what caught his eye was a sticky note attached. It read: Please see me after school. Report to Class 1-A by 3:00. It is important and don’t be late! ~ Mr. Aizawa.

Izuku’s eyes widened a bit and he started to feel nervous. Why did Aizawa want to see him? Did he do something wrong? Did he forget to turn in an assignment? He took his eyes off his paper and looked around the classroom. He saw a few of his classmates with a worried look, but he wasn’t sure if it had to do with the grade they got or if Aizawa asked to see them after school. Izuku inhaled and exhaled quietly. He was still feeling nervous, but he knew he had to keep calm. The rest of the school day was nerve-wrecking, but Izuku didn’t let anyone know about the note from Aizawa. Once school was over, Izuku headed to his dorm room. He wanted to drop off his backpack and change out of his uniform. He had some time before he had to report back to his classroom.

By 2:45, Izuku left the dormitories and headed back to his classroom. As he made his way down the hall, someone called out to him. He turned around to see Ochako and Mina. They approached him.

“Hey Deku, what are you doing here?” asked Mina

“Oh, I needed to go back to the classroom,” he said

“Really? That’s where we’re going,” said Ochako

“Did you get a note from Aizawa?” asked Mina

“Yes, I did,” said Izuku

“So did we. It’s so weird, why does he want to see us?” asked Ochako

“I don’t know, but let’s find out,” said Izuku

They all walked to their classroom together. Izuku opened the door and walked in with Ochako and Mina. They were surprised to see Kirishima, Shoto, and Momo already there.

“Hey guys!” said Kirishima

“Hey, what are you guys doing here?” asked Izuku

“Aizawa asked us to come here,” said Momo

“But why?” asked Mina

"I don’t know, but I can only guess it has to do with all of us and our secret,” said Shoto

Izuku, Ochako, and Mina sat with the others and mingled for a bit. Soon Denki and Kyoka stepped into the classroom. They were surprised to see everyone else.

“Hey, looks like we’re all here,” said Mina

“What are you all doing here?” asked Kyoka

“Same as you two,” said Kirishima

“Why does Aizawa want to see us?” asked Denki

“I’m not sure. We’ll just have to wait and see,” said Shoto

Denki and Kyoka joined the others and they continued to mingle. By 3:05, everyone was still waiting for Aizawa to show up. They were beginning to wonder where he was. It wasn’t like Aizawa to be late. Izuku and the others decided to find things to do to pass the time while they waited. About 10 minutes later, everyone was bored. Izuku paced around the room, Kirishima & Denki stood around while staring off into space, Shoto sat at his desk while playing with his quirk (he would create a layer of ice on his desk and then melt it), and the girls just sat around looking bored. Momo and Mina tapped their fingernails on the desk while Ochako and Kyoka stared up the ceiling counting the dots. Suddenly the classroom door opened which caught everyone’s attention. Izuku and the others stood up as Aizawa stepped in.

“It’s good to see you all here. I’m sorry for running late,” said Aizawa

“What happened sir?” asked Kyoka

“I was helping Koda return Yui to her owner,” said Aizawa

“Awe, that’s great Yui is back with her owner,” said Mina

“I bet he missed her,” said Shoto

“He did and it was hard for Koda to say goodbye. He told me that Yui and his rabbit got along and became friends,” said Aizawa

“That’s so sweet,” said Ochako

“Okay now onto other matters. The reason I called you all here is because Principal Nezu wants to speak with all of you and there’s someone he wants you to meet,” said Aizawa

“Who is it?” asked Izuku

“I’m not really sure, but we’re about to find out. Everyone follow me,” said Aizawa

“Yes sir,” said Kirishima

Izuku and the others followed Aizawa out of the classroom and down the hallway. Once again, they arrived at the big meeting room. Aizawa opened the door and let his students walk in first.

(The Meeting Room)

When Izuku and the others stepped in, they saw Principal Nezu sitting at the desk and All Might standing on one side of the desk. They were surprised to see Recovery Girl. She was standing on the other side of the desk with a woman they’ve never seen before. She had dark brownish hair, her eyes were brown, and she wore casual long sleeve shirt and nice blue jeans.

“It’s nice to see you all again. Please have a seat,” said Nezu

Izuku and the others sat down as Aizawa stood next to All Might. Silence had filled the room which created tension for Izuku and the others.

“I appreciate you all taking the time to come see me,” said Nezu

“What’s going on sir?” asked Izuku

“I’m glad you asked. Now that everything is situated with you and your families, it’s time to get things moving around here at UA.”

“Huh?”

Recovery Girl grabbed a few papers and some pamphlets off the desk and approached the girls. She handed them out one at a time. Each paper had the girl’s names on it. Recovery Girl then handed out the pamphlets to everyone including the boys.   

“What is this?” asked Momo

“The paper you’re reading is your appointment with the obstetrician at the private hospital. I have set up the first appointment for all of you. After that you need to make the appointments yourself,” said Recovery Girl

“We understand,” said Ochako

“Now what’s this?” asked Denki holding up the pamphlet

“That’s information about the courses I teach,” said the woman

“I’m sorry, who are you?” asked Mina

“My apologizes, I would like you to meet a friend of mine. This is Mrs. Nori. She’s an educator in childbirth and many other things,” said Recovery Girl

“It’s nice to meet all of you,” said Mrs. Nori

Izuku and the others bowed their heads slightly towards her. Mrs. Nori seemed pretty nice.

“I know about your situation and that’s why I’m here to help. I’m going to help prepare you all for parenthood,” said Mrs. Nori

“Where are we going to do these courses at?” asked Ochako

“I own a private studio for these courses and don’t worry your secrets will be kept safe,” said Mrs. Nori

“How long are your courses?” asked Kirishima

“About an hour or so,” replied Mrs. Nori

“How many times a week do we need to meet up for this?” asked Shoto

“I’m glad you asked that. For all of you I’m planning Mondays and Wednesdays after school. It’ll only be for an hour. On Sunday, your free day, I want to do a class with you for a few hours,” said Mrs. Nori

“Wait why?” asked Denki

“It’s important that I teach you as much as I can before these babies arrive,” said Mrs. Nori

“But I have plans on my free days!” protested Kyoka

“I can’t take a class on my free days. I train with Bakugo on those days,” said Kirishima

“Well, you should have thought of that before you had sex!” snapped Mrs. Nori

Izuku and the other's eyes grew wide as they grew silent. They were feeling uneasy. Mrs. Nori cleared her throat.

“Look, it doesn’t matter if you all have plans on your free days or not. It’s very important that you prepare yourselves for your babies,” said Mrs. Nori

“Well, when do we start?” asked Momo

“We will begin after your holiday break. This gives you a little time to adjust your schedules,” said Mrs. Nori

“While you are taking these courses, I want you to take notes,” said Recovery Girl

“What do you mean?” asked Ochako

Recovery Girl went back to the desk and grabbed a few small notebooks. She handed them out to the girls.

“I want you to take notes of your baby’s progress like what went on during your ultrasound appointments, the first time you feel the baby move, things like that,” she said

“Hey that’s pretty cool,” said Mina

“I’ll check with you from time to time and go over your notes,” said Recovery Girl

“Are we going to take notes too?” asked Izuku

“This is mainly for the girls, but if there’s something you like to add to it, please do,” Recovery Girl replied

Izuku nodded as the girls looked at their notebooks and then looked over their pamphlets.

“What about our work in the hero agencies? Won’t this extra course interfere with that?” asked Momo

“No it won’t,” said All Might

“I learned all of your work schedules and carefully arranged this course on certain days,” said Mrs. Nori

The girls asked a few more questions until the boys started asking questions. The meeting went on for another 45 minutes until Principal Nezu decided to call it a day.

“Before you all leave. I have a book for each of you. Aizawa, All Might, would you be so kind and hand them out?” asked Mrs. Nori

“Sure,” said All Might

“No problem,” said Aizawa

Mrs. Nori gave a small stack to All Might and instructed him to give it to the boys and Aizawa was given a small stack and instructed to give it to the girls. It only took about a minute for the books to be handed out. Izuku and the others stared at their books. He realized that his book was different from the girl’s books. The book that the boys were handed was called “We’re Pregnant! The First-Time Dad’s Pregnancy Handbook” and the girls got a book called “You and Your Bundle of Joy!  The First-Time Mom’s Pregnancy Handbook”   

“I would like for you all to read these books during your holiday break. You should be able to finish it during that time,” said Mrs. Nori

“Can we start reading it now?” asked Shoto

“You can, but only if you read it in your dorm room. You need to keep your books hidden,” said Nezu

“I understand,” said Shoto

“We will be careful,” said Izuku

“Good to hear,” said Nezu

“Well, it was nice to meet all of you. I can’t wait to start my courses with you,” said Mrs. Nori

And with that, the meeting had finally come to a close. Mrs. Nori and Recovery Girl left first. Principal Nezu handed Izuku and the others a small bag to store their books and pamphlets in. Then All Might escorted Izuku and the others out of the meeting room and down UA halls.

“I’m glad we have everything situated,” said All Might

“I am too. It has been pretty crazy lately,” said Kirishima

“Well now you guys can relax a little. I have you guys have a nice holiday break,” said All Might

“Thank you, sir,” said Ochako

“I hope you have a wonderful holiday break too sir,” said Kyoka

Izuku and the others went back to the dormitories as All Might made his way to his office.

(Kirishima’s Room)

After dinner, Izuku and the others decided to meet up in Kirishima’s room. This would usually be their movie night, but they decided to read their books together (or at least get a head start on it). Kirishima, Kyoka, Denki, and Kyoka sat on the bed, Izuku and Ochako sat in the bean bag chairs, and Shoto and Momo sat on the floor. Shoto made sure that Momo had a nice cushion to sit on. They had their books open and were reading through the first chapter.

“Oh, you have got to be kidding me,” said Kirishima

“What?” asked Mina

“Listen to this: ‘Don’t be afraid to ask questions during prenatal appointments. You can freely ask how much weight should she be gaining and at what rate?’ Why would anyone ask that?”

“Sounds like a question that could get you on the couch,” said Denki

“I don’t think it’s meant to be a mean question, but more of a concern. He just wants what’s best for his lover is all,” said Mina

“You think that’s bad? Listen to this: ‘Throughout pregnancy you may notice changes happening to you, such as body hair growth all over and thickness to your hair. Don’t worry it’s completely normal and all that extra body hair you grew will fall out during postpartum.’ Okay, wow!” said Kyoka

“We’re going to go bald!” yelped Momo

“I don’t think that’s what its implying,” said Shoto

“I hope it isn’t. I don’t want to go bald,” said Ochako

“It’s okay. You’re going to be just fine,” said Izuku

“I think it’s time we took a break,” said Kirishima

“Good idea,” said Denki

As everyone put their books away, Kirishima got up and went to his small fridge for snacks. He handed them out and then setup the laptop with classic hero rescue footage. First, they watched All Might, then Endeavor, Crimson Riot, Edgeshot, Ryukyu, and a few others. The work all these pro heroes did in the footage still amazed Izuku and the others. Around midnight, everyone started wishing each other goodnight.

“Thanks for the snacks, Kirishima,” said Denki

“No problem,” he replied

“I’m glad we got to do this together,” said Kyoka

“Should we meet up and read these books together again?” asked Ochako

“Sounds good to me,” said Shoto

“Yeah, but it’ll be better during our break,” said Izuku

“Okay, we can discuss the next meet up through text later,” said Kirishima

Everyone was in agreement. One by one, everyone left Kirishima’s room except Mina. She planned to stay with him a little while longer. Izuku and the others were cautious as they roamed the hallways. They all made it to the elevator safely. Once the doors closed, they all sighed of relief.

“Why does it always seem tense when we get to the elevator?” asked Denki

“It only feels that way when we’re sneaking around,” said Kyoka

The elevator continued to stop at each floor. One by one, everyone got off the elevator and snuck back to their rooms. Soon it was just Izuku and Ochako left in the elevator. While they waited for the elevator to make its way to the next floor, Izuku and Ochako started wishing each other goodnight by embracing each other and locking lips. When the elevator stopped and the doors began to open, Izuku and Ochako stopped but they held hands.

“Goodnight,” said Izuku

“Goodnight,” said Ochako

Ochako began to step out but stopped. She grabbed Izuku’s hand again and he stared at her with a confused look. The elevator door ended up closing again.

“What’s the matter?” asked Izuku

“Izuku, would you please……stay with me tonight?” asked Ochako

“Sure, but why?”

“I just don’t want to be alone right now. I want to be with you. I’m sorry if I’m being a burden to you and……”

“Uraraka, of course I’ll stay with you and you’re never a burden.”

(Ochako’s Room)

Izuku sighed as Ochako shut the door quietly. They made it safely to her room without being seen and thankfully Iida wasn’t around. Ochako went to her dresser and started looking for comfortable pajamas.

“Go ahead and make yourself comfortable. I’m going to go change,” she said

Izuku nodded as Ochako went into her bathroom. The one thing everyone liked about the dormitories was having their own private bathroom. As Ochako was getting changed, Izuku looked around the room. He noticed that she had added a few things to her room since they moved in. Izuku then started to remove his pants. He wasn’t going to get completely undressed, but at least be comfortable in his boxers. Izuku started climbing into bed as Ochako got out of the bathroom. She wore light colored matching pajama top and bottom. Izuku scooted over so Ochako could climb in. He made sure there was enough room for her. Once they were comfortable, they embraced each other and started making out. One of the things they loved doing was giving each other affection when they were alone. They didn’t get to do it as much as they wanted to, only when they got the chance to. After a while, they broke free and smiled at each other. Izuku moved some of Ochako’s hair out of her face and stroked her cheek.

“I love you,” he said

“I love you too,” she said back

They continued to cuddle and hold each other. Izuku rested his chin on top of Ochako’s head. He loved how her hair smelt like blossoms. It made him happy. Izuku then started to notice Ochako trembling.

“Hey are you cold?” he asked

“No,” said Ochako

“What’s the matter then?”

“I’m getting scared Izuku.”

“Scared of what?”

“Everything! I’m scared of this pregnancy, the baby, these changes, and even that book. It has a lot of information that I didn’t even know about.”

“Hey, I’m scared too.”

“You are?”

“Yes, but it’s going to be fine. We’re going to make this work.”

“What if I’m a terrible mom?”

“Hey don’t say that! You’re going to be a wonderful mother.”

“You think so?”

“I know so.”

“I just don’t know how this is all going to play out and it scares me.”

“I don’t know what to expect either, but no matter what happens we’re going to face these challenges together.”

Izuku kissed Ochako’s forehead and smiled.

“Remember we get to see our baby soon,” he said

“That’s right. My appointment is coming up soon,” said Ochako

“I can’t wait.”

“Me either.”

Izuku gave Ochako another kiss and they continued to hold each other. Ochako started to feel better and began to relax. They soon both drifted off to sleep.

Chapter Text

The holiday break finally arrived, and everyone got to go home to celebrate with their families. Due to Kirishima and Momo's family situation, they ended up staying somewhere else for their holiday break. No one else found about Izuku and the others secret and it looked like things were going to be okay or so they thought…..

(Midoriya's Apartment)

Since Endeavor was still being stubborn about Momo moving in with his family, Rei had made arrangements for her to stay with Inko and she didn't mind. Ochako was also staying at Midoriya's apartment since her parents were away during the holiday break. When UA was let out for the holiday break, Izuku and Ochako met up with Momo and they all decided to head to the apartment together. It took about 15 minutes to get there. When they arrived, Inko greeted them. She gave Izuku a kiss on the cheek and then hugged Ochako and Momo.

"It's so good to see all of you," said Inko happily

"Thanks so much for letting us stay here this week," said Ochako

"I hope I'm not being a burden," said Momo

"No, not at all. I'm happy you're all here," said Inko

"Come on in," said Izuku

Once everyone took off their shoes and made their way inside, Momo and Ochako sat on the couch while Inko and Izuku arranged the bedroom for them.

"How have you been holding up?" asked Ochako

"I'm doing okay. How about you?" asked Momo

"About the same. Did you read anymore from that handbook?"

"I've read some and I'm still surprised by all that information."

"I am too. Have you noticed any changes yet?"

"No not really. I sometimes feel nauseous and crave snacks now and then."

"Oh, I hate feeling nauseous and I'm starting to get heartburn."

"That's no fun. Do you sometimes feel…..gassy?"

"Yes I do, and I seem to burp a few times when I wake up in the morning."

"Pregnancy symptoms are so strange."

"Tell me about it. I thought only a few things happened to you during pregnancy, but our handbooks say different."

"Ochako, can I ask you something personal?"

"Go right ahead, what is it?"

"Um….do you notice any sensitivity in your…..you know…tatas?"

"Actually, I do and for whatever reason mine itch."

"Really?"

"Yeah, and I looked it up. Apparently, the itching is caused by hormonal changes, which is normal during pregnancy."

"I never knew that."

"Who knows what other surprises await us."

Suddenly Momo and Ochako heard the sound of someone clearing their throat. They looked over to see Izuku standing there. He was blushing a bit and looked a little nervous.

"I wasn't trying to eavesdrop on your conversation or anything. I just wanted to you two to know that the bedroom is arranged. Would you like to come and see?" asked Izuku

"Sure," said Ochako

Momo and Ochako got up off the couch and followed Izuku to the bedroom (which was actually his old bedroom). The girls walked in and saw the setup. Two beds were made (one of them being a futon). There was also space for them to walk around and set their things down.

"I'm sorry it doesn't look like much, but I hope you two will be comfortable," said Izuku

"Oh, this is fine," said Momo

"Thank you," said Ochako before giving Izuku a kiss on the cheek

"If you girls need extra blankets just let me know," said Inko

"Hold on, where are you going to sleep Izuku?" asked Ochako

"I'm going to sleep on the couch," he replied

"Oh, now I feel bad for taking your room."

"No, it's okay. I was planning to sleep on the couch anyways."

"Are you sure you're okay with this?" asked Momo

"Yes, I'm sure. It's no trouble," said Izuku

Ochako and Momo gave Izuku a hug before he headed back to the kitchen to help Inko prepare dinner. Izuku closed the door on his way out. The girls looked around the room for a few minutes.

"So which bed do you want to sleep on?" asked Ochako

"You want me to pick?" questioned Momo

"Yes. You know I'll be coming back here once in a while, so you decide what bed you want."

Momo thought about it for a few minutes and ended up choosing the futon. The girls took a few minutes to setup their stuff. Once they were done, they sat on their beds and continued to chat.

"How's Shoto doing?" asked Ochako

"He's doing fine and still trying to convince his dad for me to move in," said Momo

"Endeavor can be pretty stubborn."

"I wish he didn't hate me."

"I don't think he hates you. His personality makes him an unlikable person."

"How do you know that?"

"Izuku told me. He works at Endeavor's agency."

"I forgot about that."

"I don't know how Izuku can stand working with Endeavor. It blows my mind."

"Who knows?"

"Well, we're going to have a fun week. I'm looking forward to celebrating with you, Izuku, and Shoto."

"So am I. I just wish I could have celebrated at home too. I still can't believe my parents abandoned me like that."

Tears began to form in Momo's eyes. Ochako got off the bed and hugged her.

"I'm sorry Momo," she said

"It's okay. What matters is that I'm with people that love and care about me," she replied

"That's right. No matter what happens, we'll all have each other's backs."

Suddenly there was a knock at the door. Momo and Ochako looked over as Inko opened the door and peeked inside.

"Dinner is done. Come to the table when you're ready," she said

"Thank you," said Momo

(Ashido's Apartment)

"I really appreciate you letting me stay here. Are you sure it's okay?" asked Kirishima

"Honey it's no trouble. You can stay here as long as you like," said Miss Ashido

"We were going to setup the gallery room for you anyway," said Mina

Kirishima smiled. He was grateful that Mina and her great aunt let him move in with them. Ever since that meeting happened, Kirishima hasn't heard anything from his mother which wasn't really a surprise to him. It was hard to believe that she would cut him off like that, but he wasn't going to let it bother him. He had a new life now with Mina and a baby on the way. Kirishima was still excited about it. About 10 minutes later, Kirishima's new room was setup. He set his things down and looked around. Some paintings were still hanging on the wall and a new set of curtains were hung up by the window.

"Well, what do you think of your room?" asked Mina

"I like it. I really do," said Kirishima

"I'm glad to hear that. Now if you're all settled, how about we go out to dinner? Kirishima you can pick the place," said Miss Ashido

"Really?"

"Sure! Let's get ready to head out."

"Ooh, I can't wait!" said Mina excitedly

(Todoroki House)

Shoto was happy to be home and to spend time with his siblings and his mother. The one person he tried to avoid was Endeavor. Shoto wasn't happy that his father still refused to let Momo move in with them. Endeavor had tried to talk to Shoto when he came home for the holiday break, but he found ways to avoid him. Natsuo couldn't blame his little brother and he even offered to let Shoto stay in his room if he needed to. By the end of the day, Endeavor lounged in the living room. Rei was sitting at the table enjoying tea. He sat down next to her.

"Would you like some tea?" asked Rei

"Sure," said Endeavor "What a day."

"Shoto isn't speaking to you, is he?"

"No, he's not."

"Well, you can't really blame him. You're keeping him separated from his sweetheart."

"Rei, I don't want that girl moving in here! It's going to be nothing but trouble."

"Trouble for who, you? It's not even your burden to bear. Shoto is trying to take responsibility and you're not letting him."

"Why are you acting like this is my fault?"

"I never said it was your fault. Look, you really need to reconsider this."

"Why?"

"That poor girl has been through a lot. Her own family abandoned her, and she has nowhere else to go. She can't stay with the Midoriyas forever either. You should really talk to Shoto."

"How do I do that? He's been avoiding me all day."

"I'll speak with him and have him talk to you. I'm sure he'll do it for my sake."

"I don't know how well this is going to go."

"I'm not sure either, but you need to be more open to him. Don't screw this up!"

The next day around midafternoon, Rei had arranged Endeavor and Shoto's meet up. Shoto didn't like the idea of talking to Endeavor, but he decided to do it since his mother went through so much trouble already. Shoto and Endeavor sat across from each other. Rei had brought them tea and snacks before leaving the room.

"So, what do you want to talk about?" asked Shoto

"About you and Momo," said Endeavor

"Oh, you want to talk about us now?"

"Look, it has been difficult for me to accept what has happened."

"I know and I've been trying to talk to you about it sooner, but you kept leaving the room."

"I do apologize for my behavior, but can you really blame me Shoto?"

"I guess I can't really."

"You kept your relationship a secret and when you finally revealed it you dropped the bomb that you got her pregnant."

"Well, I had to tell you sooner or later."

"How is Momo doing anyway?"

"Since when do you care?"

"What's with the attitude?"

"I still haven't forgotten that you called her a two-bit tramp."

"I'm sorry about that. I didn't mean it."

"You shouldn't apologize to me. You should apologize to Momo."

"You're right."

"So when can she move in?"

"Wait a minute! I didn't agree to that."

"Why not?"

"I'm still not sure about it okay."

"How could you only think about yourself?"

"Huh?"

"Listen Endeavor, Momo is running out of time. She can't stay at UA much longer. The minute she starts showing she has to leave, and she has nowhere to go. You want me to be a hero, right? How can I call myself a hero if I can't help her? Her own parents abandoned her! Since I got her pregnant it should be my responsibility to take care of her and she should have the right to move in."

The room grew quiet. Endeavor sighed as he rubbed his forehead. Shoto took a sip of his tea and continued to stare down Endeavor.

"Shoto, you have made good points. All I ask of you is that you let me think about this a little while longer. I just need more time to think," said Endeavor

"Fine. I will wait for your answer," said Shoto

Shoto stood up and left the room. He went back to spending time with Natsuo and Fuyumi.

(Midoriya's apartment)

It was the day before the big celebration. Izuku, Ochako, and Momo were excited. They had helped Inko with shopping and cleaning up the apartment. As they went about their business, Shoto came over to see Momo. She was happy to see him.

"It's good to see you," said Momo

"I missed you," said Shoto

"Izuku who was at the door?" asked Inko

"It's Shoto, a friend from school," he replied

"Welcome Shoto. Make yourself at home," Inko said to him

"Thank you," he replied

"You made it just in time for the movie," said Izuku

"The snacks are almost ready," said Ochako from the kitchen

As Momo and Shoto went to set up the movie, Izuku helped Ochako with the snacks. They were about to watch the classic "Princess Mononoke." As they all started to get settled, Inko put on her coat and made her way to the door.

"Where are you going?" asked Izuku

"I'm going to spend some time with Mitsuki. Don't worry I'll be back before dinner. You kids enjoy your movie," said Inko

"Be careful mom."

"I will sweetie."

Inko left just as the movie started. About halfway through the movie, Izuku and Ochako were cuddling while Momo and Shoto were having a make out session. Even though they lost interest in the movie at some point, Izuku and Ochako continued to watch. Ochako had glanced over at them and even had Izuku look. He just smiled and kept his arms wrapped around Ochako.

"When do you think they stopped watching?" Ochako whispered to Izuku

"Don't worry about them. Let's enjoy the rest of the movie," he whispered back before kissing the top of her head.

Once the movie ended, everyone got up from the couch and stretched. Izuku went to turn off the player and TV while Momo and Ochako picked up the dishes they used for their snacks. Shoto helped clean up any mess that was made. Suddenly there was a knock at the door. Izuku wasn't expecting anyone else to visit, but he went to answer the door. To his surprise, it was Tenya.

"Oh, hey Iida," said Izuku

"Hey Midoriya. I'm sorry to bother you, but is Momo here? I was told she would be here," he replied

"Yes she is. Come on in."

"Thank you. I hope I'm not interrupting anything."

"No, not at all. We just finished watching a movie."

"I see."

Tenya stepped inside and took off his shoes. He followed Izuku into the living room and was surprised to see Shoto. Momo and Ochako had just come back from the kitchen, and they were both surprised to see Tenya.

"Hey Momo," said Tenya

"Hey Iida, I didn't know you were coming over," she replied

"Well, the reason I came over was because I wanted to know if you'd like to go out for coffee or have dinner."

The room grew quiet. Everyone was pretty shocked especially Momo. Things started to get awkward, and Tenya felt embarrassed. Momo then let out a sigh and approached Tenya.

"Iida, I appreciate you coming all this way to ask me, but I'm afraid I can't," she said

"Why not?" he asked

"I'm already seeing someone else."

"You have a boyfriend?"

"I'm sorry Iida."

"Well, who is he?"

Momo and Shoto looked at each other. They walked towards each other and held hands. Tenya gasped in surprise.

"Momo and I are together," said Shoto

"Why didn't you tell me?" asked Tenya

"Iida, Shoto and I wanted to keep our relationship a secret," said Momo

"Uraraka and I didn't even know back then until we found out," said Izuku

"Well, I feel like an idiot now," said Tenya

"Iida you're not an idiot. You just didn't know and I'm sorry if I hurt your feelings," said Momo

"Look I get it. I understand that you wanted to keep your relationship a secret. Some people do that, but there's something that bothers me that I don't understand."

"What is it?"

"When I went to your house earlier today asking for you, I was told that no such person by that name was living there."

"Wait what?!"

"Yeah, and I was also told to go away, which was rude. What's going on Momo?"

The room grew quiet again as fear built up in Momo and the others. She closed her eyes for a few moments and sighed quietly. She knew there was no point in making an excuse. No matter what she was going to say next was going to protect her secret.

"Iida, it's time you knew the truth," said Momo

"The truth?" he questioned

"But if I tell you, you have to promise not to say anything. You have to keep it a secret."

"I promise."

"You're probably not going to like this either. It's best that you sit down for this."

Everyone gathered on the couch and Momo started to tell Tenya her secret and about the others too. Once everything was said, Tenya was sitting there wide eyed, his mouth hanging open, and he didn't move a muscle. After a few minutes, he lowered his head and adjusted his glasses.

"Iida are you okay?" Momo finally asked

"I…..I just can't believe it. Uraraka, Jiro, and Mina too?" he replied

"I'm afraid so," said Ochako

"Are you mad?" asked Momo

"I'm not mad…I'm just shocked and disappointed," said Tenya

Tenya stood up and took a few steps forward, having his back facing his friends. He stayed still for a few moments.

"I never thought you of all people would do something so heinous Momo!" he said turning towards her

"Hey, it was an accident. None of us intended for this to happen," she replied

"I expected better of you people! We were all supposed to become heroes together!"

"And we still can Iida. It's just going to be harder for us," said Izuku

"Why would you keep this a secret from your friends?" asked Tenya

"Principal Nezu told us not to say anything for a while. It's for our protection," said Ochako

"That's hard to believe," said Tenya

"Please don't tell anyone else! It's important to keep our secret," said Shoto

"I already said I wouldn't. I think I should just go. I'm sorry for wasting your time," said Tenya

"Oh, come on Iida don't be like that," said Momo

"We don't blame you for being upset," said Shoto

"I'm not upset! IF I WAS UPSET, I'D BE YELLING!" shouted Tenya

Tears had formed in his eyes, and he was trying so hard not to cry. He rubbed his eyes before making his way out the door. Izuku and Shoto tried to stop him, but it was no use. Momo lowered her head.

"Wow, he took it rather hard," said Ochako

"I feel terrible," said Momo

"It's okay. He just needs time to cool down," said Shoto

"I'll try talking to him later," said Izuku

(Iida's House)

At the dinner table, Tenya was picking at his plate and was hardly eating anything. He was still upset from what happened earlier. Once he left Midoriya's apartment, he put his phone on silent and went walking around town for a while to cool down. He just couldn't believe it. The girl he had a crush on for a while turned out to be in a secret relationship with Shoto and she's having his baby. Tenya wasn't sure how to feel. He sighed as he continued to pick at his food.

"Honey, you haven't eaten much. Are you okay?" asked Mrs. Iida

"I'm just not very hungry right now," said Tenya

"What's wrong sweetie?"

"I really don't want to talk about it. Is it all right if I eat later?"

"Yes you can."

"I'm going to lie down in my room for a while okay?"

"Okay. Are you sure you don't want to talk about it?"

"Yes I'm sure."

Tenya got up from his place, excused himself, took his plate to the kitchen, and put it in the microwave. He then went into his room and lied down on his bed. He checked his phone and discovered he missed a lot of phone calls from Izuku, Momo, and Shoto. He sighed and closed his phone. Tenya rolled over on his side facing the wall. After a few moments of complete silence, tears began to roll down his face. It just wasn't fair, but then again life is never fair. Tenya wiped his eyes and eventually dozed off to sleep. He didn't know how long he slept for, but he was awakened by knocking on his door. He got up slowly and answered. It was his mother.

"Sweetie, there's somebody at the door for you," she said

"I'm not really in the mood for visitors mom," said Tenya

"Oh but I think you should go talk to her. She sounds really sweet."

"She?"

Tenya walked out of his room and to the front door. He was surprised to see Momo. She seemed sad even though she had a small smile on her face. They stood there in silence for a few moments.

"Iida will you take a stroll with me?" asked Momo "I want to talk to you."

"Uh okay," he replied

Tenya stepped out and began walking down the porch steps with Momo.

"Don't be out too late," called out Mrs. Iida

"I won't! I'll be home soon," said Tenya

Mrs. Iida closed the front door as Tenya and Momo left the house. They made their way to one of the nice parks that had plenty of lamp posts. No one was around which was perfect for Momo. They continued to walk in silence until Momo let out a sigh.

"Iida, the reason I wanted to talk to you is so we could patch things up and the last thing I want is to ruin your holiday. I'm still sorry about earlier," she said

"No, you don't have to keep apologizing. If anything I'm the one who should apologize," he replied

"Apologize for what?"

"For my outburst earlier and for calling you heinous. I wasn't being fair to you or the others."

"Well the heinous thing was a bit hurtful but I guess I deserved it."

"How long have you and Shoto been together?"

"Since the last school semester. We just fell in love and decided to keep our relationship a secret. We didn't know how everyone else would feel about it."

"I see. Momo, may I ask you something personal?"

"Sure, go ahead."

"If I had confessed my feelings for you a lot sooner, like the beginning of the year, would you have gone out with me?"

Momo stopped walking and lowered her head, staying quiet. Tenya stared at her and waited for an answer. She looked up at him with a soft smile and slight tears in the corners of her eyes.

"Iida, I appreciate you having feelings for me. I truly am grateful, but I just never felt the same way about you. Those feelings aren't there. Even if you had asked me earlier this year, I would have turned you down," said Momo

"I see. Well thank you for being honest with me," said Tenya

"I'm sorry Iida. I hope I didn't hurt your feelings again and I hope we're still friends."

"Of course we're still friends."

Tenya gave Momo a hug, which surprised her. She hugged him back and they stayed that way for a few moments.

"I'm glad we had this talk. I am starting to feel better," said Tenya

"That's good," said Momo

"Well how are you and the baby doing?"

"We're doing good."

"Do you know when you're due?"

"Not yet, but I assume around summer time."

Momo reached into her pocket and pulled out the ultrasound photo. She handed it to Tenya and he looked at it for a few minutes. He smiled and then handed the photo back to Momo.

"That's going to be one cute kid," said Tenya

"Thank you," said Momo

They continued to talk as they walked. About an hour later, they returned to Iida's house. He gave her one last hug before going inside. She waved as he went inside and then started making her way back to Midoriya's apartment. She opened her phone and went a group chat.

>>>Momo: I'm on my way back.

>>>Shoto: How did it go?

>>>Momo: I think we patched things up. He seems happy again.

>>>Ochako: That's great news!

>>>Izuku: I'm glad things worked out.

>>>Shoto: I guess it was a good idea for you to go and talk to him.

>>>Momo: Yeah and we don't have to worry about Iida exposing our secret.

>>>Izuku: Should we add him to our group?

>>>Momo: I don't see why not.

>>>Ochako: Well now we can rest easy knowing everything is fine again.

>>>Izuku: I'm looking forward to the big celebration tomorrow. We're going to have a good time.

>>>Shoto: Once I celebrate with my mom and siblings, I'll join you, Izuku, and Ochako afterwards.

>>>Momo: Okay. I can't wait! ^^

>>>Izuku: Sounds great.

>>>Momo: I'm almost there. I'll see you guys in a few minutes.

>>>Izuku: Okay, see you soon.

>>>Shoto: Please be careful.

>>>Momo: I will.

Chapter Text

The holiday break went by in the blink of an eye and before anyone knew it they were back at UA. Izuku and the others were happy to see each other all gathered again. Not only was school starting again, but this was the week they started their extra course with Mrs. Nori. None of them knew what to expect, but they were going to find out after school. In Class 1-A, everyone started taking their seats as Aizawa entered the room. He made his way to the front and stood before the class.

“Welcome back class. I hope you all had a wonderful break. Now let’s get started with a pop quiz,” said Aizawa

Some of the students groaned quietly, but everyone was getting their pencils out. Tenya passed out the quizzes and made sure everyone got a copy before he took his seat. A timer was set for 15 minutes and as usual, Aizawa settled for a quick nap.

(Cafeteria)

By lunch time everyone got their trays and sat at their usual spots. Since Tenya discovered the secret, he kept his word about not saying anything. He continued sitting with Izuku and the others. At first it felt awkward that Tenya knew, but everyone knew that it wasn’t going to be a problem.

“So how are you all doing?” asked Tenya

“We’re fine,” said Ochako

“That’s good to hear.”

“Iida, I hope you had fun during the holiday,” said Momo

“I did. My brother and I spent time together and he even taught me some new techniques that will help improve my quirk,” he replied

“That’s great!” said Izuku

While they chatted, Kirishima and Katsuki were having their own conversation.

“You serious?” questioned Katsuki

“Yes. I’m sorry Bakugo, but you know how my mom is,” Kirishima lied

“I guess we won’t be doing much training anymore.”

“Look, I’ll find ways for us to still train and hang out.”

“What is your mother’s problem anyway? Can’t she take care of herself?”

“She can, but she sometimes needs help.”

“If my mother ever did this to me, I’d tell her to go help herself and good luck. That old hag will never have control over me!”

“You’d really let your own mother suffer if she needed your help?”

“She has my dad, doesn’t she? She should be his problem.”

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

When school finally ended, Izuku and the others headed to their rooms. They had to get prepared for their extra course. Izuku set down his backpack and was about to start getting ready when he got a notification on his phone. He opened it and saw it was from the group chat. He joined in:

>>> Kirishima: What time does our extra course start?

>>> Izuku: In about 45 minutes.

>>> Denki: You better start getting ready.

>>> Shoto: Yeah I don’t think Mrs. Nori wants us to be late.

>>> Kirishima: I am, but I just don’t know what to expect.

>>> Momo: None of us do.

>>> Kirishima: Where should we meet up after we’re ready?

>>> Ochako: How about by that café on the corner? It’s on the way to this place.

>>> Mina: That’s a great idea!

>>> Kyoka: Come on guys, we have to finish getting ready. I’ll see you all at the café.

>>> Shoto: See you later.

>>> Kirishima: Ttyl.

>>> Izuku: Ttyl.

Izuku closed his phone and started to get ready. About 20 minutes later, Izuku and Ochako left the dormitories together. Once they were off campus, they held hands and made their way to the café. When they arrived, Shoto, Momo, Denki, and Kyoka were already there.

“Oh good, Deku and Uraraka are here,” said Kyoka

“Where’s Kirishima and Mina?” asked Izuku

“Don’t worry they’ll be here soon,” said Momo

“They’re usually the last ones to arrive,” said Denki

5 minutes later, Kirishima and Mina finally arrived. They apologized for being a little late, but everyone soon made their way to Mrs. Nori’s Class. It took about 15 minutes for them to reach their destination.

(Mrs. Nori’s Building)

Once they arrived, they couldn’t help but stare at the building for a minute or so.

“You know, I was expecting something fancier,” said Denki

“I thought private owned businesses had nicer looking buildings,” said Momo

“Well you can’t always judge a building by its design,” said Izuku

“It’s probably a good thing that this building doesn’t stand out from the others,” said Ochako

“Are we ever going to go inside?” questioned Kirishima

Izuku opened the door and stepped inside with the others behind him. They looked around for a few moments. The inside reminded them of their schools they attended when they were little. Ahead of them were two big double doors and on each side of the wall was a single door. They could only assume that those single doors lead to a bathroom or an office. While they were taking off their shoes, Mrs. Nori came through the double doors. She had a smile on her face.

“Welcome. I’m glad to see you all made it and on time too,” she said as she clapped her hands together

“Thank you for taking the time to help us,” said Izuku as he bowed respectfully

“Yes thank you,” said Momo

“Well come on in. I’ll give you a tour,” said Mrs. Nori

She led Izuku and the others through the double doors. Behind the doors was a giant room. It almost looked like a small school gym or UA’s Big Meeting Room. Izuku noticed a shelf that had mats, pillows, and baby dolls.

“What’s this room for?” asked Denki

“This is where I teach Lamaze Class. It’s perfect for first time parents,” said Mrs. Nori

“Will we be attending a Lamaze Class?” asked Momo

“Yes, but it won’t be for a while. Now let’s continue the tour,” said Mrs. Nori

She continued showing them around and they seemed pretty amazed. The giant room that held the Lamaze Class also had multiple doors along each side of the walls. Mrs. Nori showed them were the doors led to. One lead to her office, others lead to meeting rooms, playrooms (for parents with infants/toddlers), bathrooms, and the last door she opened was a classroom. It wasn’t as big as Class 1-A Classroom, but no one seemed to mind. Mrs. Nori had everyone enter the classroom and take a seat. As Izuku and the others found a place to sit, Mrs. Nori closed the classroom door and approached the front.

“Thank you all for coming. When you come here to take classes, you all will meet up here. Is that understood?” she asked

“Yes ma’am,” Izuku and the others replied

“Good. Now have you all read the pamphlets I gave you?”

Izuku and the others nodded, though some of them looked a bit nervous or uncomfortable.

“Now how did it make you feel?” asked Mrs. Nori

“It made me scared,” said Kyoka

“Same here,” said Momo

“I just never realized there was so much about pregnancy,” said Izuku

“I know it’s a lot and it’s okay to feel scared or even nervous about it,” said Mrs. Nori

“Mrs. Nori, is it true that we’ll experience all these symptoms?” asked Mina

“Some of you might experience a lot of symptoms and some of you might experience hardly any symptoms at all,” she replied

“Huh?” questioned Mina

“I don’t understand,” said Kyoka

“Listen girls, every pregnancy is different. Some of you might experience the same symptoms or just different symptoms. It all varies,” said Mrs. Nori

“Is it normal to not get morning sickness?” asked Momo

“Yes it is. I have met a few mothers that didn’t have morning sickness throughout their pregnancy,” said Mrs. Nori

“They’re so lucky,” said Kyoka

“Okay girls whatever symptoms you’re experiencing please write it down in your notebooks I gave you. I’ll be able to help you once I know your symptoms,” said Mrs. Nori

“What are we going to be taught throughout this entire course?” asked Shoto

“I’m glad you asked. I will be teaching all of you the basics of childcare and prepare you for childbirth. I know it sounds scary, but you all will do just fine,” said Mrs. Nori

“What kind of basics?” asked Denki

“Oh you know like feeding the baby, changing the baby, dressing the baby. Things like that,” said Mrs. Nori

“That sounds like a mommy job,” said Kirishima

Mrs. Nori approached Kirishima’s desk and slammed her fist down on it. She had a sudden anger look on her face which made Kirishima sink down in his chair. Everyone was shocked at Mrs. Nori’s reaction. They couldn’t help but stare wide eyed.

“Don’t ever say that again. It’s a daddy job too!” snarled Mrs. Nori

“I….I’m…. I’m sorry,” stuttered Kirishima

“I want to make something perfectly clear to all of you,” said Mrs. Nori as she approached the front of the class “Taking care of a baby is a responsibility to both mommies and daddies. It doesn’t matter if one of you is working or you’re both working. Mommies and daddies have to share the responsibility!”

Mrs. Nori continued to glare at Kirishima and then looked at the other boys in the class. This made them nervous and Kirishima continued to stay sunk down in his desk. He really regretted what he said.

“Don’t ever dump your responsibilities on the other and saying that it’s a mommy’s job doesn’t make it better. That can cause serious damage to your relationship! If none of you boys can handle this responsibility then get the hell out of my class right now!” snapped Mrs. Nori

The classroom was silent and nobody moved. Kirishima sat back up in his desk, but stayed seated. Izuku, Shoto, and Denki didn’t even budge. After a minute or so, Mrs. Nori sighed.

“I’m sorry for my outburst. I just hate hearing people say that the responsibility of a child should fall on one person, mostly the mothers. Now let’s get started,” she said

For the next 45 minutes, Mrs. Nori went over changes in the female body during pregnancy, some childcare basics such as feeding a baby, and even nutrition for both mothers and babies. Izuku and the others took notes and even asked some questions.

“Okay you guys that’s it for today,” said Mrs. Nori

“Thank you Mrs. Nori. This information is helping us a lot,” said Ochako

“Well you’re going to learn more. Girls if you need anything please ask me, even if it’s personal. I’m here to help you and to listen too,” she replied

“Thank you,” said Momo

“Before you go, I have an assignment for all of you,” said Mrs. Nori

“Oh? What is it?” asked Izuku

“The next time you all go shopping, I want you to look at prices on diapers, formula, and baby things. Write down the costs and we can discuss it for our next class,” said Mrs. Nori

“Sure thing,” said Kirishima

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

Once Izuku and the others left Mrs. Nori’s building, they headed back their UA dormitories. The walk back seemed shorter to them for some reason. Once they made it to the lounge, they decided to head to their rooms and do their homework before dinner. Izuku made it to his room and closed the door behind him. He had a lot on his mind from what happened in that baby class. He opened his backpack, took out his books, and began setting up his desk to start working on his homework. About 35 minutes later, Izuku was almost done completing his assignments when he suddenly got a notification on his phone. He decided it was time for a break. He grabbed his phone and saw a text message from the group. He immediately opened it and joined in.

>>> Kirishima: Hey guys, I just wanted to see how you all were doing.

>>> Izuku: I’m doing okay. I’m almost done with my homework.

>>> Shoto: Same here.

>>> Mina: Are you okay Kirishima?

>>> Kirishima: Yeah, but I just can’t stop thinking about what I said that upset Mrs. Nori so much.

>>> Denki: I admit I was surprised that she reacted like that.

>>> Ochako: I wonder why that upset her.

>>> Kirishima: I didn’t mean it like that and I am sorry if I upset any of you in class today.

>>> Kyoka: Hey we’re good.

>>> Momo: Yeah and try not to let it bother you.

>>> Izuku: I know Mrs. Nori seems harsh, but I’m sure she means well and she wants to help all of us.

>>> Kirishima: I’ll be careful what I say around her from now on.

>>> Izuku: Since Mrs. Nori gave us an assignment, do you all want to meet up after school tomorrow and look at baby stuff?

>>> Ochako: Sounds good to me.

>>> Momo: Sure!

>>> Kyoka: Oh I’d love to! I actually want to see the baby clothes. ^///^

>>> Izuku: Then it’s settled. Where should we meet up after school?

>>> Denki: How about the café again?

>>> Kirishima: That’s perfect!

>>> Shoto: Sounds like we have a new meet up place.

>>> Izuku: Okay we’ll see each other tomorrow.

>>> Ochako: Remember to bring your notebooks to write down the costs.

>>> Mina: Thank you for reminding me. I would have forgotten.

>>> Kyoka: Can’t wait to see those baby clothes.  They’re so little and adorable!

>>> Denki: Uh don’t you think it’s a little early to be picking out baby clothes? We don’t even know what we’re having.

>>> Kyoka: Who said anything about picking out baby clothes? I just want to look and admire them.

>>> Ochako: I’d actually want to look at baby clothes too. It’ll help me decide what to pick later on.

>>> Momo: Well now I’m excited for tomorrow.

>>> Mina: Me too!

>>> Kirishima: Okay take it easy. Remember why we’re going there in the first place.

>>> Mina: I know, but I’m still excited.

>>> Izuku: Well I need to get going. I want to finish my assignments before dinner.

>>> Denki: That’s right it’s almost dinner time. What were we having again?

>>> Shoto: I think it was chicken and rice.

>>> Kyoka: That doesn’t sound very appetizing to me.

>>> Denki: Don’t worry I can make you something else that’ll settle with your stomach.

>>> Kyoka: Thanks, but I don’t want to create any suspicion.

>>> Izuku: See you guys later. Bye.

>>> Kirishima: Bye

>>> Denki: Later!

>>> Ochako: See you at dinner.

Izuku closed his phone and sighed. He felt more at ease after talking with his friends. He set his phone down and started doing his assignments again.

(Shopping Center)

The next day after school, Izuku and the others met up at the café. They all decided to get smoothies before heading to the shopping center. Once they arrived, they decided to split up and look around. They would meet up again later after they did their assignment.

(Izuku’s POV)

Out of all the times we’ve been together, this is probably the first time I’ve seen Uraraka this excited. Despite what has been going on, it does make me happy to see her smile. She held my hand as we made our way to one of the baby sections of the store. Once we made it to the diaper aisle, Uraraka started looking at all the different diapers. I noticed her smile starting to disappear.

“What’s the matter?” I asked

“Izuku, do diapers really cost this much?” she asked worriedly

“Well, I assumed some baby things were pricy, but I don’t know the price.”

“It’s ¥7,931.73 (which is $55.94 for Pampers today) for these diapers! That’s a lot of money!”

“Well, there are different brands and different prices. See this one is ¥ 2,950.65” (which is $20.81 for Amazon Brand diapers).  

“The price does seem more reasonable, but are these diapers better than those expensive ones?”

“I don’t know. I guess it all depends on if the baby likes them or not.”

“I had no idea that most of these diapers cost so much. What are we going to do? Even with our jobs, how are we going to afford this?”

I wasn’t sure what to say at that moment. I started to think about the assignment Mrs. Nori gave us and it just made me realize what it was truly about. Uraraka began to tear up and cry. That pulled me out of my thoughts, and I immediately embraced her and held her.

“Izuku, I don’t know if we make enough to buy these diapers and we haven’t even seen the prices for formula, clothes, or toys yet,” sobbed Ochako

“Uraraka it’s going to be all right, you’ll see,” I said as I continued to hold her

“How are we supposed to raise our child when the main thing it needs is expensive?”

“You let me worry about that. The only thing I want you to focus on right now is the baby.”

I leaned down and kissed her. Uraraka gave me a soft smile and continued to hug me. After a few minutes, we started writing down prices for the diapers and even the names of the different brands. Uraraka decided to move onto the baby clothes. Even though we’re still learning about the cost of a baby’s needs, looking at baby clothes is what makes Uraraka and the other girls happy. I might end up buying something for the baby before we leave the shopping center.

(Shoto’s POV)

Momo and I ended up stumbling upon the baby furniture aisle. Even though she wanted to see the baby clothes first, we decided to look at the cribs, strollers, and other things. I looked at the displays of the cribs and grabbed one of the price tags. It read ¥22,667.38 (which is $159.99). I continued to stare at the price tag as Momo came over to look.

“Is this considered expensive?” she asked

“I suppose it is, but then again baby furniture is a one-time purchase so I’m not really sure,” I said

I had almost forgotten that Momo and I grew up in homes where everything was handed to us. Neither one of us had to worry about the cost of anything. Now that we are having a baby, we have to deal with the expenses. I know my family will help us out, but I need to be the provider. I sighed as Momo wrote down the cost of the crib and brand name. We continued looking at other baby furniture such as a changing table, rocking chair, infant carrier, baby bather, etc. Momo continued writing down the costs and brand names. Before we continued, we stopped to look at the prices that were written down. I added up the total in my head and it was a lot for one time purchases.

“Goodness, this is a lot of money for buying baby furniture,” said Momo

“I know and this is only the cost of one-time purchases,” I said

“Are babies really that expensive?”

“I guess they are.”

“This is getting scary. Are we able to get everything our baby needs?”

“Don’t worry. Our baby will have everything it needs. Even if we can’t buy everything the same day, we will the other stuff later.”

I could tell that Momo was getting scared. I have to admit that I was feeling scared too. I embraced Momo and gave her a kiss. I then took her hand and smiled. She smiled back.

“Come on, let's go find the baby clothes,” I said

(Kirishima’s POV)

Mina and I had entered the baby food and formula aisle. We were surprised by how many different types of baby food and formula there were. I picked up one of the formula cans and looked at the price. My eyes pretty much bulged out of my head.

“This formula is ¥4,643.45 (that’s $32.86 for Enfamil Baby Formula today) and it’s a tiny can! How long does this even last for?” I asked

“I don’t know, a few days maybe,” Mina shrugged

“Oh man this is expensive and I don’t even know how many of these cans a baby can go through in a week.”

“Well there are cheaper cans of baby formula.”

“I know, but their cheapest ones are still expensive.”

“What are we going to do then?”

“Well do you plan to…….well you know?”

Mina gave me a confused look and I started to blush a bit. I coughed and started pointing at her chest. It took a few moments for Mina to understand where I was going with this.

“Are you going to…uh…..um….” I stuttered

“You mean breastfeed?” she asked

“Yeah, that.”

“Well I do plan to, but I also think it’s a good idea to use formula too.”

“How come?”

“Well if I can’t produce enough milk our baby will starve. Are you against using formula?”

“No I’m not. I just find the prices for baby formula insane.”

“I think it’s crazy too, but we have to make sure our baby eats.”

“I agree and our baby will get the nutrition it needs.”

Mina hugged me and I hugged her back. I gave her a kiss and after a few moments we started writing down the prices and brands for baby formula. We even wrote down the prices and brands of baby food. I know our baby wouldn’t be eating solid foods for a while, but I guess it’s good to know the cost. Maybe I’m worrying over nothing. I’m just hoping that I’ll be a good father to my baby and a good provider to Mina. These two are important to me and I’ll do everything I can to take care of them and protect them.

(Denki’s POV)

“Ooh, look at this outfit,” awed Kyoka

“Yeah, it’s cute,” I said

The minute Jiro and I found the baby clothes, she went crazy. She was admiring every single outfit on a shelf or rack. She was even admiring the baby shoes and baby bibs. I didn’t want to spoil her fun so I let her do what she wanted, but I started looking at the price tags.

“You’re kidding me right?” I questioned

“What? What’s wrong?” asked Kyoka

“This cost ¥2,824.79 (that’s $19.99) for one outfit!”

“I say it’s worth it.”

“How long will the baby be able to wear that outfit it for?”

“I don’t know.”

“And look at this!”

I grabbed a baby shirt and baby pants that matched. Jiro just stared at me.

“What’s wrong with that?” she asked “It’s a cute outfit and it matches.”

“The outfit is cute, but why are they charging them separate if they match?” I asked

“I don’t know.”

“This just doesn’t make sense to me.”

I put the baby clothes back as Jiro continued to browse around. Despite seeing the prices for a few of those outfits, Jiro was still happy. I loved seeing that smile on her face. I decided to wait a while until she was ready to write down the prices for the baby clothes. About 10 minutes later, Jiro showed me the baby clothes she liked and we wrote down the prices. Some baby clothes were expensive and some others were surprisingly cheap. I guess that all depends on the brand.

A few hours later, everyone met up by the food court. Izuku and Denki were the only ones that walked out with something. Uraraka found the cutest softest baby blanket and she just had to have it. Jiro found a cute Pikachu onesie and it took a little convincing for Denki to buy it. While Izuku and Shoto went to get food for everyone, Uraraka and the others set up tables and chairs. Then they all sat down and went over notes they took in the shopping center.

“Holy crap, do diapers cost that much?” asked Mina

“It depends on what brand you get,” said Ochako

“Wow! The prices for formula are pretty high,” said Kyoka

“Tell me about it,” said Mina

“Wow, I never realized that baby stuff cost so much,” said Momo

“I think it’s mainly the diapers and formula that are high priced,” said Ochako

“I agree,” said Kyoka

“I don’t know how we’re going to afford this,” said Mina
”Don’t worry. We’re going to make it work. It’s going to be okay,” said Kirishima

“I’m sure when we talk to Mrs. Nori, she’ll have solutions to these high costs,” said Denki

“I sure hope so,” said Ochako

Soon Izuku and Shoto came back with trays of food. Ochako and the others put their notebooks away while the food was being passed out. They enjoyed their meals as they chatted with each other.

(Mrs. Nori’s Baby Class)

 At their next baby class, everyone took their seats, and the girls opened their notebooks. Mrs. Nori stood in front of the room.

“So I take it you all did your assignment?” she asked

“Yes we did,” said Izuku

“And what did you learn?”

“Baby things are expensive,” said Ochako

“Mostly the diapers and formula,” added Mina

“Yes, that’s true,” said Mrs. Nori

“I don’t know how anybody can afford to buy all these things for a baby,” said Ochako

“This is pretty scary,” said Momo

“Okay girls take it easy. I know that things for a baby are expensive and it can be a scary situation. I want you all to remember this; your first born will be expensive but the next baby will be cheaper,” said Mrs. Nori

“What?” questioned Izuku

“What you do mean?” questioned Kirishima

“Depending if you plan to have another child in the future, it’s a good idea to store your first baby’s clothes, furniture, and toys. That way when the next one comes, you’ll already have things it needs. That will reduce the expenses,” said Mrs. Nori

“Wow, I never thought of that,” said Kyoka

“Well that’s good to know,” said Izuku

“Diapers and formula are still expensive though. Is there any cheaper solution to those?” asked Ochako

“I’m afraid not. You can buy the cheapest diapers and formula but you have to keep in mind that your baby might not tolerate it. Cheap diapers can give a baby a bad diaper rash and cheap formula can upset your baby’s stomach,” said Mrs. Nori

“Oh no,” said Mina

“The only other solution for diapers is cloth diapers. It is slightly cheaper, but you have to wash them all the time. That can be an extra chore you don’t want to deal with,” said Mrs. Nori

“Mrs. Nori, may I ask a personal question?” asked Ochako

“Sure, go right ahead,” she replied

“Since formula is expensive, wouldn’t it be better to breastfeed?”

The other girls directed their attention at Uraraka’s question while some of the boys blushed.

“That’s a very good question and I’m glad you brought it up. Breast milk is the best thing for a baby, however; not all mothers can breastfeed and have to use formula only,” said Mrs. Nori

“What do you mean?” asked Momo

“Remember when I said every pregnancy is different? It’s the same with this situation. Girls, your body will produce breast milk but sometimes it won’t produce enough or your milk supply will always be low. Breastfeeding can be tricky and that’s why I recommend using formula too. It’s to be sure your baby is getting enough nutrition,” said Mrs. Nori

“So breastfeeding is a bad idea?” asked Kyoka

“I’m not saying that. You can breastfeed and use formula too. Girls I just want you to know that if you can’t breastfeed, don’t feel ashamed about it. This happens to a lot of mothers. You did nothing wrong either,” said Mrs. Nori

The girls nodded and some of them were taking notes. The baby class went on for another 55 minutes. Their class time was longer than last time, but everyone was so focused on this new information and wanted to absorb as much as they could. Mrs. Nori was pleased with this.

“Okay guys, we need to call it a day. I’m glad you all are learning so much. We can discuss more at our next class and I’ll be showing a movie next time,” said Mrs. Nori

“Awesome!” said Kirishima

“Is there anything you want us to do?” asked Momo

“No, just think about what we went over and discussed today. I’ll see you all Sunday,” said Mrs. Nori

Izuku and the others gathered their things and left. As they made their way back to UA, Izuku was feeling at ease. That overwhelming feeling wasn’t there this time. He glanced at the others and they didn’t seem nervous or scared.

“That was a lot of information we got today,” Ochako spoke up

“Yeah, but I’m glad we’re learning this stuff,” said Denki

“Me too,” said Momo

“I wonder what kind of movie she’ll show us,” said Kirishima

“Don’t get your hopes up. It’s most likely going to be one of those sex educational movies or something,” said Kyoka

“It doesn’t hurt to learn from those,” said Shoto

“I still find those expenses scary though,” said Ochako

“Don’t worry. It’s going to be fine,” said Izuku as he took her hand.

Uraraka smiled at him and Izuku smiled back. They continued making their way back to UA thinking about what they’ll learn at their next baby class.

Chapter Text

The morning alarm went off, beeping into the quiet room. Momo awoke from her slumber and turned it off. She sat up stretching and then yawned. It took a few moments to shake the sleep off. She then remembered what day it was and began to smile. She placed her hand on her lower abdomen.

“Good morning baby. Mommy and daddy get to see you today. We can’t wait,” said Momo softly

She got up and began getting ready for the day. Once she was in her school uniform, she looked in the mirror and checked for any flaws. Everything looked good. She grabbed her brush and started fixing her hair. Suddenly she got a notification on her phone. She stopped what she was doing and checked. Of course it was from Shoto. She opened her phone and went to his text.

>>> Shoto: Good morning. How are you feeling today?

>>> Momo: I’m feeling great and excited. Today is the day!

>>> Shoto: I know and I can’t wait.

>>> Momo: Are you almost ready?

>>> Shoto: Yes and I’m about to head down in a few minutes.

>>> Momo: Same here. I’ll meet you in the kitchen for breakfast and then we can head to class together.

>>> Shoto: Sounds good.

>>> Momo: Okay I’ll see you soon. Love you.

>>> Shoto: Love you too.

Momo closed her phone and went back to brushing her hair. Once she was done, she left her room and headed downstairs. When she made it to the lounge, she made a beeline towards the kitchen. Some of her classmates were already up and eating breakfast. Momo grabbed two bowls and began filling them with mixed fruit of bananas, strawberries, and blueberries. She also quickly made two slices of toast and placed each slice on top of the bowl. While she was finishing preparing breakfast, Shoto came into the kitchen.

“Wow, that was quick,” he said

“I hope this is okay,” said Momo handing him one of the bowls

“This is fine. Thank you.”

“Anytime.”

They began to eat and Shoto noticed that Momo was eating rather quickly. He knew it was from the excitement.

“Take it easy. I don’t want you getting an upset stomach,” said Shoto

“I’m sorry. I just can’t wait till school’s over,” said Momo

“I know the feeling. Don’t worry, we’ll get there.”

When they finished eating breakfast, they cleaned up their mess and made their way to class. For some reason the walk to Class 1-A seemed long to them, but once they arrived they stepped in and saw a few of their classmates already there.

(Class 1-A Classroom)

Momo and Shoto walked in and saw Izuku, Ochako, Tenya, Mina, and Kirishima. Denki, Kyoka, and the other classmates weren’t there yet.

“Good morning. It’s nice to see you two early,” said Tenya

“Well today is a special day for us,” said Momo

“That’s right! Today is your ultrasound appointment isn’t it?” asked Ochako

“Yes it is,” she replied

“Awe you’re so lucky! I’m still eager for my appointment,” said Mina

“Mine will be happening real soon. I guess I’m going to be excited like you two when that day comes,” said Ochako

“We are excited and hopefully this day will go by quickly,” said Shoto

“I hope everything goes well at your appointment,” said Tenya

“Thank you,” said Momo

“You have to send us the new ultrasound photo!” said Kirishima

“Don’t worry you guys, you know we will,” said Shoto

“Will you be finding out the due date?” asked Izuku

“Yes, they should be determining that today as well,” said Momo

“I wonder how close all of our due dates are,” said Mina

“Who knows, but I can guess that we all will have summer babies,” said Ochako

“That sounds about right,” said Izuku

It wasn’t long until more of their classmates entered the room. New conversations were started and when the rest of the class showed up, they talked among themselves. Soon Mr. Aizawa arrived. The class got in their seats and grew quiet.

“Good morning class. I hope you all are doing well. Let’s get started on today’s lesson,” said Mr. Aizawa

(Cafeteria)

By lunchtime, everyone got their trays and sat in their usual spots. Momo seemed more eager than ever. She did her best not to eat so quickly in front of her other classmates. The last thing she wanted was to create suspicion. Shoto knew how she felt and did his best to not look so eager.

“So what are your plans today Todoroki?” asked Sato

“Same as usual, but after I finish my assignments I plan to visit my mom,” said Shoto

“Well that’s nice. How’s she doing?” asked Shoji

“She’s doing well,” said Shoto

“That’s good to hear.”

“So have you heard the news about that break in earlier this morning?” asked Sero

“No, what happened?” asked Izuku

“Earlier today, some villains broke into one of the banks and took captive of one of the bank tellers. They ended up taking a lot of money.”

“Oh wow, that poor bank teller,” said Toru

“Yeah but don’t worry. The bank teller was rescued and the villains were captured,” said Sero

“Who handled the situation?” asked Tokoyami

“It was Endeavor along with Fat Gum and Kamui Woods,” said Sero

“Remind me to buy my dear old dad a trophy,” said Shoto sarcastically  

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

When school finally came to an end, Momo and Shoto made their way back to the dormitories and made a beeline to their rooms. Thankfully they were the first ones to arrive back. Once they got into the elevator and waited to reach their floor, Shoto and Momo had a little make out session. Even though it was short, they enjoyed it. When Momo reached her floor, she stepped out and faced Shoto.

“I’ll see you in the lounge in about 20 minutes,” said Shoto

“I’ll get ready as quick as I can. I’ll see you then,” said Momo

The elevator door closed and Momo made her way to her room. She opened her door and closed it rather quickly. She sat her backpack down by her desk and chair. Before she started getting ready, she opened her backpack, took out her books, paper, etc. and set up her desk for studying. Momo planned to do her homework studies after she got back from her ultrasound appointment. She changed out of her school uniform and into regular clothes. It wasn’t anything fancy. Just nice blue jeans and a long sleeved pink blouse. Momo then went to her mirror and started fixing her hair. She was about done when her phone chimed. She got a notification. At first she thought it was Shoto, but when she checked it was from the group. She opened it and decided to respond.

>>> Kyoka: Hey I heard it’s your ultrasound appointment today.

>>> Momo: Yes and I’m just about ready to leave.

>>> Kyoka: Well I hope all is well. You have to send us a picture.

>>> Momo: You know I will.

>>> Ochako: Momo you’re so lucky you get to see your baby today. I’m so eager to see mine.

>>> Momo: Don’t worry, your turn will come.

>>> Mina: If you don’t mind me asking, what is it like getting an ultrasound?

>>> Kyoka: Yeah I’m curious about that too.

>>> Momo: Well from what I remember from the last one, you go into this dark room that’s hardly lit and they have you lay down on this exam table. I had to lift up my shirt and tug down my pants a little to expose my entire belly. Once they boot up the ultrasound machine, they squirt this gel on your belly and smear it around with a wand device. You’ll see what the inside of your uterus looks like on the screen. Once they find the baby they’ll zoom in, take pictures, and other stuff.

>>> Ochako: Wow that’s interesting!

>>> Kyoka: How long does it last?

>>> Momo: Not very long. Actually it’s quite short and I wish it went on longer.

>>> Mina: Did it hurt when they rubbed that wand over your belly?

>>> Momo: No not at all. To me it almost felt like I was getting a massage.

>>> Ochako: I hope the gel wasn’t cold.

>>> Momo: Oh no, it was warm. You shouldn’t have to worry about it being cold.

>>> Mina: Well that’s good to know.

>>> Momo: Okay guys I have to get going. I’ll let you know how things went and I’ll definitely send a picture too.

>>> Kyoka: Okay ttyl

>>> Ochako: Bye!

>>> Mina: Can’t wait! See you soon.

Momo closed her phone and checked her appearance one last time in the mirror. She then left her room and made her way to the elevator. She sent Shoto a text letting him know that she was on her way down.

(Private Hospital)

Since the hospital was too far to walk to, Shoto and Momo made their way to the café and Shoto called for a ride. It only took a few minutes for it to arrive. Shoto helped Momo in the car and then got in. A few minutes later they arrived at the hospital. Momo was feeling excited and couldn’t wait. They walked in and made their way to the Obstetrics & Gynecology office. When they entered, Momo went up to the desk to get checked in and it only took a few minutes. She was asked to have a seat and wait to be called. Momo and Shoto looked around. The waiting room wasn’t very big and surprisingly no one else was there. They picked a spot and sat down. Next to Shoto were some magazines. Most of them were about mothers & babies and a few were about pregnancy. He picked one up and skimmed through it. Even though they were learning from Mrs. Nori, the magazines also had some interesting information too.

“Yaoyorozu Momo,” a nurse called out

Momo looked up as she stood up. Shoto put the magazine back and followed Momo.

“How are you today?” asked the nurse

“I’m doing fine,” said Momo

“That’s good to hear. Follow me this way. We’ll weigh you and then take you to ultrasound.”

The nurse led Momo to a section of a room that had weight scales. Momo stepped on one and waited. Once the scale revealed Momo’s weight, the nurse wrote it down on her clipboard. Momo was a bit surprised that she had gained some weight, but still looked the same. She knew the weight gain was because of the baby but didn’t mind that fact. The nurse then led Momo to one of the ultrasound rooms. The room was barely lit and it wasn’t very big. The ultrasound machine hummed and there was a big screen on the wall (like a TV). It looked like it was on, but the screen was dark.

“Go ahead and sit on the exam table. The doctor will be in soon,” said the nurse

Momo nodded and did as she was instructed. The nurse left as Shoto took a seat in a chair that was next to the exam table.

“You doing okay?” asked Shoto

“Yes. I’m just really excited,” said Momo

“So am I.”

“I just hope our baby is doing okay.”

“Of course it is. Why wouldn’t it be?”

“What if something is wrong?”

“Hey, don’t talk like that. Nothing is wrong. Our baby is fine.”

Shoto took Momo’s hand, and she grasped it. Suddenly the doctor came in.

“Hello Momo, I’m Dr. Suki. I’ll be performing your ultrasound today,” she said

“It’s nice to meet you,” said Momo

“Is this your first ultrasound?”

“Actually, this is my second.”

“Ah I see,” said Dr. Suki looking at her clipboard

She turned her attention towards Shoto.

“Are you dad?” asked Dr. Suki

“Yes ma’am,” he replied

“Well I’m glad you’re here. This must be exciting for you too.”

“It is.”

“Okay let’s get started. Momo go ahead and lie down and lift up your shirt.”

As Dr. Suki went to the ultrasound machine and tapped a few keys, Momo lied down and lifted her shirt up to her chest. She even tugged her pants down a bit too. Shoto stood up and took Momo’s hand again. Dr. Suki then started setting things up. She placed a paper mat right below Momo’s lower abdomen and slightly tucked it into her jeans. Dr. Suki then grabbed the bottle of gel.

“I promise you that this gel is warm. It’ll always be warmed,” she said to Momo

“I’m glad to hear that,” she replied

Shoto watched as Dr. Suki squirted the warm gel on Momo’s belly. She then moved the ultrasound wand around on her belly. Shoto then started looking at the screen. The image of the inside of Momo’s uterus appeared on screen and it only took Dr. Suki a few seconds to find the baby. Smiles spread across Momo and Shoto’s face. Dr. Suki zoomed in and began examining the baby. She did measurements and took a few pictures too. The baby was still small, but it has grown since the last time Momo and Shoto saw it. It finally had the shape of a fetus, no longer looking like an embryo. They continued to smile as Dr. Suki pointed out the baby’s head, arms, legs, feet, and even hands. The baby made some slight movements which made Momo awe at the sight.

“Well, everything looks good, and the baby has a strong heartbeat too. Would you like to hear it?” asked Dr. Suki

“Yes of course,” said Momo

Dr. Suki tapped a few keys on the ultrasound machine and a fast paced whumping sound filled the room. Shoto continued to smile as Momo teared up. It was the most beautiful sound they ever heard. They listened to their baby’s heartbeat for a little while and then Dr. Suki continued to exam the baby.

“Now judging by the baby’s size, I can confirm that you’re 11 weeks along. You’re almost at the 2^nd trimester,” she said

“Really, that soon?” said Momo surprised

“Yes and your due date is June 26^th,” said Dr. Suki

“We’re going to have a summer baby,” said Shoto happily

“I can’t wait,” said Momo

Dr. Suki printed out a few pictures and then reset the ultrasound machine. She then grabbed some paper towels for Momo so she could wipe away the gel. Shoto helped her clean up and threw away the paper towels for her. Dr. Suki then handed the ultrasound photos to both Momo and Shoto.

“Thank you so much,” said Momo

“You’re welcome. I’m glad everything is well. I want to set up your next appointment 3 weeks from now,” said Dr. Suki

“Okay. Then we get to see the baby again,” said Momo happily

“I’m sorry, but your next appointment is going to be a regular routine checkup,” said Dr. Suki

“When will she have another ultrasound?” asked Shoto

“That won’t be until she’s 20 weeks along,” said Dr. Suki

“Why do I have to wait that long?” asked Momo

“I know you want to see your baby at every appointment, but it’s not good to perform multiple ultrasounds. It can cause problems for the baby,” said Dr. Suki

“I didn’t know that,” said Shoto

“But don’t worry; you can hear your baby’s heartbeat at every appointment. I use a fetal doppler to check the baby’s heart rate,” said Dr. Suki

“When will we know what we’re having?” asked Momo

“Oh you want to know the gender?” asked Dr. Suki

“Yes,” said Shoto

“You’ll be able to find out at your next ultrasound. That’s something you can look forward to,” said Dr. Suki

“I can’t wait,” said Momo

“I’ll make sure we go out and celebrate that day,” said Shoto

“Well do you two have anymore questions?” asked Dr. Suki

“I can’t think of anything else,” said Momo

“Me either,” said Shoto

“It was nice to meet you two and congratulations,” said Dr. Suki

“Thank you,” said Momo

“You can schedule your next appointment at the front desk before you leave,” said Dr. Suki

Momo and Shoto thanked her once more and left together with their new ultrasound pictures. They held hands as they made their way to the front desk. It only took a few minutes for Momo’s next appointment to be setup. While she was taking care of that, Shoto called for a ride. It didn’t take long for it to arrive. Once they made it outside of the private hospital, their ride pulled up. Like before, Shoto helped Momo in before getting in. They fastened their seatbelts and the car started driving off.

“I’m so glad we got to see our baby again,” said Momo

“Me too and hearing its heartbeat was amazing,” said Shoto

“I can’t wait to tell the others.”

“Momo I hope it’s okay that we drop by my family’s house. I’d like to show them the new photo and let them know how it went today.”

“Sure, of course!”

Shoto asked the driver to take them to the Todoroki residents which he gladly set his destination to. The driver told them that it would take about 15 minutes to arrive and that they can just relax. Momo took a picture of the new ultrasound photo with her phone and then created a new group chat text:

>>> Momo: Hey guys! I just had my appointment, and everything is well.

>>> Tenya: I’m so glad to hear that!

>>> Mina: Did you get another picture? Please show us!

>>> Kyoka: Yes, please show us!

>>> Momo: [image delivered]

>>> Ochako: Awe, it’s so cute!

>>> Mina: So precious!

>>> Kyoka: Oh, my heart! It’s so beautiful!

>>> Sero: Wow, that’s so amazing!

>>> Denki: It looks like a baby now!

>>> Kirishima: Did you get to hear the heartbeat?

>>> Momo: Yes and it was the most beautiful sound I ever heard.

>>> Izuku: I can’t wait to hear my baby’s heartbeat.

>>> Ochako: You mean our baby.

>>> Izuku: Right, sorry.

>>> Kyoka: So how far along are you now?

>>> Mina: Yeah, what did the doctor say?

>>> Momo: I’m 11 weeks along and almost in the 2^nd trimester.

>>> Izuku: Wow, that’s wonderful.

>>> Momo: My due date is June 26^th.

>>> Denki: Hey, that’s close to my birthday! Wouldn’t that be something if the baby was born on my birthday?

>>> Sero: If that happens, we need to have a double celebration!

>>> Momo: Well don’t get your hopes up. The baby could come early, late, or on time.

>>> Tenya: How are you feeling?

>>> Momo: I’m feeling great and happier than before.

>>> Kirishima: Are you heading back to UA?

>>> Momo: Not yet, we’re going to visit Shoto’s family first. We should be back before dinner.

>>> Izuku: Tonight we’re making turkey and beef bundles with mashed potatoes and mixed vegetables.

>>> Momo: That sounds so delicious!

>>> Tenya: If you get back late, I’ll make sure I set aside portions for you and Shoto.

>>> Momo: Thank you. Well I better get going. We’re almost at Shoto’s house. I’ll let you guys know when we’re on our way back.

>>> Sero: Sounds good.

>>> Izuku: We’ll see you soon. Be safe!

>>> Ochako: Bye!

>>> Kyoka: Ttyl

>>> Mina: Ttyl

Momo closed her phone and rested her head on the back of the seat. She closed her eyes as Shoto looked over at her.

“Hey are you okay?” asked Shoto

“Yes, I’m fine,” said Momo

“Who were you texting?”

“Our friends. I have sent them the ultrasound picture in a group chat. They’re happy.”

“I’m glad. I just got through texting my mom. She is looking forward to seeing us.”

“I can’t wait to see her and your siblings.”

(Todoroki House)

A few minutes later, they arrived at the Todoroki household. Momo and Shoto got out of the car and made their way to the front door. They held hands as they went inside. As they were taking off their shoes, Rei approached them.

“Oh it’s so good to see you again,” she said to Momo

“I’m happy to see you too,” Momo replied

“Come on in. I prepared tea and snacks.”

Momo and Shoto followed Rei into one of the dining rooms. Fuyumi and Natsuo were already seated. They were preparing their cups of tea as Shoto and Momo sat down.

“Hey Momo, how are you doing?” asked Natsuo

“I’m doing great,” she replied

“I heard that today was your ultrasound appointment. How did it go?” asked Fuyumi

“It went well,” said Momo

“We even got to hear the baby’s heartbeat,” said Shoto

“Awe, that’s wonderful. Hearing your baby’s heartbeat is the most wonderful thing in the world,” said Rei

“The doctor said I’m already 11 weeks along and my due date is June 26^th,” said Momo

“Awe, a summer baby!” awed Fuyumi

“Summer birthdays are the best,” said Natsuo

“I can’t wait to see my grandchild,” said Rei

Shoto pulled out his ultrasound photo and passed it to Rei. She smiled and felt tears begin to form in her eyes. Fuyumi and Natsuo also looked. Happy smiles spread across their faces. They stared at the photo for a minute or two, just letting it all soak in.

“Your baby is so beautiful,” said Rei

“Thank you,” said Momo

“I can’t wait to meet my niece or nephew,” said Fuyumi

“Are you going to find out the gender?” asked Natsuo

“Yes, we plan to,” said Shoto

“I’ll find out when the doctor performs another ultrasound, but that won’t happen until I’m 20 weeks along,” said Momo

“Oh wow,” said Fuyumi

“Sorry they’re making you wait so long,” said Rei

“I hate waiting that long, but the wait will be worth it,” said Momo

“We’re going to celebrate once we know,” said Shoto

“Hey I have an idea! Why don’t we have a gender reveal party?” suggested Fuyumi

“What’s that?” asked Shoto

“It’s when you reveal the baby’s gender at a party with family and friends. There are many ways to do it, but I think the best one is the cake reveal.”

“How does that work?”

“You and Momo would cut the cake together and pull out a slice. The inside of the cake will reveal pink or blue.”

“I actually like the sound of this gender reveal party, but how is it going to work if Shoto and I have to wait till the party to know our baby’s gender?” asked Momo

“Either somebody can attend your next ultrasound and find out from the doctor or you can have the doctor write it down in an envelope and give it to whoever throws your gender reveal party,” said Fuyumi

“When you say somebody, you mean you,” said Natsuo

“You really want to throw this party don’t you?” asked Rei

“I’m sorry but I’m just so excited,” said Fuyumi

“Fuyumi, we’d be happy if you threw us that gender reveal party,” said Shoto

“And you can attend my next ultrasound appointment if you want to,” said Momo

“Awe really? I loved to!” said Fuyumi “Just let me know when your next ultrasound is.”

“I will.”

“I guess that’s settled then,” said Rei

“Wait, what about…….Endeavor?” asked Momo

“What about him? He’s not invited,” said Natsuo

“You don’t worry about him sweetie,” said Rei

“Leave it all to me. Everything is going to be fine,” said Fuyumi

They continued to chat for a while and then Shoto wanted to give Momo a tour of the house before heading back to UA. She had forgotten how big the Todoroki household was, but was also amazed how authentic it was. Shoto showed her different rooms and even his room. As they were walking down the hallway together, Endeavor appeared in front of them. Momo felt her heart began to race. He didn’t look too happy which made her feel uneasy. Shoto stroked his thumb over Momo’s knuckles to assure her that everything was okay. Endeavor and Shoto stared each other down for a few moments. They soon passed each other not saying anything. Momo sighed quietly.

“He doesn’t like me,” she whispered

“You don’t worry about him and you’ll move in here with me whether he likes it or not,” Shoto whispered back

He embraced Momo and held her for a few minutes. He then cupped the side of her face and kissed her. Momo started to feel better. As long as Shoto was there with her, she knew everything was going to be fine and she was thankful that Rei, Fuyumi, and Natsuo supported her. She wished things would be different with her parents. Shoto finished showing Momo around and then called for a ride. They had to head back to UA.

Chapter Text

The day Ochako and Izuku have been waiting for has finally arrived! They were so excited and getting through the school day proved to be difficult. It felt like the school hours dragged on longer than usual. Ochako and Izuku understood how Momo and Shoto felt. When school was finally over, Ochako and Izuku headed to their dorm rooms. Ochako closed the door, sat her backpack down, and immediately started to change out of her school uniform. While she was changing, she looked at her reflection in the mirror. She stared at herself for a minute or so. She still looked the same, but she knew that will soon change. She placed her hand on her lower abdomen and smiled.

“I can’t wait to see you baby,” Ochako said softly

She went back to getting dressed. Once she was in regular clothes, she set aside her school uniform and tidied up her room a bit. She suddenly got a text notification. Ochako stopped what she was doing and got her phone. It was from Izuku. She opened her phone and went to his message:

>>> Izuku: Hey Ochako, are you almost ready to go?

>>> Ochako: Yes I am. I was just about to head down in a minute.

>>> Izuku: Okay. We can catch the next train in about 15 minutes if you want.

>>> Ochako: Sure!

>>> Izuku: I know we’d be a little early, but I’m just so excited.

>>> Ochako: Me too. I can’t wait to see our baby.

>>> Izuku: After your appointment who did you want to visit first, your parents or my mom?

>>> Ochako: I think we should visit your mom first. She is closer and I’d love to see her again.

>>> Izuku: I’m glad. You know my mom really likes you.

>>> Ochako: I’m happy to hear that. Okay, I’m about to head down. I’ll see you outside in a few minutes.

>>> Izuku: See you soon.

Ochako closed her phone and put it in her pocket. She then went back to the mirror and tried to fix up her hair a bit. She made sure she had everything before leaving her room. She made it outside and saw Izuku already waiting for her. He had a smile on his face.

“Ready?” asked Izuku

“Of course I am,” said Ochako

“Let’s get going.”

Izuku and Ochako left UA campus together and headed towards the station. They got on the train just in time. Once the doors closed, Izuku and Ochako found a place to sit. They held hands as they waited to get off at their stop. About 10 minutes later, they reached their stop. They walked off the train and left the station. Izuku had his phone out and was using the GPS to help them get to the private hospital. The walk from the station wasn’t very long. It took them about 5 minutes to reach the private hospital.

(Private Hospital)

Izuku and Ochako held hands as they entered the building and made their way to Obstetrics & Gynecology office. When they entered, they only saw 3 people in there waiting. None of them looked familiar to Izuku and Ochako, which relieved both of them. Ochako went to get checked in while Izuku found a place for them to sit. He figured it was best to stay away from the others in the waiting room. Drawing attention was the last thing they wanted. Izuku sat down and looked at the stack of magazines. Most of them were about pregnancies and others were about newborn infants. As he started going through them, Ochako approached and sat down. She saw Izuku going through the stack of magazines and decided to look too. It took a few minutes for them to each find a magazine that caught their interest. Izuku looked through a magazine about newborns while Ochako looked through a magazine about pregnancies and stories from mothers. As they read, the other people in the room were being called. This was fine with Ochako and Izuku since they were hoping to be the last ones called.

“Oh wow!” exclaimed Ochako

“What is it?” asked Izuku

“I just read this story about a mother who gave birth on a plane and her baby wasn’t due for quite sometime.”

“Wow! That sounds scary.”

”Yeah, but thankfully the baby survived.”

“Well that’s good news.”

“Izuku I don’t want to travel on a plane anytime soon.”

”Why would you?”

“I’m just saying I don’t want to get on a plane.”

“Don’t worry. It’s not going to happen.”

“Well what are you reading?”

“I’m reading about newborns. It’s pretty interesting. Did you know newborns love being swaddled and hearing your heartbeat if you have them lay on your chest?”

“I’ll have to remember that once our baby arrives.”

They continued to read through the magazines until Ochako was called by the nurse. Izuku and Ochako sat the magazines back with the others, stood up and walked to the nurse.

“Good afternoon Miss Uraraka. How are you today?” asked the nurse

“I’m doing fine and I’m excited,” she replied

“So am I,” said Izuku

“Well you should be. Follow me so we can get you setup and into ultrasound,” said the nurse

Ochako and Izuku followed the nurse into an area where Ochako was weighed, had her blood pressure checked, temperature checked, etc. The nurse wrote down each of the results. Once she was done, she led Ochako and Izuku into a dimly lit room. They looked around the room which wasn’t very big. It had an exam table, a few machines, a screen on the wall, and some other things.

“Miss Uraraka, you can have a seat on the exam table, and you can have a seat there,” the nurse said to them

“Thank you,” said Izuku while taking a seat

“The doctor will be in soon,” said the nurse

She stepped out and left the door halfway open. Ochako sighed loudly as Izuku stood up and took her hand.

“How are you feeling?” he asked

“I feel excited and I’m happy that we finally get to see our baby,” she replied

“I’m happy too.”

“I wonder what our baby looks like.”

“Well it’s still small and probably still looks like an embryo. Don’t worry, our baby will grow.”

“I know that. I just hope it’s healthy.”

“I hope so too.”

Izuku leaned in and gave Ochako a kiss. The doctor entered the room which caught both their attention.

“Hi there Miss Uraraka, I’m Dr. Hikari and I’ll be doing your ultrasound today,” she said

“Hello,” said Ochako

“And you must be dad,” said Dr. Hikari

“Yes ma’am,” said Izuku

“I’m glad you’re here. Shall we get started? Miss. Uraraka, please lay down and lift up your shirt,” said Dr. Hikari

“Okay,” she replied

Ochako slowly lied down on the exam table and lifted up her shirt as Dr. Hikari setup the ultrasound machine. It hummed as she tapped some keys. Izuku took Ochako’s hand and held it. She looked up at him and saw a smile on his face. Izuku softly stroked his thumb across Ochako’s knuckles. Dr. Hikari walked back over to them with a gel bottle and a paper mat. She placed the paper mat below Ochako’s lower abdomen and slightly tucked it in the front of her pants. She then picked up the gel bottle.

“Don’t worry, this gel is warm. Are you ready?” she asked

“Yes,” Ochako replied

Izuku watched as Dr. Hikari squirted some of the warm gel on Ochako’s belly. Dr. Hikari then took the ultrasound wand and moved it around on Ochako’s belly. Izuku and Ochako looked towards the screen. It was dark at first, but then the inside of Ochako’s womb appeared. Dr. Hikari continued to the move wand around on Ochako’s belly.

“Okay baby, where are you?” asked Dr. Hikari

“Is something wrong?” asked Izuku a bit concerned

“Oh no, don’t worry. When babies are this tiny it takes a minute or two to find them. It’s like they’re hiding.”

“Oh I see.”

“There’s the baby!”

Izuku immediately turned his attention towards the screen. Ochako continued to watch the screen, never taking her eyes off of it. Dr. Hikari zoomed in and started taking measurements and even pictures. Izuku and Ochako were in awe. Smiles spread across their faces. Mrs. Nori had shown them many art drawings of babies at different stages, but this time they were looking at a living baby, their baby. Dr. Hikari pointed out to them where the baby’s head, arms, and legs were. Izuku continued to smile while Ochako began to tear up.

“Would you guys like to hear the baby’s heartbeat?” asked Dr. Hikari

“Yes, we’d love to,” said Izuku excitedly

Dr. Hikari tapped some keys on the ultrasound machine and a fast paced whumping sound echoed through the room. Tears formed in Izuku’s eyes while tears poured out from Ochako’s eyes. Listening to their baby’s heartbeat was amazing and it was so beautiful. They got to listen for a few minutes until Dr. Hikari turned it off. She continued to move the wand around on Ochako’s belly and examine the baby.

“Okay by the looks of it, you are 9 weeks along. You’re near the end of the first trimester,” said Dr. Hikari

“Oh wow!” said Ochako

“Do you know when Ochako’s due?” asked Izuku

“Yes, she’s due July 10^th,” said Dr. Hikari

“Hey, that’s close to your birthday Izuku,” said Ochako happily

“Well how about that? You’ll have to have a double celebration,” said Dr. Hikari

“We will,” said Izuku happily

“I’ll go ahead and print out a few pictures.”

“Oh would you print out some extras please? We want to give a copy to our parents.”

“Sure!”

Dr. Hikari began printing out the pictures and then reset the ultrasound machine when she was finished. She handed the ultrasound photos to Izuku and paper towels to Ochako. She then grabbed her clipboard and began writing things down while Ochako slowly sat up and cleaned the gel off her belly. Izuku threw the paper towels away while Ochako pulled her shirt back down and straightened it out.

“Everything looks good and baby is doing very well. Miss Uraraka, are you taking your prenatal vitamins?” asked Dr. Hikari

“Yes ma’am, everyday,” she replied

“Very good, keep taking them everyday. Also maintain a healthy diet.”

“I will.”

“Make sure you don’t go overboard on the sweets. It’s okay to treat yourself once in a while, but not all the time.”

“I got it.”

“Okay, I’ll see you again in 3 weeks. Keep in mind that the next appointment will be a regular checkup.”

“You mean I won’t get to see the baby again?”

“You will when you’re 20 weeks along?”

“Why does it have to be that long?” asked Izuku

“It’s not good to perform so many ultrasounds. It can cause problems for the baby,” said Dr. Hikari

“Oh, we didn’t know that,” said Ochako

“Don’t worry though. You can hear your baby’s heartbeat at every appointment,” said Dr. Hikari

“How?” asked Izuku

“I use a device called a fetal doppler. It checks the baby’s heart rate and is required at all regular routine checkups,” said Dr. Hikari

“Does it hurt?” asked Ochako

“No, not at all. You’ll see at your next appointment.”

“Okay.”

”Do you two have any questions?”

“I can’t think of anything,” said Ochako

“I can’t either,” said Izuku

“Well then I’ll see you guys again in 3 weeks. You can setup your next appointment at the front desk before you leave,” said Dr. Hikari

“Thank you,” said Ochako

“Yes, thank you,” said Izuku

Dr. Hikari left the room as Izuku helped Ochako off the exam table. Izuku grabbed the ultrasound photos and followed Ochako out of the room. When they got back to the waiting room, Ochako went to setup her next appointment at the front desk while Izuku sent a quick text to his mother.

>>> Izuku: Hey mom, Ochako just got done with her appointment. We’re going to come by and visit for a bit. We should be there soon. I can’t wait to tell you how the appointment went. Love you.

Izuku put his phone away as Ochako approached him.

“Shall we?” she asked

“We shall,” Izuku replied

(Train Station)

They held hands as they made their way out of the private hospital and to the station. It was going to take about 10 minutes or so to get to the apartment. Once they made it on the train and waited for their stop, Izuku and Ochako looked at their ultrasound photos. They couldn’t stop looking at their baby.

“I’m so glad we finally got to see him or her,” said Ochako

“Me too and hearing our baby’s heartbeat was incredible. I just can’t get over it,” said Izuku

“It is truly amazing.”

“It still blows my mind that our baby is growing inside you.”

“Well that’s how the beginning of life works.”

Izuku placed his hand on Ochako’s lower belly and then leaned over to give her a kiss. Ochako kissed him back and rested her head on his shoulder. She sighed happily as she watched things pass by through the window.

(Midoriya’s Apartment)

Izuku and Ochako happily walked up to the door and knocked. Inko answered in a matter of seconds.

“Hey you two!” she said happily

“Hi mom,” said Izuku

“Afternoon Mrs. Midoriya,” said Ochako

“Sweetie you can call me Inko,” said Inko

“I hope this is a good time,” said Izuku

“It’s always a good time. Come on in you two,” said Inko

Izuku and Ochako took off their shoes in the entry way before making their way to the living room. To their surprise, Mitsuki was there. She was sitting on the sofa drinking some tea.

“Oh, hello Mrs. Bakugo,” said Ochako surprised

“I’m sorry mom, I didn’t know you had company over,” said Izuku

“Hey is that any way to say hello to your auntie Mitsuki?” she questioned

“No. Sorry auntie Mitsuki,” said Izuku sheepishly

“Well come over here you two. There’s plenty of room,” said Mitsuki

Ochako and Izuku each sat beside Mitsuki while Inko went into the kitchen to get more tea and snacks. Mitsuki reached over and gave Izuku a hug and then did the same to Ochako.

“So what’s new? How are you feeling honey?” Mitsuki asked Ochako

“I’m feeling great. I actually had my first ultrasound today,” she replied

“Yeah I know. Inko told me and also said you two would be visiting. I want to hear all about it.”

“Um…..Mrs. Bakugo?”

“Yes sweetie?”

“You didn’t tell Katsuki anything did you?”

“Don’t worry sweetie. Your secret is safe with me. I never tell Katsuki any secrets. The brat can figure it out by himself.”

“It isn’t that we don’t want to keep this secret from him or any of our other classmates. We just still have to be cautious about this,” said Izuku

“It’s already bad enough that a few of our classmates discovered our secret,” said Ochako

“And Katsuki still doesn’t know? HA!” said Mitsuki

Inko came back from the kitchen with more tea and snacks. She set the tray down and made herself comfortable.

“Well, how did your appointment go?” Inko asked

“It went well and I’m 9 weeks along. My due date is July 10^th. I’m also glad that we finally got to see the baby,” said Ochako

“Here mom, this is for you,” said Izuku handing her an ultrasound photo

Inko happily accepted it and gazed at the photo. A smile spread across her face and tears formed in her eyes.

“Awe, that’s my grandbaby,” she said happily

“Oh let me see! Gimmie, gimmie,” said Mitsuki holding out her hand

Inko handed the ultrasound photo to her and she happily looked at it. Mitsuki smiled and awed at the baby.

“What a precious baby. You two are truly blessed,” she said

“Thank you auntie Mitsuki,” said Izuku

“I can tell he’s going to be wonderful,” said Mitsuki

“He?” questioned Inko

“How do you know it’s a boy?” asked Ochako

“I can just sense it,” said Mitsuki

“Oh like the time you sensed our boys will be girls?” questioned Inko

“Wait what?” questioned Ochako

“Mom, no one wants to hear that story,” said Izuku embarrassed

“I do!” said Ochako happily

“Come on Izuku, it’s a great story. Let your mother tell it,” said Mitsuki

Izuku blushed as he sighed. He grabbed some snacks and started munching on them.

“When Mitsuki and I were pregnant, she really believed that we were going to have girls. She begged Masaru to take us shopping for baby girl clothes,” said Inko

“Did you buy any?” asked Ochako

“You bet we did. Well, at least I bought a few. Inko only bought one outfit,” said Mitsuki

“That’s because Hisashi wanted me to wait till we knew and didn’t want me to get my hopes up,” said Inko

“Were you disappointed when you found out I wasn’t a girl?” asked Izuku

“Of course not honey. I was going to be happy with a boy or a girl. When I finally found out, I was over the moon. Your father was also happy too,” Inko replied

“Well I admit that I was disappointed a bit. I was looking forward to dressing you two up in cute dresses, taking photos, setting up those cute tea parties,” said Mitsuki

“But you were still happy about Katsuki,” said Inko

“Of course I was. He may be a pain in the ass, but I love him. I’ll always love my baby.”

“So what happened to those girl clothes you bought?” asked Ochako

“Well I had to take all of it back to the store, but Inko held onto that outfit,” said Mitsuki

“Why did you hold onto it mom?” asked Izuku

“Well Izuku, I had hoped that someday I would have another child and it would be a girl,” said Inko

“You wanted more kids?”

“Yes. I didn’t like the idea of you being an only child. I was worried about you growing up feeling lonely. I had hoped to give you a sibling and your father liked the idea too. Unfortunately it didn’t work out that way. Your father’s job had him transferred overseas and he couldn’t say no. He left when you were three years old.”

“Mom, I was never lonely. I had you, aunt Mitsuki, uncle Masaru, and Kacchan. I still remember a lot of the fun things we did together too.”

“Oh baby.”

Inko started to tear up. Izuku got up from his seat and gave his mom a hug. Ochako found the moment very sweet. It warmed her heart. After a few minutes, Izuku sat back down and Mitsuki handed the ultrasound photo back to Inko.

“So are you two going to find out the gender?” asked Mitsuki

“We thought about that and made the decision to be surprised,” said Ochako

“That’s wonderful,” said Inko

“I wouldn’t have been able to wait that long, but I’m happy that you two want to be surprised in the delivery room,” said Mitsuki

“Are you hoping for a boy or a girl?” asked Inko

“Our hearts are open to either one. No matter what this baby is going to be, we’re going to love it,” said Ochako

“I’m so happy to hear that,” said Inko

“Did you get to hear the heartbeat?” asked Mitsuki

“Yes we did. It was amazing,” said Izuku

“I cried tears of joy,” said Ochako

“Listening to your baby’s heartbeat is the best moment in the world,” said Inko

Izuku, Ochako, Inko, and Mitsuki continued to chat for a while longer. Soon it was time for Izuku and Ochako to leave. They wanted to visit Ochako’s parents before they headed back to UA.

(Uraraka’s Apartment)

15 minutes later, Izuku and Ochako arrived at the Uraraka’s apartment. Even though Ochako had a key to the apartment, she decided to knock. Mrs. Uraraka answered a few moments later.

“Hello Ochako, hello Izuku,” she said happily

“Hey mom,” said Ochako happily

“I hope it’s okay that we dropped by,” said Izuku

“Of course it is. Please come on in,” said Mrs. Uraraka

Ochako and Izuku took off their shoes and followed her into the apartment. They went into the small living room. Mr. Uraraka was sitting at the table drinking his coffee. When he saw Ochako, he stood up and embraced her.

“It’s so good to see you sweetheart. I missed you,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I missed you too daddy,” said Ochako

“Hello Izuku. It’s nice to see you too,” said Mr. Uraraka

“Likewise,” said Izuku

Once Mrs. Uraraka got drinks and snacks, they all gathered at the table.

“So what’s new?” asked Mr. Uraraka

“I had my first ultrasound appointment,” said Ochako

“You did?”

“Oh sweetie, I’m so sorry. I forgot,” said Mrs. Uraraka

“It’s okay. I know you guys are busy sometimes,” said Ochako

“Here, this is for you guys,” said Izuku handing them the ultrasound photo

They took the photo and looked at it. Mr. Uraraka grinned happily as Mrs. Uraraka put a hand to her chest and awed.

“It’s so beautiful,” said Mrs. Uraraka

“Thanks mom,” said Ochako

“Your baby will definitely have good looks,” said Mr. Uraraka

“Are you guys going to find out the gender?” asked Mrs. Uraraka

“Actually we decided to be surprised,” said Ochako

“Awe, that’s great,” said Mr. Uraraka

“You know your father and I didn’t know what you were till the day you were born,” said Mrs. Uraraka

“Really? I didn’t know that,” said Ochako

“Being surprised in the delivery room was the best moment of our lives,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I look forward to our moment,” said Izuku taking Ochako’s hand

“How did your appointment go sweetie?” Mrs. Uraraka asked Ochako

“It went well. The doctor said I’m 9 weeks along and my due date is July 10th. It was amazing seeing the baby on the screen,” she replied

“We also got to hear the baby’s heartbeat. It was incredible,” said Izuku

“That’s wonderful,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I hope I get to attend your next ultrasound. When will that be?” asked Mrs. Uraraka

“It won’t be till I’m 20 weeks along,” said Ochako

“That’s quite a ways away,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I know, but they said they can’t perform so many ultrasounds because it’s not good for the baby,” said Ochako

“Well I’m looking forward to the next ultrasound,” said Izuku

They continued to chat for another hour or so until it was time for Izuku and Ochako to leave.

“Awe, do you have to go already?” asked Mrs. Uraraka

“I’m afraid so,” said Izuku

“We’d love to stay longer, but we have to get back to our dorms before curfew,” said Ochako

“And we don’t want to raise any suspicion,” said Izuku

“We understand,” said Mr. Uraraka

“Please come back and visit again soon,” said Mrs. Uraraka

“Don’t worry mom, we will,” said Ochako

“We love you sweetie,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I love you too daddy,” said Ochako

“Izuku, you keep taking care of my little girl and grandchild,” said Mr. Uraraka

“I will sir,” he replied

Once their goodbyes were made, Izuku and Ochako held hands and made their way to the station.

(Train Station)

 Izuku and Ochako made it onto the train just in time. There were quite a few people, but they managed to find a place to sit. Izuku pulled out the ultrasound photo to look at while Ochako opened her phone and went to the group chat:

>>> Ochako: Hey guys, Izuku and I are finally heading back to UA.

>>> Momo: How did your appointment go?

>>> Kyoka: Yes please tell us!

>>> Ochako: It went well. The doctor said I’m 9 weeks along and my due date is July 10^th.

>>> Tenya: Hey that’s great Ochako!

>>> Mina: You got a picture of the baby right? Let’s see that baby!

>>> Kirishima: Yes, please show us!

>>> Ochako: [Image delivered]

>>> Momo: Awe, so cute!

>>> Shoto: Precious.

>>> Denki: A real cutie.

>>> Kyoka: Oh what a sweetheart!

>>> Mina: My heart is melting!

>>> Ochako: Thank you guys.

>>> Tenya: How did Izuku react?

>>> Ochako: He loves our baby so much; he’s actually sitting next to me staring at the ultrasound picture now.

>>> Momo: Awe, that’s sweet.

>>> Sero: He’s going to be a good dad.

>>> Tenya: You all will be good parents.

>>> Mina: Thanks Iida.

>>> Momo: Yeah, thank you.

>>>  Kyoka: Are you going to find out the gender?

>>> Ochako: No. Izuku and I want to be surprised.

>>> Kyoka: You have more patience than I do. I don’t think I can wait that long. I want to know.

>>> Mina: Me too.

>>> Momo: Speaking of genders, Shoto’s sister Fuyumi is planning to throw me a gender reveal party.

>>> Ochako: She is? That’s very nice of her.

>>> Momo: And I’ll make sure you’re all invited.

>>> Tenya: Including me?

>>> Momo: Of course. It wouldn’t be right to leave you and Sero out.

>>> Kirishima: Thank you. Please let us know when it is.

>>> Momo: Shoto and I will keep you all updated on that.

>>> Ochako: What’s for dinner tonight?

>>> Denki: We’re planning to make Lemon Chicken Curry with vegetables

>>> Ochako: That actually sounds really good right now

>>> Sero: What time are you guys going to be back?

>>> Ochako: Oh we should be there in about 10 minutes. We’re almost at our stop

>>> Momo: Okay. You two be careful.

>>> Tenya: We’ll make sure no one suspects anything.

>>> Ochako: Thank you. We’ll see you soon.

Chapter Text

The morning alarm blared off. Kyoka groaned from its sound. If there’s one thing she didn’t like was having her sleep disturbed. She reached for her guitar alarm and smacked the snooze button getting it to stop. She slowly sat up and stretched. It was early 6am. Kyoka would usually sleep until 6:45, but she set her alarm to go off early today. Kyoka got out of bed and walked towards the wall where the calendar was. She took the pen and crossed off the previous day and smiled at today’s date. Today was the day of her ultrasound appointment and she wanted to be prepared. She then grabbed her phone and started to text Denki:

>>> Kyoka: Hey Denki, are you up yet?

>>> Denki: Yeah I’m up, but I’m so tired.

>>> Kyoka: You should have gone to bed early like I did.

>>> Denki: Well I did go to bed a half hour early, but I couldn’t sleep.

>>> Kyoka: Why?

>>> Denki: Well it was hard to sleep because I couldn’t stop thinking about your appointment.

>>> Kyoka: Awe, you’re excited to see our baby?

>>> Denki: Of course. How’s our little sprout doing right now?

>>> Kyoka: Fine I guess. I can only assume that it’s still asleep.

>>> Denki: I can’t wait to see our baby. I’ve been looking forward to this day all week.

>>> Kyoka: Same here.

>>> Denki: What would you and the baby like for breakfast?

>>> Kyoka: Toast and eggs sound good to me. I just don’t want grapefruit. For whatever reason, I can’t stand it. I can’t even look at it without getting nauseous.

>>> Denki: Are you still dealing with morning sickness?

>>> Kyoka: Yes, but it hasn’t been as bad and there are some foods I’ve been avoiding.

>>> Denki: I’m sorry you’re going through that.

>>> Kyoka: Don’t worry; it should be going away real soon.

>>> Denki: Well we better start getting ready. I’ll be down in the kitchen in about 20 minutes.

>>> Kyoka: Sounds good. I’ll see you then.

>>> Denki: See you later love.

>>> Kyoka: Later you dork.

Kyoka closed her phone and started getting dressed. Once she finished, she grabbed her backpack and headed out of her room. She made her way to the elevator and down to the main floor. The elevators doors opened and she sprinted towards the kitchen. There she found Denki already there preparing breakfast. He was cooking the eggs.

“Good morning beautiful,” said Denki

“Wow, you’re quick,” said Kyoka surprised

“Well today is a special day and we’re the first ones up.”

“Yeah I noticed.”

“That means we can have breakfast alone.”

“Yes, but only for a little while. Everyone else is probably starting to get up and ready for the day.”

“Then let’s enjoy the time we have now.”

Once Denki finished putting their breakfast together, he grabbed their plates and found them a place to sit. It smelt so good. Kyoka dug right in and loved how soft the eggs were and the toast was perfect. It took them about 10 minutes to eat their breakfast. Once they finished, they carried their plates into the kitchen and cleaned up the mess. By the time they finished a few of their classmates entered.

“Good morning,” said Tenya

“Morning Iida,” said Kyoka

“You guys are up early,” said Tokoyami

“Well I couldn’t go back to sleep, so I decided to get up early,” said Denki

“I decided to get some more studying done early this morning,” Kyoka lied

“Nothing wrong with early morning studies,” said Tenya

He and Tokoyami started getting their breakfast as Denki and Kyoka left. More classmates started coming to the main floor. Denki and Kyoka would have left the dorms to head to class early, but they didn’t want to create suspicion. They decided to wait around the lounge for a little while.

  (Cafeteria)

The lunch hour finally struck and everyone was lining up to get their food. Kyoka smelt many different aromas of food. Even though most of them smelt good, there were some smells that made her feel nauseous. She fanned her hand in front of her face hoping to make the food scent she didn’t like go away.

“Hey, are you okay?” asked Denki

“Not really. I don’t like the smell of some of this food,” said Kyoka

“Do you need to sit down? I can get your tray for you.”

“That would be wonderful. Thank you Denki.”

”What would you like?”

“I’m craving for chicken and noodles, but please no grapefruit.”

“I got it. See you in a few minutes.”

Kyoka sighed as she sat at the table. It wasn’t long till her friends started sitting at the table. The first ones to sit at the table were Izuku and Ochako.

“Hey Kyoka, what’s wrong?” asked Ochako

“Are you feeling okay?” asked Izuku

“I’m fine guys. I just needed to sit down and don’t worry Denki is bringing me my food,” said Kyoka

“Are you experiencing…….you know what?” asked Ochako in a whisper

“Just a little, but it’s not that bad,” said Kyoka

“Here Kyoka, have some water,” said Izuku handing her a water bottle

“Thanks Deku,” she replied taking the water bottle

Kyoka took a few sips and started to feel a lot better. Soon Denki arrived with her tray of food and it looked delicious. The rest of the group joined at the table and began to dig in. It was a wonderful lunch and everyone carried on with their conversation. Bakugo was getting frustrated during his conversation with Kirishima.

“I can’t believe this! This is like the seventh time you had to change your schedule,” growled Bakugo

“I know, but I have to go to this appointment this Friday after school. I can’t miss it,” said Kirishima

“What kind of appointment?”

“It’s a…..dental appointment.”

“Since when do you care about going to the dentist?”

“I don’t really, but they won’t stop bugging me so I’m going to get it over with.”

“I hope you bite one of their fingers off with your shark teeth.”

Meanwhile on the other side of the cafeteria, Monoma was enjoying his lunch along with his fellow classmates from Class 1-B. He slurped the remaining noodles from his lunch as he glared at Class 1-A. Kendo took notice.

“What’s with you?” she asked

“Have you noticed anything odd about Class 1-A lately?” asked Monoma

“No. They seem fine to me.”

“Well I can’t help but feel they’re up to something.”

“What do you mean?”

“Well just the other day I saw Izuku and Ochako head to their dorms in a hurry after school.”

“So?”

“And I noticed that they leave in pairs during the weekend.”

“What’s your point?”

“They have been acting weird since that food poisoning incident. I think something is going on.”

Kendo suddenly dropped her chopsticks and gave Monoma a concerned look.

“Oh my God Monoma, you could be right,” she said

“Really? What do you think they’re up to?” he asked almost excited

“They probably go out shopping with family on their free days or catch a movie and they probably hurry to their dorms to study. Class 1-A has some nerve. Maybe we should report this to the principal.”

“Ha ha, you’re so funny.”

“Monoma, just leave them alone. They’re fine.”

Kendo picked up her chopsticks and continued to eat while Monoma scoffed and finished his lunch. He was still suspicious of Class 1-A’s behavior.

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

The rest of the school day dragged on, but Denki and Kyoka were so happy when it was finally over. They made their way to their dorm rooms to get ready for their appointment. Kyoka setup her desk with her assignments so when she got back she could get her studies done. She then started to get dressed in regular clothes. It took her about seven minutes to change. Before she left her room, she made sure she grabbed her chocker necklace. It was a gift that Denki gave her for Christmas last year and she wore it ever since. It was so special to her. Kyoka made sure she had everything before leaving her room.

She made her way down to the main floor to meet up with Denki. Once she was on the main floor, she went to the lounge and sat on the couch. Denki wasn’t there yet, but Kyoka assumed that he was still getting ready. She pulled out her phone and was just about to text him when she suddenly got a new text message. She didn’t recognize the number, but opened the message anyway.

>>> Kendo: Hey Kyoka, its Kendo from Class 1-B.

>>> Kyoka: Oh hey, what’s up?

>>> Kendo: I just wanted to give you a heads up about Monoma.

>>> Kyoka: Monoma? What’s going on?

>>> Kendo: For whatever reason, the weirdo has suspicion of you and your class. He thinks you all are up to something. Isn’t that crazy?

>>> Kyoka: Yes it is.

>>> Kendo: He saw you and Denki rush to your dormitories after school. What can I do to put him at ease?

>>> Kyoka: Well you can just tell him that Denki and I have a date tonight and it has been a while since we have gone out.

>>> Kendo: Okay, I’ll let him know and I’ll make sure he doesn’t follow you either.

>>> Kyoka: I appreciate that.

>>> Kendo: I’m so sorry he’s like this.

>>> Kyoka: I don’t understand why.

>>> Kendo: I think he’s just jealous because your class has got more attention than any other class here at UA.

>>> Kyoka: Thank you so much for telling me.

>>> Kendo: No problem. Have fun on your date with Denki.

>>> Kyoka: I will.

Kyoka closed her phone for a minute and sighed. She couldn’t believe it. Out of all the students at UA, why did it have to be Monoma? She started to feel concerned and knew she had to warn the others about it soon. Denki finally made it to the main floor and headed to the lounge. He approached Kyoka.

“Hey, sorry if I kept you waiting,” said Denki

“It’s fine. I was only here for a few minutes,” said Kyoka

“Are you ready to go?”

“Yeah, sure am.”

“Is something wrong?”

“No. What do you mean?”

“You look a little worried or upset.”

“Well there’s something I need to tell you, but it’s better if I explain at the station.”

“Okay.”

“And we need to be cautious when we leave here and return.”

“Something is wrong.”

“Shh! Keep your voice down Denki. I don’t want any of our other classmates to hear us. Now let’s go.”

(Train Station)

Kyoka and Denki left the dorms together. They held hands as they left UA campus. Kyoka had a feeling that Monoma could be spying on them, but she felt holding hands with Denki was fine since she mentioned to Kendo that she was going on a date (even though that was a cover up for her ultrasound appointment). Once they reached the station, they got on and found a place to sit. Kyoka sighed with relief which made Denki concerned.

“Are you okay?” he asked

“I’m feeling better now that we’re on the train,” said Kyoka

“Okay, what’s going on?”

Kyoka pulled out her phone and pulled up the text conversation she had with Kendo. As Denki read it, his eyes got wide and his mouth hung slightly open. When he finished reading, he just leaned back in his seat and did a facepalm.

“How could this have happened?” asked Denki

“I don’t know, but from now on we need to be more cautious,” said Kyoka

“We have to warn the others. When should we tell them?”

“I was planning on doing that when we’re on our way back to UA.”

“Okay, sounds good.”

“Right now I just want to focus on us, and look forward to this ultrasound appointment.”

“Me too.”

Denki took Kyoka’s hand and held it. She smiled and leaned on his shoulder. They both have been looking forward to this day for a long time and they didn’t want Monoma’s suspicion to ruin it.

 (Private Hospital)

After reaching their stop, Kyoka and Denki made their way to the private hospital. It wasn’t hard for them to find and it was only about a 5 minute walk from the station. They approached the entrance and walked inside together. They looked at the directory sign on the wall to figure out where to go. It took them about a minute to find the Obstetrics and Gynecology office.

“Okay, we have to head in this direction,” said Denki

“Let’s get going,” said Kyoka

They held hands as they approached the office and went inside. To their surprise, there was only one person waiting and they didn’t recognize them. Even though they were at a private hospital, they still wanted to be cautious. Kyoka went to check in as Denki found a place to sit. Within the next few minutes, they sat and waited. The other person in the waiting room was called which was a relief to Denki and Kyoka. They were alone and had the waiting room to themselves.

“Looks like no one else is here,” said Denki

“I hope it stays that way for a while,” said Kyoka

“After we finish up here, are we going to pay our parents a visit?”

“Of course we are. I want them to know how the appointment went.”

“How far along do you think you are?”

“I really don’t know Denki. I haven’t been able to keep track.”

“Momo and Ochako are going to have summer babies. I wonder if our baby is going to be a summer baby too.”

“That’s a possibility.”

“Jiro Kyoka!” a nurse called out

Kyoka and Denki immediately turned their attention to the nurse. They stood up and approached her.

“Good afternoon Miss Jiro. How are you today?” asked the nurse

“I’m doing great,” Kyoka replied

“That’s wonderful. Please follow me and I’ll get you setup.”

Kyoka and Denki followed the nurse down the hall and to an open area where there were weight scales, blood pressure machines, and other things. Kyoka stepped on the scale to be weighed and the nurse wrote down the results. Then Kyoka had her blood pressure checked as well as her temperature. The nurse asked her a few questions before taking her to the ultrasound room. Kyoka and Denki stepped into a dimly lit room. The first thing they noticed was the screen on the wall. Then they noticed the ultrasound machine. It looked like it was off, but they could hear the machine humming softly.

“Make yourselves comfortable. The doctor will be in shortly,” said the nurse

“Thanks,” said Kyoka

The nurse left as Kyoka sat down on the exam table. She sighed softly as her legs dangled down on the side. Denki stood next to her and placed his hand on top of hers.

“We’re finally here,” he said

“I know. It’s going to be exciting to see our baby,” said Kyoka

“I wonder what its doing right now.”

“Our baby is probably sleeping.”

“It sure likes to sleep a lot doesn’t it?”

“Well it has to.”

“I wonder what stage of development the baby is at.”

“Don’t worry; we’re going to find out soon.”

It wasn’t long till the doctor entered the room.

“Afternoon Miss Jiro, I’m Dr. Chuya and I’ll be doing your ultrasound today,” she said

“It’s nice to meet you,” said Kyoka

“Are you dad?” asked Dr. Chuya looking at Denki

“Yes and it’s a pleasure to meet you,” he said

“Well aren’t you sweet. Okay let’s started.”

Dr. Chuya started setting up the ultrasound machine while Kyoka lied down on the exam table. Dr. Chuya tapped a few keys and it caused the screen on the wall to turn on.

“Please lift up your shirt and tug down your pants a bit,” she said to Kyoka

“Okay,” she replied

Kyoka did as she was instructed while Dr. Chuya continued to setup. Denki took Kyoka’s hand and she grasped his. Dr. Chuya helped Kyoka set up and then placed a paper mat below her lower abdomen. She even had it slightly tucked in the front of her pants (this is to prevent the gel from getting all over her clothes). Dr. Chuya grabbed the gel bottle and promised Kyoka that it had been warmed up. Kyoka nodded as the warm gel was squirted onto her belly. The warmth of it felt nice and she didn’t want to imagine what it was like cold. Dr. Chuya took the wand and moved it against Kyoka’s belly. The screen on the wall revealed the inside of Kyoka’s womb. Denki and Kyoka looked at the screen as Dr. Chuya was trying to locate the baby. Their eyes stayed focused on the screen, not daring to miss the moment their baby was found.

“There you are! I found the baby,” said Dr. Chuya

Denki gasped in amazement as Kyoka felt tears starting to form in her eyes. The tiny thing she saw on the screen was the baby.

“No way, that’s the baby?” asked Kyoka happily

“Yes. Now let’s get a closer look,” said Dr. Chuya

She pressed a button on the wand and zoomed in on the baby. Dr. Chuya started taking measurements and even some pictures. Denki and Kyoka were smiling happily. Things started to feel real. When Kyoka was told she was pregnant it was hard to believe, but seeing the baby on the screen made it finally feel real.

“The baby is growing nice and healthy and has a strong heartbeat. Everything looks good,” said Dr. Chuya

“I’m so happy to hear that,” said Kyoka

“Want to hear the heartbeat?”

“Sure!”

Dr. Chuya tapped a few keys and a fast paced whumping sound filled the room. Denki and Kyoka began to cry tears of joy. Hearing their baby’s heartbeat was incredible. They got to listen for a minute or two until Dr. Chuya turned off the sound.  

“So how far along is she?” asked Denki

“By the looks of it, she’s 7 weeks along,” replied Dr. Chuya

“7 weeks, wow,” said Kyoka

“Your due date is July 17^th,” said Dr. Chuya

“Hey, that’s close to Midoriya’s birthday,” said Denki

“Wouldn’t that be something if our baby was born on his birthday?” questioned Kyoka

“Well it’s possible for the baby to arrive early. It’s pretty common especially with first time mothers,” said Dr. Chuya

Dr. Chuya finished examining the baby and then started printing out the ultrasound photos (Kyoka and Denki made sure they got extra copies for their parents). The ultrasound machine was reset, but remained on. Afterwards, she handed Kyoka paper towels to clean up and gave the photos to Denki which he happily accepted.

“Okay, you two are all set. You can setup your next appointment at the front desk before you leave,” said Dr. Chuya

“Thank you so much,” said Kyoka

”Yes thank you,” said Denki

“You’re welcome and congratulations,” said Dr. Chuya “I’ll see you again in 3 weeks.”

Kyoka and Denki made their way down the hall and into the waiting room. Kyoka went to check out and setup her next appointment as Denki looked at the ultrasound photos. He couldn’t help but smile. He finally got to see the baby and he couldn’t be happier. When Kyoka was done, she and Denki left the office and headed towards the exit of the private hospital.

“Where are we going next?” asked Denki

“Let’s go visit your parents and then we’ll go visit mine,” said Kyoka

“Are you sure?”

“Yes I’m sure and your parents seem to be closer than mine.”

“Okay, let’s get to the station.”

(Kaminari House)

It took about 12 minutes for Denki and Kyoka to reach the Kaminari household. As they walked up the steps, they were feeling excited and scared at the same time. Denki knocked a few times and waited. It took a moment for Mrs. Kaminari to answer. When she saw them, a smile spread across her face.

“Denki, Kyoka, it’s so good to see you two. It has been a while,” Mrs. Kaminari said as she hugged them

“I hope it was okay to come by,” said Denki

“Is this a bad time?” asked Kyoka

“Of course it’s fine and no, it’s not a bad time. Come on in,” said Mrs. Kaminari

Kyoka and Denki took off their shoes and followed Mrs. Kaminari into the family room. Mr. Kaminari was reading a book in his recliner. When he saw Denki and Kyoka, he sat up from his recliner and sat the book down on the coffee table.

“Well this is a surprise, it’s good to see you two,” said Mr. Kaminari

“Likewise,” said Kyoka

Everyone gathered by the sofas and Mrs. Kaminari dashed into the kitchen and came back with snacks. She sat down next to Mr. Kaminari and smiled at Denki and Kyoka.

“How have you two been?” asked Mr. Kaminari

“Kyoka had her first ultrasound today and we finally got to see the baby,” said Denki

“Oh that’s wonderful!” said Mrs. Kaminari

“This is for you guys,” said Kyoka handing them the ultrasound photo

Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari happily took it and stared at the photo for a few minutes. Tears began forming in their eyes. They smiled as Mrs. Kaminari awed and began to cry tears of joy. Seeing their reaction made Denki and Kyoka happy.

“Your baby is so beautiful,” Mrs. Kaminari cried happily

“Thank you,” said Kyoka

“I can’t wait to see my grandbaby,” said Mr. Kaminari

“When are you due?” asked Mrs. Kaminari

“July 17^th,” said Kyoka

“Are you going to find out the gender?” asked Mr. Kaminari

“Yes we want to know. We can’t wait that long to be surprised,” said Denki

“Are you hoping for a boy or a girl?” asked Mrs. Kaminari

“We’re going to be happy with either one. I just can’t wait to find out,” said Kyoka

“I can’t wait either,” said Denki

“Don’t worry, you’ll find out soon enough,” said Mr. Kaminari

Denki and Kyoka continued to visit for a little while longer until it was time to go. They would have stayed the rest of the afternoon, but they needed to visit Kyoka’s parents before heading back to UA. They made their goodbyes at the front door. Mrs. Kaminari hugged Denki and Kyoka.

“Thank you so much for coming by and I’m glad everything went well,” she said

“Please keep us updated on our grandbaby,” said Mr. Kaminari

“We will,” said Denki

“We can’t wait to visit you guys again,” said Kyoka

“Take care sweetie,” said Mr. Kaminari

Denki and Kyoka waved as they walked away from the house. They made their way back to the station.

(Jiro House)

About several minutes later, Denki and Kyoka made it to Jiro’s House. They approached the front door and knocked. They waited, but nobody answered. Kyoka knocked again but still no one answered.

“Are they even home?” asked Denki

“Yes,” Kyoka replied

“How do you know?”

“Their car is still here. Sometimes they can’t hear the door if my dad is busy recording music.”

“Oh, I see.”

Kyoka dug into her pocket and pulled out her house key. She unlocked the door and opened it. When Denki and Kyoka stepped in, they could hear music playing in one of the rooms.

“Is that your dad playing?” asked Denki as he took off his shoes

“Mmm hmm and my mom helps him with recording sometimes,” Kyoka replied also taking off her shoes

“Your parents are so cool. I wish my parents did stuff like this.”

“Hey, your parents are amazing too and your mom is a wonderful cook.”

The music stopped as Denki and Kyoka walked down the hallway and into the living room. One of the doors opened and Mrs. Jiro stepped out. When she saw Denki and Kyoka, she gasped in surprise.

“Sweetie, I didn’t know you were here,” said Mrs. Jiro

“We actually just got here mom,” said Kyoka

“I’m so sorry I didn’t hear the door.”

“Is someone here honey?” asked Mr. Jiro from the room

“Yeah, Kyoka and Denki are here. Take a break,” Mrs. Jiro replied

It didn’t take long for Mr. Jiro to come out of his recording studio room. He embraced Kyoka and Denki while Mrs. Jiro went to go get some drinks.

“It’s so good to see you two,” said Mr. Jiro

“Same here sir,” said Denki

“What have you two been up to?” asked Mr. Jiro

“I had my first ultrasound today,” said Kyoka

“Oh really? Well I want to hear all about it,” said Mr. Jiro

Everyone started to head over to the couches. As everyone sat down, Mrs. Jiro came into the room with a tray of drinks and a few snacks. She sat it down on the coffee table and sat down next to Mr. Jiro.

“So what’s going on?” asked Mrs. Jiro

“Kyoka had her first ultrasound today,” said Mr. Jiro

“She did!”

“Yeah, and she’s going to tell us all about it.”

“The doctor said the baby is doing well. I’m 7 weeks along and I’m due July 17^th,” said Kyoka

“Awe, a summer grandbaby,” said Mrs. Jiro happily

“We have something for you,” said Denki

He pulled out a copy of the ultrasound photo and handed it to them. They both stared at the photo and began to tear up. Mrs. Jiro began crying happy tears.

“So beautiful,” she cried happily

“Thanks mom,” said Kyoka

“I can tell this baby is going to be a musician,” said Mr. Jiro

“How do you know?” asked Denki

“It runs in the family.”

”Well whatever this baby wants to be, I’m going to support him or her,” said Kyoka

“I’m happy to hear that,” said Mr. Jiro

“Speaking of hearing, we got to listen to the baby’s heartbeat,” said Denki

“You did? That’s wonderful,” said Mrs. Jiro happily

“One of the most beautiful sounds in the world,” said Mr. Jiro

“It certainly was,” said Denki

They continued to chat for a few hours. By sunset, Denki and Kyoka had to leave. They needed to get back to UA before curfew or even cause suspicion. Mr. and Mrs. Jiro hugged Denki and Kyoka goodbye.

“It was so good to see you guys,” said Mrs. Jiro

“Thanks for the picture too,” said Mr. Jiro

“I’ll keep you guys updated on the baby,” said Kyoka

“Please do sweetie,” said Mrs. Jiro

She gave Kyoka one last hug before Kyoka started walking away with Denki. They turned and waved goodbye and then made their way back to the train station.

(Train Station)

It was almost curfew, but Kyoka and Denki were going to make it back in time. When they got on the train, they found a place to sit. Not many people were on board, but everyone seemed to be keeping to themselves. Denki and Kyoka felt a little tired from running around, but they were happy. Denki leaned his head back for a minute and closed his eyes. He soon felt a tapping against his side. He opened his eyes and looked over at Kyoka. She had her phone out and was trying to convince him to take out his.

“Let’s talk to the others till we reach our stop,” said Kyoka

“Okay, let’s do it,” said Denki

He pulled out his phone while Kyoka opened up hers and went to the group chat. She began the conversation:

>>> Kyoka: Hey guys, Denki and I are on our way back to UA.

>>> Tenya: It’s getting close to curfew you guys.

>>> Kyoka: Yeah, sorry about that. We were enjoying the visit with our parents after my appointment.

>>> Mina: How did it go?

>>> Ochako: Yes, how was it?

>>> Kyoka: It was wonderful.

>>> Denki: Seeing the baby was truly incredible.

>>> Momo: You have to share that picture now.

>>> Kirishima: Yeah I want to see the baby.

>>> Kyoka: [Image delivered]

>>> Momo: Oh what a sweetheart.

>>> Ochako: Awe my heart is melting.

>>> Izuku: What a cute little guy or girl.

>>> Tenya: I’m very happy for you two.

>>> Denki: Thanks Iida.

>>> Shoto: Did you get to hear the heartbeat?

>>> Denki: We certainly did and loved it.

>>> Kyoka: I cried my eyes out. Hearing it really warmed my heart.

>>> Mina: I can’t wait to hear my baby’s heartbeat!

>>> Ochako: Are you going to find out the gender?

>>> Denki: Yes we’re planning to.

>>> Kyoka: There’s no way I can wait and be surprised. I don’t know how you and Izuku can be patient Ochako.

>>> Ochako: I just love surprises.

>>> Izuku: Me too.

>>> Momo: Well what else did the doctor say?

>>> Kyoka: She said the baby is growing nice and healthy and that I’m 7 weeks along.

>>> Izuku: Wow.

>>> Ochako: When’s your due date?

>>> Kyoka: Mine is July 17^th.

>>> Ochako: Wow, our due dates are only about a week apart.

>>> Mina: I sense a double birthday coming.

>>> Denki: I don’t know……maybe.

>>> Momo: Well I’m glad you guys had a great day today.

>>> Kyoka: Oh that reminds me, there’s something important you guys need to know.

>>> Sero: What is it?

>>> Kyoka: I got a text from Kendo earlier today and she told me that Monoma has been getting suspicious about our class lately.

>>> Izuku: WHAT!

>>> Shoto: That’s crazy.

>>> Denki: He really believes we’re hiding something.

>>> Mina: Well in a way we kind of are.

>>> Kyoka: Guys, we really need to start being more careful from now on.

>>> Denki: We should probably work out a routine when we have to attend Mrs. Nori’s classes.

>>> Kyoka: And our appointments too.

>>> Tenya: Thank you for telling us.

>>> Shoto: We’ll be on our guard from now on.

>>> Sero: How far away are you from UA?

>>> Denki: Not far. We’re almost at our stop.

>>> Kyoka: We should we there in about 20 minutes or so.

>>> Tenya: Be careful coming back.

>>> Denki: We will.

>>> Kyoka: See you guys soon. Ttyl

>>> Izuku: Ttyl

>>> Ochako: Bye!

(UA Campus)

Kyoka and Denki made it back to campus an hour before curfew. As they were making their way to the dormitories, Denki’s phone was going off. He stopped and checked to see who was calling. It was his mother.

“My mother is calling. I better take this,” said Denki

“I hope nothing is wrong,” said Kyoka

“Nah, she sometimes calls me around dinner time. Go on without me, I’ll catch up.”

“Okay, I’ll see you in a bit.”

Denki answered his phone and walked a bit of ways while Kyoka continued to make her way to the dormitories. As she got closer, she heard a noise along with footsteps approaching. At first she thought it was Denki trying to catch up.

“That was fast,” said Kyoka as she turned around

To her surprise, it was Monoma. Her eyes widened a bit as he approached her. He had a weird look on his face which made her uncomfortable.

“Where have you been Jiro?” asked Monoma

“Since when do you care?” asked Kyoka

“Just answer the question.”

“I was out on a date with Denki.”

“Well I don’t see him. Did he ditch you or something?”

“I don’t have time for this.”

Kyoka turned around and started walking away. To her surprise, Monoma grabbed one of her arms and forced her to turn around. His grip on her arm got tighter.

“So you and Kendo say you were out on a date, but I don’t believe either one of you!” snapped Monoma

“That hurts!” said Kyoka

“Just what are you and the others up to? I know you’re hiding something from me!”

“You’re hurting me!”

“Just tell me what’s really going on.”

“LET GO OF ME DIPSHIT!”

Kyoka used her earphone jacks to strike Monoma, but he managed to grab them with his other hand. He kept a good grip on them. Thankfully she had no feeling in her earphone jacks (they were just like earlobes). However, his grip on her arm was becoming more painful. She winced as he forced her to move a bit.

“You and the rest of Class 1-A must think you’re really special,” said Monoma

“What in the world makes you think that?” asked Kyoka

“You guys just seem to get away with anything and get to do what you want.”

“That’s not true and you know it!”

“Just tell me what you guys are up to and you can go!”

“We’re not up to anything and what we do outside of school is none of your business!”

Suddenly Monoma felt a force pulling him backwards which caused him to let go of Kyoka. When he hit the ground, he felt a strong shock travel through his body which caused him to cry out. He lied there wide eyed and surprised.

“That was just a small amount of volts I used. You don’t want to feel my quirk at complete maximum,” said Denki as he stood above Monoma

“Denki,” said Kyoka softly as she held her arm

“Are you all right? Did he hurt you?” he asked her

“I’m….I’m fine,” said Kyoka

Denki grabbed Monoma by the collar of his shirt and brought him up to eye level.

“You got some nerve putting your filthy hands on my girl!” snarled Denki

“Relax. We were just talking is all,” said Monoma

“That’s not what it looked like to me. Why are you spying on us?”

“Because I know you and your class are up to something. I want some answers.”

“You want answers? Here’s one.”

Denki sucker punched Monoma in the jaw and he fell backwards against a tree. Before he could hit him again, Aizawa and Kan (Vlad King) came running over.

“Hey! What is going on here?” asked Aizawa

“Denki zapped me and hit me,” said Monoma

“Only because you were hurting Kyoka,” said Denki

Aizawa used his binding cloth to restrain both Monoma and Denki.

“What happened? I want the truth!” snapped Kan

“Mr. Aizawa, Mr. Kan, Denki and I just got back before curfew. Denki got a phone call and had to take it. I was heading back to the dorms by myself when Monoma came out of nowhere and grabbed me. He wouldn’t let go until Denki stepped in. He only hit Monoma to protect me,” said Kyoka

“Is this true?” asked Aizawa turning his attention towards Monoma and Denki

“Yes sir,” said Denki

“I was only talking to her, that’s all,” said Monoma

“Did you touch her?” asked Kan

“Only to get her attention,” said Monoma

“That’s a lie! He had her arm and earphone jacks in a tight grip. I heard Kyoka yell at him to let go,” said Denki

“Miss Jiro please show me your arm,” said Kan

“I want to see too,” said Aizawa

Kyoka did as she was told. Her arm revealed a red mark where Monoma had grabbed her. Kan also checked her earphone jacks which seemed slightly red. Aizawa released Monoma and Denki from his binding cloth as Kan approached Monoma. He grabbed him by the shirt of his collar and held onto him.

“Aizawa I apologize for my student’s actions. I can assure you that this won’t happen again. I’ll take it from here,” said Mr. Kan

“Sir, I can explain,” said Monoma

“I should kick your ass boy!”

Mr. Kan dragged Monoma away. Kyoka and Denki could only assume he was being taken back to his dorm or Mr. Kan’s office. Denki gave Kyoka a hug as Aizawa approached them.

“Are you okay Jiro?” he asked

“I’m fine sir,” said Kyoka

“Let me take a look at your arm.”

Kyoka held out her arm and Aizawa examined it. The red mark went all the way around her arm. Aizawa poked at the red mark a few times in different places.

“Does that hurt?” he asked Kyoka

“Not really, no,” she replied

“I’m going to get Recovery Girl to look at you. You can wait in your dorm room if you like.”

“Okay.”

“Sir I’m sorry for hitting him, but I had to get him to let go of Kyoka,” said Denki

“You already know that I don’t tolerate that kind of fighting, but I’m going to let it slide this time,” said Aizawa

“What?”

“We’ll talk about this later in the morning before school. You two go ahead and get back to the dormitories. Recovery Girl will be there soon.”

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

Aizawa headed off to get Recovery Girl while Kyoka and Denki headed back to the dormitories. The walk back was quiet. When they stepped inside, they walked towards the lounge where they were approached by their other classmates.

“Hey there you guys are,” said Tenya

“We set aside dinner for you guys,” said Tsuyu

“Thanks, but I’m not hungry right now,” said Kyoka

“What’s the matter?” asked Toru

“Are you okay?” asked Koda

“Don’t worry, I’m fine. I’ll be okay,” said Kyoka as she sat on the couch

“What happened?” asked Izuku

“Monoma attacked her,” said Denki

“What?” questioned Tokoyami

“He grabbed her and was accusing her of things,” said Denki

“I can’t believe this,” said Mina

“What a jerk!” said Momo

“Don’t worry, he got zapped and punched in the face,” said Denki

“Sounds like he got what he deserved,” said Shoto

“I would have hit him again but Mr. Aizawa and Mr. Kan came running,” said Denki

“Are you in trouble?” asked Kirishima

“No, but Mr. Aizawa wants to discuss the situation in the morning,” said Denki

“Guys, I’m just going to go to bed. It has been a long day and that…..jerk ruined my night,” said Kyoka tearing up

“Oh Jiro,” said Ochako

Kyoka got up and hurried to the elevator. A few of her classmates called out to her but she ignored them. She got in and went up to her room. She closed the door and leaned against it for a few moments. More tears formed in her eyes and she couldn’t hold them back anymore. Kyoka approached her bed and lied down. She began to sob in her pillow. She was feeling angry, embarrassed, and scared. Today was supposed to be a special day and it ended horribly. Kyoka continued to sob for a few minutes. When she finally started to calm down, she heard a knock on her door. Kyoka stayed where she was at. She didn’t want to get up. About a minute later, her door opened and closed. She felt someone sitting next to her. Kyoka thought it was Recovery Girl until she felt her back being stroked.

“Kyoka, I’m so sorry,” said Denki

Kyoka sat up and wrapped her arms around him. Denki held her in his arms for a while. He could feel her tremble a bit.

“I should have never left you alone,” he said

“No, I should have been more careful,” said Kyoka

“Hey, what happened was not your fault. You did nothing wrong.”

“I let my guard down. I should have known Monoma was sneaking around campus. I should have defended myself better.”

“You handled the situation just fine.”

“But what if Monoma really hurt me? He doesn’t even know that I’m pregnant. What if he punched me and hurt the baby? I’m supposed to protect this baby and I……..”

Kyoka began to break down again. Denki continued to hold her and rubbed her back.

“It’s going to be okay and the baby is safe. I’ll make sure Monoma doesn’t get away with this,” said Denki softly

He wiped her tears away and cupped the side of her face. They shared a passionate kiss. It went on for a while and it would have gone on longer if their kiss wasn’t interrupted by a few knocks at the door.

“Kyoka are you there? It’s Recovery Girl,” she called out

Denki jumped up and started to panic. He knew he wasn’t supposed to be in a girl’s dorm room especially after curfew.

“What do I do?” he asked in a whisper

“Quick! Hide in the closet and be quiet,” Kyoka whispered to him

Denki quickly made his way into Kyoka’s closet as Recovery Girl knocked again. Kyoka dried her eyes best she could, stood up, and went to answer the door. Sure enough, Recovery Girl was standing there. She entered and looked at Kyoka.

“Oh sweetie, I heard what happened. Are you okay?” asked Recovery Girl

“Yeah, I’ll be okay,” said Kyoka

“Well let me take a look at your arm and ears.”

Recovery Girl had Kyoka sit on the bed as she took the chair from the desk and set it up in front of her. She then sat down and started looking at Kyoka’s arm. The red mark was still there. She felt around her arm checking for any swelling. Afterwards she checked Kyoka’s earphone jacks. They didn’t seem slightly red anymore, but more pink. Recovery Girl then activated her healing quirk to patch up her arm and earphone jacks. Kyoka then had a special wrap wrapped around her arm.

“Is this necessary?” asked Kyoka

“I just want to make sure your arm completely recovers from that mark is all. Keep it on for a day,” said Recovery Girl

“Thank you so much.”

“Anyways, how’s the baby doing?”

“The baby’s fine. I had my first ultrasound today.”

“Awe, that’s great honey.”

“Would you like to see the picture?”

“Sure.”

Kyoka took out her ultrasound photo and handed it to Recovery Girl. She happily took it and stared at the photo for a few moments. Recovery Girl handed it back with a smile on her face.

“Such a precious child,” she said

“Thank you,” said Kyoka

“Now sweetie, I think you should eat. It’s not good for you to miss a meal.”

“I’ll eat, but is it okay if I eat in here?”

“It’s fine. I hope you feel better sweetie.”

Recovery Girl made her way to the door and then stopped.

“By the way, you can come out of hiding now. I know you’re there,” she said

After a minute of silence, Denki slowly came out of his hiding spot. Kyoka and Denki were a bit worried because he got caught.

“How did you know I was here?” asked Denki

“Because I know how much you care about Kyoka. Also you weren’t present with your other classmates,” said Recovery Girl

“Denki only came here to make sure I was okay,” said Kyoka

“Yes I know but he knows the rules,” said Recovery Girl “However, I can look the other way.”

“Huh?” questioned Denki

“After what you went through Kyoka, I don’t mind that he stays with you tonight,” said Recovery Girl

“Thank you,” said Kyoka

“Thank you ma’am,” said Denki

“But I don’t want to find you in here again young man or I will have to report to Mr. Aizawa,” said Recovery Girl

“Yes ma’am.”

“Goodnight.”

Recovery Girl left Kyoka’s room. Denki and Kyoka stayed silent for a few minutes.

“Um, I’ll go ahead and get our dinner,” said Denki

“Thank you,” said Kyoka

“I’ll be back in a bit.”

Denki left her room as she went to lie down on her bed. She sighed as she stared up at the ceiling. She then looked at her stomach. She placed one of her hands on her lower belly.

“I’m sorry baby. I’ll make sure we don’t wind up in a situation like that again,” said Kyoka

About 10 minutes later, Denki came back with their plates of food. They ate in silence and then cuddled together on Kyoka’s bed. The only light that on in the room was Kyoka’s desk light, but it didn’t light up the whole room. They were fine with that.

“I’m sorry for being rude earlier,” said Kyoka

“What are you talking about?” asked Denki

“When everyone was trying to comfort me, I blew them off and ran up here.”

“Hey, I think they understand and if anything, they’re mad at Monoma right now.”

“I just hope I didn’t get you in trouble.”

“Don’t worry, you didn’t. What happened tonight was not your fault.”

Denki leaned in and locked lips with Kyoka’s. They wrapped their arms around each other and made out for a while. It has been a long time since they were alone like this. Kyoka was enjoying every minute of Denki’s company and even loved having his lips locked with hers. Soon Denki broke from her and smiled. He stroked his thumb across Kyoka’s cheek.

“I love you,” said Denki

“I love you too,” said Kyoka

“I promise you that I’ll never let anyone hurt you again, not even a villain.”

Denki scooted down on the bed a bit until he was near Kyoka’s belly. He slowly lifted up her shirt and leaned in giving her belly a few kisses.

“I’m sorry baby. I promise I won’t leave you or your mother alone like that ever again,” said Denki

Kyoka smiled as he gave her belly a few more kisses. Denki then carefully rested his head (actually face) against Kyoka’s belly. Kyoka began stroking her fingers through his hair. This was nice. It was a nice peaceful moment they were enjoying together. Soon Denki and Kyoka got settled for the night. They held each other and slept peacefully. There was nothing but the sound of a slight cool breeze blowing outside.

Chapter Text

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

Early the next morning, Denki woke up around 5:30am. As much as he wanted to stay with Kyoka he had to get back to his room, and also get ready to meet up with Mr. Aizawa. Kyoka stirred a bit as Denki climbed out of her bed. He covered her up and gave her a kiss on the forehead. Denki quietly snuck out of the room and rushed down the hall. It took a few minutes to get to his room from the elevator. Once he got there, he went inside and quietly closed the door behind him. He started to change into his school uniform. Once he was ready, he looked in the mirror to make sure his tie was tied properly. Suddenly he got a text notification. He went to his desk and grabbed his phone. To his surprise, it was Mina.

>>> Mina: Are you still going to meet up with Mr. Aizawa.

>>> Denki: Yes. I plan to meet him around 6:45.

>>> Mina: Good, the girls and I want to go with you.

>>> Denki: Not to sound rude, but why?

>>> Mina: The girls and I talked last night and we need to discuss something with him.

>>> Denki: It’s fine with me if you want to tag along.

>>> Mina: Thank you! I’ll be ready by 6:30, same with the girls.

>>> Denki: Wait, who’s coming along with you?

>>> Mina: Momo, Ochako, Tsuyu, and Toru.

>>> Denki: Okay then. I’m going to be heading downstairs to eat breakfast in a few minutes.

>>> Mina: We’ll meet you in the lounge and all head over to meet Mr. Aizawa

>>> Denki: Okay, see you later.

Denki put his phone in his pocket and grabbed his backpack. He quietly closed his bedroom door on the way out so he wouldn’t disturb anyone else. Once he reached the main floor, he headed straight to the kitchen to get breakfast. He felt there wasn’t any time to cook anything so he grabbed a banana, juice, and a slice of bread. He added some butter to it and began eating. It only took a few minutes for him to finish everything. He then headed to the lounge and waited for the girls. When it was close to 6:30, the girls made their way to the lounge. Denki stood up and approached him.

“Good morning,” he said

“Good morning,” said Momo

“Where’s Jiro?” asked Tsuyu

“She’s probably still asleep. I didn’t have the heart to wake her,” said Denki

“Well she deserves to sleep in after what she went through,” said Ochako

“Let’s get going,” said Mina

Denki and the others left the dormitories and made their way to the main school building. Once they entered, they headed to the teacher’s lounge. Denki knocked a few times and was told to enter. Sure enough, Mr. Aizawa was there along with Mr. Kan and Principal Nezu.

“Good morning Denki and good morning girls,” said Aizawa a little surprised

“It’s nice to see you students all bright eyed and bushy tailed,” said Nezu

“We didn’t expect to see you girls,” said Kan

“They wanted to come along,” said Denki

“We wanted to discuss something,” said Mina

“Is that so?” asked Aizawa

“Yes sir,” said Tsuyu

“Does this have anything to do with what happened last night?” asked Kan

The girls nodded and Mr. Aizawa sighed as he folded his hands together.

“Well we all were trying to discuss a proper punishment for Monoma,” said Aizawa

“Sir, the girls and I have a plan and we wish to share it with you,” said Mina

“What is it?”

Mina and the other girls explained their plan. Principal Nezu nodded a few times while Mr. Aizawa and Mr. Kan kept eye contact with them. A few minutes later, Aizawa closed his eyes and sighed.

“I see,” he said

“Very interesting, but what do you girls hope to accomplish from this?” asked Nezu

“That Monoma will never mess with Class 1-A ever again,” said Tsuyu

“And that he’ll remember what will happen when he messes with us girls,” added Mina

“I don’t know. This plan may be a bit cruel,” said Kan

“What do you think sir?” asked Aizawa

“You know what? I’ll allow it! This will reduce Monoma’s punishment though,” said Nezu

“So we have your permission sir?” asked Mina

“Yes you do.”

“Thank you!”

“Just remember to not let it turn to violence.”

“Don’t worry, we won’t.”

“Sir what about me?” asked Denki “Am I in some sort of trouble?”

“Aizawa already told me what happened. As much as I don’t like hearing about students fighting on campus, I don’t have any punishments set for your actions since you were trying to protect Miss Jiro. I’m going to let it go,” said Nezu

“Really?”

“Yes, but no more fights on campus. Understood?”

“Yes sir.”

“Now what should we do about Monoma?” asked Kan

“After I heard the girl’s plan, I think I’ll just leave his punishment up to you,” said Nezu

“Understood sir and I think I have a proper punishment set for him,” said Kan

“Okay Denki, you and the girls are dismissed,” said Aizawa

“Thank you sir,” he said

“I’ll see you all in class later.”

Denki and the girls left the teachers lounge as Mr. Aizawa sat back in his chair.

“Sir, are you really going to let this happen?” he asked Nezu

“Well we could step in, but sometimes it’s best for a student to handle the situation on their own,” he replied

“We’ll leave it to them then.”

(Cafeteria)

By lunch time, students were getting in line to get their food. Denki had stayed close to Kyoka just in case they ran into Monoma. Once they got their trays, they sat at their usual spot and began to eat. The rest of their class soon joined them. Mina slightly tapped Tsuyu.

“You remember the plan right?” she whispered

“Yes I do. I hope this goes well. Ribbit,” Tsuyu whispered back

The other girls nodded as they ate. Once they were done, Mina looked around and spotted Monoma eating with his class. She then handed Momo a piece of paper while Tsuyu, Toru, and Ochako left the cafeteria.

“The plan is in motion,” said Mina

“Let’s just hope this works,” said Momo

“Alright, get ready.”

Mina and Momo began to approach the table Monoma was sitting at, but they went in different directions. When they reached the row he was seated at, they began to approach each other. Just right behind Monoma, Mina pretended to bump into Momo. Momo dropped the piece of paper near Monoma. It did catch his attention.

“Oh excuse me Momo,” said Mina

“It’s okay, no harm done,” said Momo

“Do we still have time for our secret meeting?”

“Yes, we should be able to do it before our next class.”

“Oh I can’t wait till we….”

“Shh! Not here. Let’s get going.”

Mina and Momo left the cafeteria as Monoma watched them leave. He then picked up the piece of paper that was on the floor. It read “Secret Meeting Place in Big Storage Room.” Monoma grinned as he turned towards Kendo. She took a bite of her lunch before noticing his stupid smirk.

“What?” asked Kendo

“I knew it! I told you Class 1-A was up to something and they just gave themselves away,” said Monoma

“Oh just leave them alone.”

“Didn’t you just hear them a minute ago?”

“Sorry, I was lost in my thoughts to even pay attention.”

“I need to find out what they’re up to.”

“Just let it go Monoma. Sit back down before you create a scene.”

Monoma ignored Kendo and left the cafeteria. In the hallway, he saw Mina and Momo standing by the entrance to the storage room. The door opened and they went inside.

“What are you up to?” Monoma thought to himself

He slowly made his way to the storage room. He wasn’t sure what to do at first, but then he pressed his ear against the door trying to hear what they were saying. He only heard muffled voices which disappointed him. Suddenly the storage room door shot open and he fell inside. The storage room door immediately closed behind him. Monoma stood up quickly and saw the girls standing there facing him. He then noticed a chair.

“What’s going on?” asked Monoma

“Look girls, we just caught a rat,” said Mina

“You all are acting weirder than usual. Just tell me what Class 1-A is up to.”

“For the last time, we’re not up to anything!”

“Since he stumbled onto our secret meeting, I say we should include him,” said Toru

“What do you mean?” asked Monoma

Ochako suddenly made Monoma float and Tsuyu grabbed him with her tongue. She then forced him into the chair. Ochako released him as Tsuyu wrapped him up with her tongue. Monoma was stuck tied to the chair and he was getting an uncomfortable feeling.

“Come on girls, this isn’t funny! Now turn me loose,” he said

“It wasn’t funny when you hurt Jiro either,” said Ochako

“Here’s something you need to remember Monoma, when you mess with one of us you mess with all of us,” said Mina

“What should we do with him?” asked Toru

“I know,” said Momo

She walked to the corner of the storage room and grabbed a bag. Momo, Toru, Ochako, and Mina reached in and pulled out different kinds of make up while Tsuyu kept a better restraint on Monoma. He didn’t like where this was going.

“Okay, okay I’m sorry! I won’t bother you or your class anymore,” said Monoma

“I bet you won’t,” said Momo

“This is what happens when you mess with the bull. You get the horns,” said Ochako

“Come on girls, let’s fix his face,” said Mina

“NO! NO! AAAAAHHHHH!” yelled Monoma

About 10 minutes later, Monoma’s face was covered in make up and his nails were painted. He felt humiliated. What was worse for him is listening to them ramble on about the make up. Just when Monoma thought things couldn’t get any worse, Toru pulled out a camera and took some pictures of him. At that point he felt defeated.

“Well, I say your look is quite an improvement,” said Momo

“You had your fun now let me go,” said Monoma

“Not just yet,” said Mina

“What now?”

“I want to make something clear with you. If you ever hurt another girl from our class again or any other girl in this school and we find out about it, we’ll come after you.”

“Now promise that you’ll never bother Class 1-A ever again,” said Ochako

“I promise,” said Monoma

“You heard him girls and if he breaks his promise these photos will hit the internet,” said Mina holding up the camera

Monoma’s eyes widened. He just couldn’t believe that he fell for a trap. In a strange way, he felt he kind of deserved it. Tsuyu finally released Monoma and he stood up.

“Now get out of here and live in fear!” said Mina

Monoma immediately rushed out of the storage room and back to the cafeteria while trying to keep his face covered. A lot of students have already finished eating, but some of them were still eating. He made his way back to the table his class was sitting at and plopped down at it.

“Whoa, what’s with you and where have you been?” asked Kendo

Monoma didn’t move for a minute or two. He then slowly sat up facing Kendo and his class. Class 1-B and the other students in the cafeteria just stared at him in silence. A student managed to drop a tray and it made a loud crash on the floor. After a few more moments of silence, students started to snicker and then a roar of laughter filled the cafeteria. Monoma sighed at the humiliation.

“Nice nails Monoma,” chuckled Kendo

“Oh shut up,” he replied

Mr. Kan entered the cafeteria and approached Monoma. He saw the make up all over his face and his eyes widened.

“What did you do now?” he asked

“Sir, the girls…….” Monoma began to say

“You know what; I don’t want to hear about it. Let’s go to my office now!”

“But sir…”

“NOW!”

Mr. Kan grabbed Monoma by the shirt and dragged him out of the cafeteria. The laughter soon died down and everyone went back to what they were doing.

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

For the rest of the school day, everyone gossiped about Monoma being covered in make up and even started calling him a Barbie Accessory. Mina and the other girls felt satisfied about their plan working better than they thought. She couldn’t wait to share the pictures with Kyoka, hoping it would cheer her up. Mina and the rest of the class made their way back to the dormitories. The first thing the girls did was change into their regular clothes and then they met up with Kyoka in the lounge.

“How are you doing Kyoka?” asked Ochako

“I’m doing better. I’m just glad I didn’t bump into Monoma today,” she replied

“Oh I wouldn’t worry about him for a long time,” said Mina

“What do you mean?” asked Kyoka

“We gave him a make over,” said Momo

“What?” questioned Kyoka

“See for yourself,” said Toru

She pulled out the camera and showed her the pictures of Monoma. Kyoka just stared at first and then began to snicker.

“So that’s what the fuss was all about earlier today. It finally makes sense,” said Kyoka

“Well he got what he deserved,” said Ochako

“You guys aren’t going to get in trouble for this are you?” asked Kyoka

“No. Principal Nezu gave us permission to do this,” said Mina

“Are you serious?!” said Kyoka surprised

“Yep and if Monoma ever messes with any of us or Class 1-A again then his pictures will hit the internet,” said Momo

“Wow. I almost feel sorry for him,” said Kyoka

“Well don’t. He had it coming,” said Tsuyu

“I hope we get a copy of those pictures,” said Ochako

“I’ll get to work on it. See you all in a bit,” said Toru getting up and leaving the lounge

She made her way to the elevator and got in while the girls continued to chat.

“What do you think happened to Monoma?” asked Kyoka

“I heard that Mr. Kan put him on house arrest for a week. We won’t be seeing him for a while. Ribbit,” said Tsuyu

“His punishment would have been worse, but it was reduced after what we did to him today,” said Momo

“I hope you’re feeling better Kyoka,” said Mina

“Yes, a lot better especially after seeing those pictures,” she replied

“I’m glad,” said Momo

“How’s your arm and earphone jacks?” asked Ochako

“Don’t worry I’m fine. Thanks to Recovery Girl, I don’t feel any soreness,” said Kyoka

“Jiro, we’re going to make sure that this never happens again,” said Tsuyu

“From now on we got each other’s backs,” said Mina

The girls got up and did a group hug. Kyoka smiled. Even though her night got ruined, her friends made her day better. Today turned out to be the best day of school.

(Mina’s Room)

Later on that day after dinner, everyone went about their business. Mina went up to her room to get some studying done. Once she finished, she put her books away and changed into her pajamas. A few minutes later there was a knock at her door. Mina went to answer and it was Kirishima. She invited him in and peeked out into the hallway. No one was around and she quietly closed the door. Mina and Kirishima went to her bed. They sat down and wrapped their arms around each other. They locked lips and French kissed for a few minutes. Mina giggled softly as they lied down on her bed. They eventually broke free to catch their breaths. Kirishima caressed the side of Mina’s face. She closed her eyes for a few moments and quietly sighed, enjoying the sensation of his touch.

“I love you so much,” said Kirishima

“I love you too,” said Mina

“I enjoy these moments with you. It feels like it has been ages since we last did this.”

“It kind of does, doesn’t it? I know you’ve been keeping busy and trying to make time for Bakugo.”

“I hope you’re not jealous of him.”

“Pfft, no. I think it’s important that you two hang out. The last thing we want is for him to get suspicious.”

“You know he’s going to be pissed off when he finds out our secret.”

“Probably, but I wouldn’t worry about it too much. Bakugo might be an angry person, but he doesn’t seem like the type to hold a grudge.”

“Yeah hopefully. I had to make up an excuse to him the other day.”

“What did you tell him?”

“That I had a dental appointment on Friday after school.”

“Did he buy it?”

“It seems like he did, but he seems to be getting frustrated more every time I have to cancel my plans of training with him.”

“You’re doing the best you can. That’s all you can do.”

“I can’t wait till we can finally tell our friends our secret.”

“Same here because keeping this secret is getting tiring.”

“Well let’s try not to stress over it. I’m looking forward to tomorrow.”

“I am too.”

Kirishima gazed down at Mina’s stomach. He put his hand under her pajama top and slowly lifted it up until her flat belly was exposed. Kirishima then placed his hand on her belly and began to rub it.

“Hello baby, its daddy. I can’t wait to see you tomorrow. I’m very excited,” he said softly

Kirishima traced a heart on Mina’s belly with his finger. He then leaned down, and kissed her belly. Mina let out a giggle.

“What?” asked Kirishima

“I’m a bit ticklish,” said Mina

“Oh you are?”

“Kirishima no!”

Kirishima began to tickle Mina, making her laugh. He made sure he was being gentle too. Mina did her best to keep her laughter and giggles quiet, but eventually she couldn’t. She tried to escape Kirishima’s tickling, but it was no use. Mina then grabbed both of his hands. Kirishima seemed a bit surprised, but Mina leaned in and gave him a kiss.

“Babe, I enjoy doing this with you but we can’t make so much noise. We have to be quiet,” she said

“I’m sorry. I wasn’t thinking about that,” said Kirishima

“It’s okay. We’re fine.”

 “Well, I should let you get some rest. We have a big day ahead of us tomorrow.”

“Grauntie is planning to pick us up after school and take us to our appointment.”

“Hey that’s great.”

“Is it okay with you if she comes along to this appointment?”

“Sure! She deserves to be there.”

Mina cupped Kirishima’s face and gave him a long passionate kiss. Afterwards they gazed into each other’s eyes for a minute or two. Kirishima then got off the bed slowly as Mina was getting comfortable for the night.

“Goodnight,” said Mina

“Goodnight. I’ll text you in the morning,” said Kirishima

“I look forward to it.”

Kirishima then walked out of Mina’s room and slowly closed the door. Mina lied down and started to find her comfortable spot when she suddenly got a text notification. This surprised her, but she grabbed her phone and checked. It was from Kendo. Mina immediately opened the text message.

>>> Kendo: Hey Mina, I hope I didn’t wake you?

>>> Mina: No. I’m still awake. I was just getting ready for bed.

>>> Kendo: Okay, well I won’t keep you long. I just wanted to tell you that I thought it was cool what you did to Monoma earlier.

>>> Mina: Well he had it coming.

>>> Kendo: I say his look is an improvement.

>>> Mina: I don’t think he’ll be messing with us anymore.

>>> Kendo: You bet he won’t, but if he tries to pull a stunt like that again, I hope you’ll invite me to his next makeover.

>>> Mina: Kendo, I’m so sorry. I didn’t mean to leave you out. I feel bad now.

>>> Kendo: Hey don’t worry about it. Did you get any pictures?

>>> Mina: You bet. Would you like a copy?

>>> Kendo: Please!

>>> Mina: [images delivered]

>>> Kendo: Ha ha ha! These are great. Thank you so much!

>>> Mina: Anytime.

>>> Kendo: You and your class won’t have to worry about Monoma for a while. He’s on house arrest for a week, he has to clean an hour before school and after, he has to prepare Mr. Kan’s meals, and he has to give Kyoka a written apology.

>>> Mina: Wow, that’s quite a punishment.

>>> Kendo: Well it would have been worse if you and the other girls haven’t taught him a lesson.

>>> Mina: I’m just glad the principal allowed it.

>>> Kendo: Well I’m off to bed. If you need anything, just send me a text.

>>> Mina: Thank you. Goodnight.

>>> Kendo: Goodnight.

Mina sat her phone down and checked to make sure her alarm was set before settling for the night. She closed her eyes and smiled happily. Today was a good day, but tomorrow was going to be even better.

(UA Campus)

The next day after school, Kirishima and Mina went back to the dorms to change into their regular clothes and then head off to the appointment. Kirishima and Mina made sure they were careful when they left campus. They didn’t leave together, but at different times. Mina met up with Kirishima outside of UA campus. They held hands and walked to the café where Mina’s great aunt would pick them up. While they waited, Kirishima bought them smoothies. He even bought one for Mina’s great aunt. About five minutes later, Mina’s great aunt drove up, parked the car, and walked to where Kirishima and Mina were. They were just about finished with their smoothies when she gave each of them a hug.

“Good to see you two dears,” said Mina’s great aunt taking a seat

“This is for you,” said Kirishima handing her a smoothie

“Oh, thank you sweetie.”

“No problem.”

“Grauntie, do you know where the private hospital is?” asked Mina

“Yes I do and don’t worry we’ll get to your appointment on time,” she replied

It took a few more minutes for them to finish their smoothies, but once they were done they got into the car and Mina’s great aunt drove off to their destination.

(Private Hospital)

They arrived at the private hospital about 12 minutes later. Mina’s great aunt dropped them off at the front entrance while she went to find a parking spot. She told them she would meet up with them soon. Kirishima and Mina went inside. They held hands as they made their way to the Obstetrics and Gynecology office. Once they went inside, they were surprised to see nobody in the waiting room. This was a relief. Mina went to the front desk to check in while Kirishima found a place to sit. When she was set, she sat down next to Kirishima. He was on his phone and it looked like he was texting someone.

>>> Bakugo: So just how long do you think you’ll be at the dentist?

>>> Kirishima: I’m not really sure. They seem to be pretty busy and there’s quite a few people in the waiting room.

>>> Bakugo: This fucking sucks! I’d hope we get some training done today.

>>> Kirishima: Well, how about we train tonight after dinner?

>>> Bakugo: Won’t we get in trouble?

>>> Kirishima: As long as we use the training facility on campus we should be fine. UA leaves some places open for students, like the library.

>>> Bakugo: Okay, sounds like a plan.

>>> Kirishima: Great. I’ll see you then. Later bro.

>>> Bakugo: Whatever.

Kirishima put his phone away as Mina’s great aunt came in and sat down next to Mina.

“Who was that?” asked Mina

“It was just Bakugo. We’re planning to do some night training after dinner,” said Kirishima

“Hey that’s great. I’m glad you two were able to find time for your training.”

“We just need to get back to UA before dinner.”

“That won’t be a problem.”

Kirishima smiled. He felt lucky to have such a wonderful girlfriend like Mina. It didn’t take long for Mina to be called by the nurse. She stood up along with Kirishima and her great aunt.

“Hi Miss Ashido, how are you?” asked the nurse

“I’m fine,” Mina replied

“That’s good. Please follow me.”

The nurse led Mina and the others to an open area that had weight scales, blood pressure machines, and other things. Mina’s weight was checked, her temperature, and then her blood pressure.

“Everything looks good,” said the nurse

“That’s good news,” said Mina’s great aunt

“Very good,” said Kirishima

“Okay lets get you into ultrasound,” said the nurse

She led them into a dimly lit room. It wasn’t super big, but it was enough for all of them to fit. Mina and Kirishima looked around. There was an exam table, an ultrasound machine, a screen on the wall, a small counter in the corner, and other things.

“Miss Ashido, please have a seat on the exam table and there are chairs for you two to sit in,” said the nurse

“Thank you,” said Kirishima

“The doctor will be in shortly,” said the nurse

She left the room as Mina sat on the exam table and Mina’s great aunt sat down in one of the chairs. Kirishima was too excited to sit down. He stood next to Mina.

“Can you believe it? We’re finally going to get to see our baby,” said Kirishima

“I’m excited about that,” said Mina

“Hey you two, look up,” said Mina’s great aunt

Mina and Kirishima looked up and gasped in amazement. On the ceiling were dozens of ultrasound pictures. It showed many different babies all sizes.

“That’s incredible!” said Kirishima

“Awe, so cute!” said Mina

“Hey look at one. There are twins,” said Mina’s great aunt

Kirishima and Mina both awed. Seeing a twin ultrasound was incredible. A thought suddenly crossed Mina’s mind. What if she was pregnant with twins? The idea was starting to scare her. She shook it off just as the doctor walked in.

“Hello. I’m Dr. Jun and I’ll be doing your ultrasound today,” said the doctor

“Nice to meet you,” said Mina

“Are you the father?” Dr. Jun asked Kirishima

“Yes ma’am,” he replied

“And you are?” Dr. Jun asked Mina’s great aunt

“I’m Mina’s great aunt. It’s a pleasure,” she said

“Well it’s nice to meet all of you. Shall we get started? Mina go ahead and lie down,” said Dr. Jun

As she started setting the ultrasound ready, Mina lied down on the exam table. Kirishima and Mina’s great aunt stood on each side of the exam table. Mina took Kirishima’s hand. They both smiled at each other. Dr. Jun came back with a paper mat and a gel bottle.

“Please lift up your shirt and tug down your pants a bit,” she said

Mina did as she was instructed while Dr. Jun setup the paper mat below her lower abdomen and then began squeezing the warm gel on her belly. Dr. Jun then grabbed the ultrasound wand and began moving it around on Mina’s belly. Kirishima, Mina, and Mina’s great aunt turned their attention to the screen. It showed the inside of Mina’s womb. Dr. Jun continued to move the wand around until she found the baby.

“There you are!” she said happily

(This is actually my ultrasound photo from 2020)

Mina and Kirishima smiled as Mina’s great aunt awed. On the screen was a tiny blob. It didn’t look like a baby just yet, but it would soon. Mina began to tear up.

“Is that the baby?” asked Kirishima

“Yes and by the looks of it, it’s in the final embryo stages. See those little stubs? Those will develop into arms and legs,” said Dr. Jun

“That’s incredible,” said Mina as happy tears streamed down her face

“Just how far along is she?” asked Mina’s great aunt

“She’s 4 weeks along, still in early pregnancy and her due date is August 4th,” said Dr. Jun

“Can we listen to the heartbeat?” asked Kirishima

“I’m sorry, but the machine won’t be able to pick up the baby’s heartbeat yet. It’s still too small,” said Dr. Jun

“When will we be able to?” asked Mina

“When you’re 6 weeks along,” said Dr. Jun

“Other than that, is everything okay?” asked Mina’s great aunt

“Yes, the baby is growing nice and healthy. Everything looks good,” said Dr. Jun

Dr. Jun finished up and began printing out photos. She then reset the ultrasound machine and handed Mina paper towels to clean up. Mina’s great aunt took the ultrasound pictures as Kirishima helped Mina clean up. It only took a few minutes.

“Okay, you are good to go. I’d like to see you again in four weeks,” said Dr. Jun

“Will I be able to hear the baby’s heartbeat then?” asked Mina

“Yes, but not through ultrasound. I’ll be using a fetal doppler.”

“I understand.”

“Make sure you take your prenatal vitamins. If you haven’t yet, I suggest starting as soon as possible.”

“Don’t worry, I am taking them.”

“Good and make sure you maintain a proper healthy diet. No caffeine, go easy on the sweets, things like that.”

“Yes ma’am.”

“Well it was nice to meet all of you. Congratulations and I’ll see you again in four weeks.”

“Thank you.”

Mina and the others left the ultrasound room and went back into the waiting room. Mina went to the front desk to schedule her appointment while Kirishima and Mina’s great aunt waited for her. A few minutes later, they all left the private hospital together and back to the car.

(Miss Ashido’s Apartment)

After they left the hospital and got into the car, Mina’s great aunt drove back to her apartment. It only took about 15 minutes to get there. When Mina’s great aunt parked the car, they all got out and went inside. They took off their shoes and gathered in the living room. Mina’s great aunt gave back the ultrasound photos, but made sure to keep a copy for herself.

“That was amazing,” said Kirishima

“It certainly was,” said Mina

“Your baby is so adorable,” said Mina’s great aunt

“I just can’t believe how tiny it is,” said Kirishima

“It may be small now, but it will grow,” said Mina’s great aunt

“It’s just a shame we couldn’t hear the heartbeat,” said Mina

“Don’t worry. You guys will get to hear it soon enough,” said Mina’s great aunt

“Thank you so much for taking us to the appointment.”

“Well thank you for letting me be included and I’ll be happy to drive you to all your appointments.”

“Thanks Grauntie.”

Mina gave her a hug and she hugged her back. Kirishima smiled at them and then gazed back at the ultrasound photo.

“Well, this calls for a celebration. What would you guys like to do?” asked Mina’s great aunt

“Hmm…..I was thinking about take-out and watching a movie here,” said Mina

“Hey that’s a great idea.”

“What do you think Kirishima?” asked Mina

“Sounds good to me,” he replied

“Then it’s settled. We’re going to celebrate here,” said Mina’s great aunt

“Will we make it back to UA before dinner? I have plans with Bakugo tonight,” said Kirishima

“No worries, I’ll make sure you get back to UA on time,” said Mina’s great aunt

“Thank you so much.”

“I’m going to go ahead and order take-out. You two pick out a movie.”

Mina’s great aunt went into the kitchen to order take out while Mina and Kirishima browsed through her movie collection. After a few minutes, they decided on one. They picked “13 Assassins.” It has been a while since they have seen an action flick. Mina was kind of surprised that her great aunt owned a copy. While they were waiting for their food, Mina opened her phone and went to the group chat.

>>> Mina: Hey guys! Kirishima and I are at my great aunt’s apartment. We’re having a little celebration.

>>> Ochako: Sounds like fun!

>>> Momo: How did your appointment go?

>>> Mina: It went well.

>>> Kyoka: Let us see that baby.

>>> Sero: Hurry! I’m so excited.

>>> Mina: [image delievered]

>>> Ochako: Awe what a sweet thing.

>>> Denki: It looks like a blob more than a baby.

>>> Kyoka: Denki! Don’t be rude.

>>> Mina: Hey it’s okay. I’m still in my early pregnancy.

>>> Tenya: How far along are you?

>>> Mina: I’m only 4 weeks along.

>>> Izuku: Wow that is early.

>>> Ochako: When is your due date?

>>> Mina: August 4^th. Another summer baby!

>>> Momo: All our babies will be summer babies.

>>> Shoto: Did you get to hear the heartbeat?

>>> Mina: No, we didn’t. The baby is too small for the ultrasound machine to pick up the heartbeat.

>>> Ochako: I’m sorry Mina. I’m sure you were looking forward to that.

>>> Mina: It’s okay. I’ll be able to hear the heartbeat at my next appointment.

>>> Tenya: That’s good to hear.

>>> Izuku: So when do you guys plan to be back at UA?

>>> Mina: It’ll be before dinner time and Kirishima has plans with Bakugo tonight.

>>> Denki: He does?

>>> Mina: Yeah, they’re planning to do some training.

>>> Tenya: We’ll make sure Bakugo doesn’t get suspicious.

>>> Mina: Thank you guys. I appreciate it.

>>> Izuku: Enjoy your celebration. We’ll see you guys soon.

>>> Mina: Thanks.

>>> Momo: See ya

>>> Sero: Later

>>> Mina: Bye!

Mina put her phone down on the coffee table. Once the food arrived, Mina and her great aunt set up the table while Kirishima prepared the movie. They sat down enjoying their food while they watched their movie. About 2 hours later, Mina and Kirishima helped clean up the mess while Mina’s great aunt went to get her car keys. They all got their shoes on and headed back out. As Mina’s great aunt drove back to UA, Mina and Kirishima gazed at the ultrasound photo. It made them smile and they couldn’t wait for the day they would finally be able to hold their baby. Kirishima placed his hand on Mina’s belly. She sighed happily and leaned her head on his shoulder. It has been a great day.

Chapter Text

A couple of days passed by, and things seemed calm at UA. It felt like things went back to normal and everyone went about their business. On Sunday after school, Izuku and the others went to attend Mrs. Nori’s class. Today was the day she was going to show a movie. None of them knew what it was but expected it to be educational. Izuku and the others left UA (individually to avoid suspicion) and gathered at the café. Once everyone arrived, they headed off to Mrs. Nori’s class together.

(Mrs. Nori’s Building)

 The lights were dim in the classroom as Izuku, and the others watched the movie on the TV. They guessed correctly about it being educational. The movie was called “The Miracle of Life” and was about the process of pregnancy. So far, they learned about conception, implantation bleeding, baby’s heartbeat, baby’s development (from embryo to fetus), when baby starts to move and kick, etc. Then the movie began to show the final stages (contractions, labor, and delivery). Almost everyone’s reaction began to change from calm and interest to fear and shock.

“As the contractions get stronger, the mother starts getting prepared for the birth. With each contraction, it moves the baby slowly towards the birth canal. Once the mother is dilated at 10, it’ll be time to push. She may feel pressure build up or even feel an urge to push,” said the narrator on the TV

All the girls looked terrified as they watched the mother on the TV start to give birth.

“As doctors, nurses, and the father attend to the mother, she is instructed to push during each contraction and to rest in between them. The birth process can take a while. Depending on the mother, it can last minutes or even hours. As the mother pushes the baby crowns, and begins to emerge from the birth canal,” said the narrator on the TV

As everyone watched the baby being born, the girl’s jaws drop open. Mina covers her mouth with her eyes wide eyed. Izuku and the other guys were horrified by what was happening before their eyes except Kirishima. He didn’t seem fazed at all by the birth. He actually had a grin on his face.

“Come on momma, push! Push!” said Kirishima quietly as he tapped his desk with his fists.

“The baby is finally born and instant relief sweeps over the mother. She gets to relax for a few minutes and bond with her baby, but it’s not over yet. The mother still has to deliver the after birth,” said the narrator on the TV

Almost everyone let out a groan of disgust which is what Mrs. Nori expected. When the movie ended, Mrs. Nori turned on the lights and turned off the TV. As she faced Izuku and the others, she could see the look of horror on all their faces except Kirishima. He was still grinning. Poor Denki was passed out on the floor. Kyoka groaned at him when she noticed.

“Now I know that was hard for all of you to watch and it’s normal to feel scared about it,” said Mrs. Nori as she attended to Denki

“That looked so painful,” said Momo

“Mrs. Nori, does it really hurt?” asked Mina

“I’m afraid so,” she replied as she finally got Denki to wake up

Denki shook his head and slowly got up. He sat back down in his seat. As he was trying to figure out what happened, Mrs. Nori stood up and faced them again.

“If you have any questions or would like to discuss what you just saw, please speak up. Don’t be afraid,” she said

Everyone was silent for a few moments until Ochako raised her hand.

“Yes?” questioned Mrs. Nori

“If it hurts to have a baby, is there anything that can be done for the pain?” asked Ochako

“Yes. Doctors can give you something for the pain. It’s called Epidural and can give you some relief.”

“What does it do?” asked Momo

“It numbs you from the stomach down. You won’t be able to feel anything….usually,” said Mrs. Nori

“Usually?” questioned Mina

“Girls, taking Epidural will help you relax during labor, but it doesn’t always guarantee an escape from the pain,” said Mrs. Nori

“What do you mean?” questioned Kyoka

“Epidural doesn’t always work. You may still feel contractions. It just depends on how it works for you. Remember that each pregnancy is different,” said Mrs. Nori

“Now I’m scared it won’t work for me. I’m already scared about being pregnant,” said Momo

“It’s okay to feel scared. Everyone is scared their first time,” said Mrs. Nori

“I think it’s great!” Kirishima spoke up

Everyone grew silent and stared at him.

“What do you mean?” asked Mina horrified

“When I saw that baby being born, I thought it was cool! Birth is amazing!” said Kirishima

“WHAT! How can you think something so painful be cool or amazing?”

“Now hold on, hold on! Kirishima being positive about childbirth is wonderful. This just shows that he’s going to be a great coach in the delivery room,” said Mrs. Nori

“You really think so?” asked Kirishima

“I know so.”

Kirishima smiled at her and then turned his attention to Mina. She still looked a bit terrified.

“Mina, I’m aware that childbirth is painful and there’s nothing cool about that. I’m sorry about what you have to go through, but I promise to be there for you every step of the way,” said Kirishima

“You really mean that?” she asked

“Of course I do.”

Kirishima reached over and took Mina’s hand. She smiled at him. The tension everyone was feeling was starting to fade away.

“Okay, any other questions?” asked Mrs. Nori

“While in the delivery room, is there anything we can do to help?” asked Shoto

“Yes. You can help by holding your sweetheart’s hand and give her words of encouragement,” said Mrs. Nori

“That’s it?” questioned Denki

“That doesn’t sound like much help,” said Izuku

“I know it doesn’t but as long as you guys stay by your sweetheart’s side and give her what she asks for, everything will be fine. It will make a big difference in the delivery room,” said Mrs. Nori

“Does giving birth really take a long time?” asked Kyoka

“I’m afraid it does. That stuff you see on shows and movies about childbirth happening quickly isn’t accurate,” said Mrs. Nori

“Uh……can I ask a personal question?” spoke up Momo

“Of course you can. What is it?” asked Mrs. Nori

“Do you……go to the bathroom while giving birth?”

“That’s a good question. It can happen sometimes, but not always. Doctors and nurses know what to look out for so don’t worry about that.”

“When will we feel our baby’s move or kick?” asked Mina

“Here’s an interesting fact, your babies are already moving around inside you but you won’t notice till your 4^th month or early 5^th month. Sometimes you can feel the baby in your 3^rd month but that’s extremely rare,” said Mrs. Nori

Mrs. Nori answered more questions for the next 30 minutes until she had to end her class. She was happy that everyone was asking so many questions and wanted to learn so much. Izuku had been taking notes and found each question and answer interesting.

“Now don’t worry, I’ll answer more questions at our next class. I’ll see you all on Monday,” said Mrs. Nori

Thanks Mrs. Nori,” said Izuku

“See you later,” said Shoto

Everyone left Mrs. Nori’s building and made their way back to UA.

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

When they arrived, they were careful when they entered campus. They separated and gave each other time to return to the dorms. Around dinnertime, everyone pitched in with the cooking. They had tortilla soup that night and everyone enjoyed it. Kyoka wasn’t sure if she was able to handle it at first, but she was able to finish her meal. Dinner didn’t bother her which relieved her. Once dinner was done, everyone helped clean up and then went about their business. Soon everyone wished each other goodnight and headed to their rooms. Tenya patrolled the main floor and hallways before heading off to bed himself. Class 1-A Dormitories was quiet. It was peaceful.

Early the next morning, Izuku woke up to knocking at his door. He looked at the clock. It read 5:45am. He got up slowly and went to answer the door. To his surprise, it was Tenya.

“Hey Iida, what’s going on?” asked Izuku

“I’m sorry to wake you up early, but Mr. Aizawa wants you and everyone else downstairs by 6:30,” he replied

“Why?”

“He didn’t say, but I was instructed to wake everyone up and spread the message. Make sure you’re downstairs by 6:30.”

“I will. Thanks Iida.”

Izuku closed the door and turned on the lights. He didn’t like being up this early, but it must have been urgent if Mr. Aizawa wants everyone gathered. Izuku began getting ready for the day. He got dressed in his school uniform and began putting his books in his backpack. By 6:15 he was ready to go. He grabbed his phone before leaving his room. Izuku made his way to the main floor. Once he got there, he saw some of his classmates already waiting in the lounge.

“Good morning Izuku,” said Ochako approaching him

“Good morning Ochako. I hope you slept well,” he replied

“Yes, but I wish I got to sleep in longer.”

“I know what you mean.”

“Why does Mr. Aizawa want us up for?”

“I’m not sure. We should be finding out soon.”

Around 6:25, everyone was waiting in the lounge. Some were on their phones while others talked to each other, and some weren’t happy especially Bakugo. He was pretty pissed about getting up too early.

“This better be good!” grumbled Katsuki

“Mr. Aizawa wouldn’t have gathered us all here if it wasn’t important,” said Kirishima

“It better be important because I hate it when my time is wasted!”

“What do you think he wants?”

“How the hell should I know?”

A few minutes later Mr. Aizawa, along with All Might and Principal Nezu, entered the dormitories and approached the students.

“Thank you all for being up and ready,” said Aizawa

“Sir, what is this about?” asked Mineta

“Did we do something wrong?” asked Tokoyami

“Settle down everyone. We will explain everything,” said All Might

The room grew silent, and everyone waited. Aizawa sighed and then looked at his students.

“We have had quite a few incidents happen at UA lately and two students were caught in the act the other night after curfew,” he said

“Who was it?” asked Aoyama

“I’m sorry, but we can’t reveal that information,” said Nezu

“Then what’s this all about?” asked Shoji

“I had gathered a meeting with the teachers to discuss the incidents. We all came to an agreement to enforce the rules,” said Nezu

Everyone was shocked and some of the students began to uproar. Aizawa activated his quirk to quiet everyone down.

“I don’t get it? Why do we have to be punished for something we didn’t even do?” asked Katsuki

“This isn’t about punishing you or anybody else. We’re just trying to prevent anymore incidents from happening,” said All Might

“Everybody has to be in their dormitories by 8:30,” said Aizawa

“WHAT!” shrieked Toru

“Let me finish. Everyone has to be in their dormitories by 8:30 and lights have to be off by 9:30. Nobody is allowed free roam UA campus anymore. If there’s somewhere you have to be, you’ll have to get permission from me.”

Everyone looked at each other and then looked back at Aizawa, All Might, and Principal Nezu.

“Okay we get that our curfew is happening sooner, but so as long as we are in the dormitories we can hang out in each others rooms and visit?” asked Koda

“I’m afraid that’s no longer allowed,” said Nezu

“Are you serious?” asked Sato

“From now on you can only hang out in the lounge and everyone has to be in their rooms with the lights off by 9:30,” said Aizawa

“What about Sundays?” asked Ojiro

“You’re free to do what you want on Sundays off campus,” said Nezu

“I’m sorry if this seems unfair to you, but we can’t let anymore incidents happen here,” said Aizawa

“We understand Mr. Aizawa,” said Izuku

“Good. You all go ahead and have breakfast and I’ll see you in class in a few hours,” he said

Aizawa, All Might, and Principal Nezu left the dormitories. Everyone stood in silence for a few moments before heading to the kitchen. Stricter rules made everyone feel on edge.

(Cafeteria)

By lunch time, all the students were talking about the rules being enforced. A lot of them found it unfair and some were even trying to figure out who the two students were that got caught. Whoever they were, it was their fault for having stricter rules at UA. As Jiro was eating her lunch, she looked over and could see that Denki was very nervous.

“What’s the matter?” she whispered to him

“You don’t think Recovery Girl snitched on us do you? I mean she did catch me in your room past curfew,” Denki whispered back

“I highly doubt it. Aizawa said the two students were caught in the act. You were caught hiding in the closet remember?”

“That’s true.”

“So I don’t think we have anything to worry about.”

Denki sighed, feeling better and continued eating his lunch. Izuku and the others had their own concerns. There were certain times of the week he and the others had to be somewhere. Sure Aizawa would give them permission no problem, but he had a feeling that his classmates that didn’t know the secret would start catching on.

“Ochako?” questioned Izuku

“Yes?” he replied

“You think these stricter rules would expose our secret to the rest of the class?”

“I don’t know….I……I hope not!”

“I think we should gather our group tonight and discuss the matter after curfew.”

“But the rules were just enforced.”

“I know, but this is important. Please let the other girls know and I’ll inform the guys.”

“Okay Izuku. I just hope we don’t get in trouble.”

“We won’t.”

(Class 1-A Dormitories)

When school was over, Izuku and the others headed to the dormitories. Since the new rules had everyone on edge, most students went to their rooms to get homework done so they would have time to spend with their friends in the lounge. Ochako had passed the message onto the girls and Izuku did the same with the guys. They all agreed to meet up in the lounge after everyone was asleep. By 10:30 that night, Izuku snuck out of his room quietly and made his way to the main floor. When he got there, he went to the lounge and waited for the others. It didn’t take long for the others to show up. Once everyone was there, they sat together and began discussing the situation.

“So what is this really about?” asked Shoto

“I know that these new rules have just been enforced, but don’t you think it will cause our secret to be exposed?” asked Izuku

“Oh man, I didn’t think about that,” said Kirishima

“What are we supposed to do?” asked Denki

“I don’t think there’s anything we really can do,” said Momo

“We all know that Aizawa is going to excuse us for our doctor appointments and Mrs. Nori’s classes,” said Ochako

“Yeah, but the problem is everyone is going to notice our pattern of absence and might start getting suspicious,” said Izuku

Suddenly, everyone started hearing footsteps on the main floor. Izuku and the others kept quiet, but they could hear the footsteps approach the lounge. A flashlight shined on them which surprised them.

“Guys? What are you doing up past curfew?” asked Tenya

“Phew, it’s just Iida,” said Kyoka

“Why are you breaking the rules that was just enforced?” asked Tenya

“We’re sorry Iida, but this is important,” said Kirishima

“And you might as well be included. Please sit down and we’ll explain,” said Momo

Tenya sighed and turned off his flashlight. One of the things he hated was breaking the rules and since he was class representative, it was his job to make sure the rules weren’t broken. He sat down and decided to hear out his classmates. It took a few minutes for Izuku to explain what was going on. Tenya nodded, understanding their concern.

“So you think the new rules are going to expose your secret?” asked Tenya

“Yes and that could create a problem,” said Mina

“How long does Principal Nezu expect you to keep this secret?” asked Tenya

“As long as we can I guess,” said Ochako

“Well it seems the best thing to do is to keep doing what you’re doing. I’ll do my best to prevent the others in our class from getting suspicious,” said Tenya

“Thanks Iida, you’re a true friend,” said Momo

“However, the secret will have to come out sooner or later. I’m just sorry you guys are under this kind of pressure,” said Tenya

“I know, it sucks,” said Kyoka

“When should we tell the class our secret anyway?” asked Denki

“I say if anyone else from our class finds out, we should just tell the rest of the class. I can’t take this secret stuff much longer,” said Shoto

“Are you all ready for that?” asked Tenya

“Well yes and no,” said Ochako

“I wish this wasn’t so complicated,” said Mina

“May I make a suggestion?” asked Tenya

“Of course,” said Izuku

“This situation sounds difficult and stressful. It’s not good for you girls to be stressed in your condition so I think you should address this concern to Mr. Aizawa,” said Tenya

“That’s not a bad idea, but I doubt that’ll do much good,” said Shoto

“Well, it’s worth a shot,” said Tenya

“I guess we’ll talk to Mr. Aizawa,” said Izuku

“Good. Now I think it’s time you all went back to your rooms,” said Tenya

“You’re not going to tell on us are you?” asked Momo

“No, but please don’t do this again,” said Tenya

“We promise,” said Kirishima

Everyone got up and made their way back to their rooms as Iida continued to patrol the floors. He had to make sure no one else was up. Class 1-A dormitories was once again silent. It was dark, but peaceful.

Chapter Text

Hello everyone,

I just wanted to give a quick update. The next chapter will be delayed because I’m in the hospital. I was admitted late last night and I’ll most likely be spending Thanksgiving here. 

I do apologize for this, but I wanted to make it clear that I am working on this story. It has not been abandoned. I’ll do my best to get the next chapter posted as soon as possible.

I wish you all a Happy Thanksgiving! 🍁 

Chapter Text

Some time has passed. The holidays were spent and before anyone knew it, it was Spring Break. During Spring Break, everyone got to go home to be with their families. Momo had made arrangements to stay with Mina, her great aunt, and Kirishima. She still waited for the day she could finally move in with Shoto.

(Ashido Apartment)

Mina was so happy to have Momo stay with her during Spring Break. Mina’s great aunt was busy setting up the couch in the living room. She was going to give Momo her room during her stay.

“Awe, are you sure? I feel bad for taking your room,” said Momo

“Sweetie it’s no trouble and I want you to be comfortable. I’m not going to let you sleep on the couch,” said Mina’s great aunt

“Thank you.”

Once the couch was setup, Mina’s great aunt made lunch for everybody. They all gathered at the table to eat.

“Dig in you guys,” said Mina’s great aunt

“Ooh, meat lovers ramen! My favorite,” said Kirishima

“Thanks, Grauntie,” said Mina

“Yes, thank you,” said Momo

Everyone was enjoying their meal, especially Momo. She was able to eat anything her heart desired and was thankful for it.

“So, have you heard anything from Shoto yet?” asked Mina

“No not yet. I know Endeavor is stalling. He hates me,” said Momo

“Oh, just pay him no mind. Endeavor is….well Endeavor,” said Kirishima

“Sweetie, I don’t think he hates you. He just doesn’t understand things the way we do,” said Mina’s Great Aunt

“Well, I’m just scared because what am I supposed to do when I have to leave school?” asked Momo

“Don’t worry about that sweetie. We’re not going to let anything bad happen to you,” said Mina’s Great Aunt

“We got each other’s backs remember?” asked Mina

“Thanks guys,” said Momo starting to tear up

“Let’s finish up lunch and we’ll go out and have some fun,” said Mina’s Great Aunt

“Sounds good to me,” said Kirishima

(Midoriya Apartment)

Izuku was preparing his room for Ochako. Her parents were away on business during Spring Break, so arrangements were made for her to stay at the Midoriyas. Ochako watched as Izuku placed her things in his old room and Inko carried out blankets and a pillow to the living room. She set them on the spare couch.

“Izuku, I’ll gladly take the couch. I feel bad taking your room,” said Ochako

“No, you’re sleeping in here. I don’t mind sleeping on the couch at all. I used to take naps on the couch when I was little so it’s no big deal for me,” said Izuku

“Are you sure?”

“Of course I’m sure. I want you and the baby to be comfortable.”

Izuku gave Ochako a kiss and she blushed. Inko then just finished setting up the spare couch with the blankets and pillows.

“Is this good enough Izuku?” asked Inko

“It’s perfect mom. Thank you,” he replied

“Thank you for letting me stay here during Spring Break,” said Ochako

“It’s no problem sweetie. How are you feeling anyway?” asked Inko

“I’m feeling pretty good.”

“If you two are hungry, would you like to go out to eat?”

“Sure, thanks mom,” said Izuku

“Well go get your coats and we’ll head into town,” said Inko

Ochako and Izuku went off to get their coats and shoes on as Inko went to grab her purse. She was happy to have Izuku and Ochako stay with her during their Spring Break. It gave her quality time with them, and she wouldn’t feel so lonely either.

(Jiro House)

Kyoka and Denki were helping Mr. & Mrs. Jiro clear out the spare bedroom. They made a decision to turn it into a nursery. Even though it was still too early to be preparing the nursery, Kyoka’s parents wanted to get it done ahead of time. Kyoka was carrying a box out of the spare room when Denki rushed up to her and took it.

“Hey, you shouldn’t be lifting heavy things like that,” said Denki

“Oh, it was perfectly fine, besides, the box only has light items in it,” said Kyoka

“Still though, I want you to be careful.”

Kyoka sighed as Denki carried the box away and placed it with the other items. Once the spare bedroom was empty, Kyoka and Denki stepped in and looked around. They were imagining what the nursery would look like.

“Can you believe that this will be our baby’s room?” asked Denki

“Yeah, but it’s just hard to believe. It doesn’t seem real,” said Kyoka

“I know what you mean.”

“I can’t wait for him or her to get here.”

“Our kid is going to be great.”

Denki put his hand on Kyoka’s belly and gave her a kiss. She smiled and rested her head against his shoulder.

“Hey, you two come on into the living room. I got snacks prepared,” Mrs. Jiro called from another room

“We’re coming!” Kyoka called back

(Todoroki House)

Endeavor was busy going over some paperwork when Rei walked in. He looked up and saw her approach. He sat down the paperwork.

“What is it, Rei? I’m kind of busy,” said Enji

“Enji, we have to talk,” she replied

“Talk about what?”

“You letting Momo move in with us.”

“Come on Rei, that’s the last thing on my mind right now.”

“Well now it’s important! Time is almost up, and that poor girl has nowhere else to go! She can’t keep depending on her friend’s family to help her. You need to tell Shoto she can finally move in here.”

“The idea of having teen parents live under this roof is eccentric.”

“Says the man who only married me to make babies so that they would surpass All Might.”

Endeavor sighed and started to rub his head.

“Enji, it’s time to let that girl move in here,” said Rei

“All right, I will let Shoto know. She can move in once UA lets her leave. Shoto can prepare her room in the meantime,” said Enji

“Good and you better be nice to her.”

Rei left and Endeavor continued to go over the paperwork. Once he was finished, he found Shoto sitting in the living room. He was reading a book.

“Shoto, can I talk to you?” asked Enji

“Sure, what is it?” he replied putting the book down

Endeavor sat down across from Shoto, giving him his full attention.

“When Momo has to leave UA, she can move in here,” said Enji

“Really?” questioned Shoto happily

“Yes, but under one condition.”

“What is it?”

“You two are going to sleep in different rooms.”

“That’s fine, but what about the baby? There's going to be times when Momo and I have to tend to the baby at night.”

“The nursery can be in between your rooms. You can prepare Momo’s room this weekend.”

Endeavor then got up and started walking out of the room.

“Thanks dad. This means a lot to me,” said Shoto

Endeavor stopped and looked back at Shoto. He nodded and then continued his way.

(Mrs. Nori’s Building)

A few days later, Izuku and the others met up to attend another one of their baby classes. While they walked to Mrs. Nori’s Building, Shoto gave Momo the good news and she was happy. She couldn’t wait to move in. Shoto also invited her over to put her new room together the coming weekend.

Once they arrived, they sat in their usual spots in the classroom. Mrs. Nori soon walked in and a woman with a baby followed her. Izuku and the others were curious about who the visitor was.

“Hey guys. We have a special visitor today. This is Denae and her baby girl Kiki. She wanted to talk to you about her experience in childcare,” said Mrs. Nori

Denae handed Kiki to Mrs. Nori, and she stood before Izuku and the others.

“It’s nice to meet all of you. I hope you don’t mind if I talk about my experience,” said Denae

“Not at all,” said Izuku

“We’d love to know,” said Momo

“Kiki is 8 months old already and it has been difficult taking care of her. I am married, but my husband will not help me take care of her. I’ve been doing all the heavy lifting. He never changes her, feeds her, dresses her, or bathes her. I have to do all that and hardly have any time to take care of myself. I’m burned out and exhausted,” said Denae

Izuku and the others looked surprised but continued to listen to what Denae had to say.

“I don’t have any help at home. My husband and his family are cruel to me. I wish my family was close by because I know that they would help me when I need it. Raising Kiki isn’t easy, it’s hard and my health problems make it harder. Don’t get me wrong, I love my daughter and I am glad that I had her. I just wish my husband would help me instead of letting me go through this alone. I feel lonely and I wish I could take breaks,” Denae continued as she started to tear up

Mrs. Nori handed her a tissue and Denae wiped her eyes quickly.

“I’m sorry. I’m trying hard not to cry. Anyways my point is, you all don’t know what you’re in for. No matter how prepared you are, you all will be exhausted and if you don’t have a support system, you’re going to be miserable. If you do have a support system, consider yourselves blessed. Mrs. Nori had been kind to me. She helps me once in a while when my husband is away at work. He doesn’t know that I’m getting help. I’m sorry if I scared you, but I just wanted you all to know how challenging childcare is,” said Denae

“Does anybody have any questions?” asked Mrs. Nori

Ochako raised her hand and Mrs. Nori called on her.

“How many diapers does Kiki go through?” asked Ochako

“Oh, she goes through about ten of them a day,” said Denae

“Ten! Oh wow,” said Kirishima

“How often does she eat?” asked Momo

“She eats solids three times a day and has a bottle every 3 hours. She has about 6 bottles of formula a day,” said Denae

“Are changing diapers really that bad?” asked Denki

“No and you actually get used to it. Changing Kiki’s diapers doesn’t bother me at all,” said Denae

Some more questions were answered and then baby Kiki was passed around. Izuku and the others thought she was the cutest. They loved holding her. Soon Kiki needed a diaper change and Ochako volunteered to change her. Denae set up Kiki’s changing station and Ochako carefully lied her down. She gave Kiki one of her toys to play with as a distraction. Ochako then grabbed a fresh diaper and baby wipes. She then began to take the dirty diaper off. She was thankful that it was only wet. Everyone watched as she changed Kiki’s diaper and put a clean one on her. Kiki was still playing with her toy happily.

“Hey you’re a natural,” said Denae

“Well done, Ochako,” said Mrs. Nori

Ochako then picked up Kiki and held her for a bit. Momo, Kyoka, and Mina wanted to hold her next. Izuku enjoyed watching Ochako and the other girls play with Kiki. It warmed his heart. 20 minutes later, class was over.

“I’ll see you all next week,” said Mrs. Nori

“Bye Mrs. Nori,” said Izuku

He and the others made their way out of Mrs. Nori’s building and started heading to the café. They decided to gather there.

“Kiki was so cute, wasn’t she?” asked Kyoka

“She sure is! I actually miss her already,” said Ochako

“Poor Denae, having to raise her by herself,” said Shoto

"My mom could relate to her," said Izuku

“Not to sound rude, but her husband sounds like a jerk,” said Mina

“What kind of person makes a commitment and doesn’t even do their share?” asked Momo

“Well, maybe he has a difficult job that keeps him away from his family,” said Izuku

“You give that man way too much credit Izuku,” said Ochako

“Still though, I know raising a baby is going to be hard, but I hope it won’t be too difficult,” said Mina

Kirishima took Mina’s hand and smiled.

“Don’t worry. You know I’m always going to be with you, and I’ll help you take care of the baby,” he said

Mina smiled back. They continued walking until they made it to the café. There they bought smoothies and some snacks. Izuku and the others hung out for a while before going their separate ways.

(At the Park)

Shoto and Momo wanted some time alone. Mina understood and told her she could return to the apartment anytime she wanted to. Shoto and Momo walked around the park enjoying the scenery and then they sat down for a few minutes.

“I’m so glad that I can finally move in with you,” said Momo

“I’m glad too,” said Shoto

“I just hope I’m not being a burden.”

“No, you’re not a burden. Don’t even think that.”

“I didn’t think Endeavor would ever let me move in. I’m pretty surprised.”

“I was surprised too.”

“I just wish he didn’t hate me so much.”

“He doesn’t hate you. He’s just bad with people. You know that. Don’t mind him at all.”

“I’ll make sure I stay out of his way.”

“Well enough about him. This weekend we’re going to have fun putting your room together and we can get some things for the baby too.”

“Isn’t it still a bit early for that?”

“Not for me.”

Momo laughed and kissed Shoto. He kissed her back and held her in an embrace for a few minutes. Soon they got up and continued to walk around the park, enjoying each other’s company.

Chapter Text

The weekend finally arrived. Shoto went to pick up Momo from Mina’s place and they headed to the shopping center. They were going to get things for Momo’s room and even buy a few things for their baby.

(Shopping Center)

Shoto and Momo went around looking at furniture, clothes, and all sorts of things. Momo didn’t have to worry about the cost, but she felt guilty. She made sure to pick out things for her room that wasn’t so expensive. After some browsing, she found a nice bed, mattress, bed sheets, pillows, blankets, covers, a nice dresser, some clothes (including maternity), and a few other things. Shoto noticed that Momo looked a little nervous.

“What’s the matter?” he asked

“Not that I’m ungrateful or anything, but don’t you think this is getting a bit pricey?” asked Momo

“Momo I already told you not to worry about the cost. I’m going to make sure you and the baby get everything you need.”

“Well I kind of feel guilty that I can’t help pay for any of this. I do have some money from my job, but it’s not enough.”

“No, I’m not letting you spend any of your money. You worked for that so you save it for something important.”

Before Momo could say anything else, Shoto gave her a long kiss and embraced her. It helped make her worries go away.

“Please don’t worry about anything anymore. I’m going to take care of you and the baby. I love you,” said Shoto

“I love you too,” said Momo teary eyed

“Now let’s finish up and I’ll take you out to lunch. You can pick wherever you want to go.”

Momo nodded and they continued their shopping. After they got things for Momo’s bedroom, they looked at the baby stuff. After they browsed for a while, they ended up finding some cute clothes, a bassinet, a rocking chair, and diapers. They knew they couldn’t buy everything for the baby just yet since the Todoroki Family wants to help out with that. Shoto made the purchases for everything they picked out and arranged for them to be delivered to the Todoroki Household. Afterwards, they headed to the food court.

“What are you in the mood for?” asked Shoto

“Well I am craving chicken and udon,” said Momo

“Then that’s what we’ll have.”

While Momo found a place to sit, Shoto went to get udon and chicken. She smiled because she was happy. It felt like she hasn’t been this happy in a long time. She was thankful that she had a place to call home and that Shoto & his family cared about her. She hoped that someday Endeavor would accept her. A few minutes later, Shoto came to the table with two bowls of udon and two plates of chicken. He smiled as they both enjoyed their lunch together.

(Todoroki Household)

After spending some time at the mall, Shoto and Momo headed back to the house. When they got there, they were taking off their shoes when Fuyumi approached them.

“Hey guys,” she said

“Hey sis,” said Shoto

“I just wanted to let you two know that the furniture and the baby’s things were delivered about 10 minutes ago. Natsuo is already putting the boxes in the rooms.”

“He didn’t have to do that,” said Momo

“Well he insisted,” said Fuyumi

Shoto and Momo thanked Fuyumi and they headed to Momo’s new room and the nursery. Natsuo had just finished putting the baby’s things in the nursery.

”Thanks Natsuo. You didn’t have to do that,” said Shoto

“But I wanted to. You two can decorate the rooms any way you like now,” he replied

“Thank you,” said Momo

Natsuo gave Momo and Shoto a hug before we went into the living room to lounge around. Shoto and Momo decided to arrange Momo’s new room first. Boxes were opened; some furniture was assembled while others were put in their proper place. About 45 minutes later, Momo’s bedroom was complete. It wasn’t big or fancy like her old room, but she loved it. Next Shoto and Momo worked on the baby’s room. They assembled the bassinette together, put the rocking chair where Momo wanted, hung up the baby’s clothes and put diapers on the shelves. The nursery still wasn’t complete, but it was starting to come together.

“Our baby is going to love its room,” said Momo happily

“Yes and the best part is that our rooms are close to the baby,” said Shoto

“I’m thankful that I have a place to go home to now.”

“I told you your place is always with me.”

Shoto embraces Momo and they share a long passionate kiss. Momo felt happy tears stream down her face. After everything she has been through, she was happy to be in a place surrounded by people that cared. Momo did hope that she and Endeavor would start to get along too.

(Midoriya Apartment)

Izuku and Ochako were spending time together. Inko was away with her best friend Mitsuki. They wanted to spend the day together. Izuku and Ochako didn’t mind. They were sitting on the couch finishing a movie. Once it was over, Izuku turned off the TV. Ochako then yawned a little. It caught Izuku’s attention.

“Are you sleepy?” he asked

“No not really. That was a good movie,” Ochako replied

“It sure was.”

“Well, now what do you want to do?”

“Do you like board games?”

“Oh, I haven’t played board games in a long time. What do you want to play?”

“How about my mom’s favorite game “Rich Uncle”? It’s a classic.”

“Sounds like fun.”

“I’ll go get it.”

Izuku went to the closet to get Rich Uncle while Ochako went to set up the table. Izuku came back with the board game. He showed Ochako and she thought it was interesting.

Izuku started to set up the game and Ochako helped. She was surprised to see that Rich Uncle was actually a stock market game, but she was still interested in how the game was going to work. Once everything was setup, Izuku shuffled the stock cards and dealt out four cards to each of them. The rest were setup and set in the market. The money was handed out and then set in the bank.

Izuku went over the rules and explained how the game worked.

“The one who makes $50,000 with their stocks first wins the game,” he said

Ochako nodded once everything was explained and she was ready to play. With that, the game began with the market price change. Thankfully the price was low ($300) which meant it was a good time to buy from the stock market. Izuku and Ochako took turns rolling the dice and buying stocks that was available at the market. The best stocks were blue (worth $3000) and the worst ones were pink (worth $500). Ochako got a blue one stock and Izuku ended up getting a pink one, but he got a better stock (green) on his next turn. When Ochako rolled a double, she gasped.

“Oh no, is that bad?” she asked

“It depends on what the stock market price changes to and what the daily bugle says,” Izuku replied

Ochako changed the market price and saw that it went up, but it wasn’t too bad (only $1000). Ochako then picked up a daily bugle and read it out loud. It wasn’t a very good one.

“Oh no, not Aunt Effie,” said Izuku

“Who’s Aunt Effie?” asked Ochako

“She’s a made-up character in this game and likes mooching off the players.”

“Well, that stinks.”

"Believe it or not, the mayor is actually worse. Players have to pay for his car.”

“What!”

“I know. Well let’s get this over with.”

Izuku and Ochako took turns rolling the dice to see what they have to pay for Aunt Effie. Izuku had to pay $2,300 and Ochako had to pay $1,500. The game continued with many changes to the market price, more daily bugles, buying & selling stocks, etc. Eventually, Izuku and Ochako reached the end of the game and it was a close tie. Ochako won by making $52,000 with her stocks while Izuku made only $49,900 with his stocks.

“Wow, that was a fun game,” said Ochako

“It is fun. My mom and I used to play it all the time when I was younger. We still play sometimes, but not as often,” said Izuku

“It has been a long time since I’ve played a board game.”

“If you want, we can play more board games.”

“That sounds great! I hope we can do this more often too.”

“Sure until the baby gets here.”

“Oh right.”

Ochako smiled as she placed her hand on her lower belly. Izuku rested his hand on top of hers and kissed her on the side of her head.

“How are you feeling?” he asked

“I’m feeling wonderful,” Ochako replied

“Can you feel the baby yet?”

“No not yet. I’m not even showing.”

“That will change soon.”

“I know. The second trimester is just around the corner now.”

“I can’t wait to feel this little guy or little girl.”

Izuku embraced Ochako and they locked lips. They made out for a few minutes. Afterwards, they continued to play board games and even played “Rich Uncle” once more.

(Jiro Household)

Kyoka and Denki were spending the day playing music together in her room while Kyoka’s parents were busy editing music in the recording studio. Kyoka and Denki both had guitars and were jamming on them, having a good time. They both played to a back track song together and then competed against each other in a shred off. Kyoka and Denki both play well, but Kyoka ended up winning the shred off since she was a natural born musician like her parents. Afterwards, Kyoka and Denki relaxed and were going through a box of music CDs.

“Oh, it has been a while since I’ve listened to these CDs,” said Kyoka

“Wow, this one brings back memories,” said Denki holding up a CD

“That’s a good one.”

“Here’s one from the 80s.”

“That’s definitely from my dad.”

“Hey, do you think the baby will like music?”

“I don’t see why not since we both love it.”

“But what if our baby has no interest in music?”

“Then we will support our baby in whatever interest it has.”

Denki smiled, leaned over, and kissed Kyoka on the lips. He then rested his hand on her belly.

“I think we’re going to have a fun baby,” said Denki

“You really think so?” asked Kyoka

“I know so. Also I’ve been working on a song for our baby. Want to hear it?”

“Sure.”

Denki smiled and grabbed the guitar. He leaned close to Kyoka’s belly for a minute.

“Baby if you can hear daddy, this song is for you,” he said happily

Kyoka smiled as Denki began to play the guitar and start humming a tune. He began to sing the song:

A little bundle of joy, we’ve been waiting for so long

A tiny miracle, a love that’s oh so strong

We’re counting down the days, for the stork to arrive

Our hearts filled with excitement, our spirits feel alive

Waiting for baby, our hearts filled with love

The stork is on its way, bringing blessings from above

Happiness and joy, our family will grow

Baby love, forever, our hearts will overflow

Nursery’s all ready, with toys and teddy bears

We can’t wait to hold you, and show you how much we care

Your tiny hand, your little feet

Just the thought of you, makes our love complete

Waiting for baby, our hearts filled with love

The stork is on its way, bringing blessings from above

Happiness and joy, our family will grow

Baby love, forever, our hearts will overflow

We’ll sing you lullabies, and rock you to sleep

We’ll be there for every moment, our love will run deep

We’ll watch you grow, and teach you all we know

Baby love, you’re the greatest blessing, our hearts will forever glow

Waiting for baby, our hearts filled with love

The stork is on its way, bringing blessings from above

Happiness and joy, our family will grow

Baby love, forever, our hearts will overflow

Waiting for baby, we can’t wait to meet you

Our little miracle, our love will always continue

Happiness and joy, forever in our hearts

Baby love, you’ll always be our greatest work of art

Denki finished by humming an ending tune and stops playing the guitar. He continues to smile and looks at Kyoka.

“Well, what do you think?” he asked

“You wrote that? Baby I love it!” said Kyoka with happy tears in her eyes

“Really?”

“Yeah and I think you should record the song in my dad’s studio.”

“You think he’ll let me?”

“Of course and you should perform that song for them too. I think they’ll be moved.”

“I’m really glad you love it.”

“Our baby is going to love it too. You just created something that our baby can listen to all its life.”

Kyoka used her earphone jacks to wrap around Denki’s shoulders. She pulled him closer to her and they locked lips. They spent the next 15 minutes making out. A knock on the door interrupted their kissing and they quickly pulled away from each other. The door opened and Kyoka’s dad walked in.

“Hey, we just finished editing music,” Mr. Jiro said

“That’s great dad. I hope your boss likes it,” said Kyoka

“Speaking of music, I could have sworn I heard some playing going on in here.”

“You did. Denki wrote a song for the baby and I thought it was great. Would it be okay if we use the studio to record the song?”

“Of course and I’d love to hear the song too.”

“That’s great!”

“Also, your mother is preparing snacks in the kitchen right now. Why don’t you two come out and wash up?”

“Okay. We’ll be out there in a minute.”

Mr. Jiro smiled and left the room. Kyoka and Denki stood up and stretched a bit. Munching on some snacks sounded really good to Kyoka. They put the box of CDs and guitars away before leaving the room.

(Ashido Art Studio)

Mina and Kirishima went with Mina’s great aunt to her art studio. She had to teach a private class and they were invited to attend. This definitely was a treat for Mina and Kirishima. They sat with others that were taking the class. Everyone was sitting in front of a giant blank canvas. Mina’s great aunt handed out paint and brushes to everyone.

“Art is a unique way to express you! It can be pictures, blotches, mixture of colors, anything. What does your soul say? Listen closely and let it flow into the brush and onto your canvas. Paint what you feel inside your soul,” said Mina’s great aunt as she was teaching

Art wasn’t much of Kirishima’s thing, but he was willing to try. He closed his eyes for a few moments and then started to paint. He picked a color and just started painting. Every few minutes he changed colors. He wasn’t completely sure what he was painting, but he just let the brush flow and paint whatever onto the canvas. Mina was having a great time. She enjoyed listening to her great aunt’s lecture and was having fun painting. About an hour later, everyone finished painting. They stood back as Mina’s great aunt looked at every one of them.

“Oh you all did such a wonderful job! The way you all expressed yourselves is truly remarkable!” she said happily

Kirishima and Mina looked at the other’s paintings and they were in awe. Some paintings had pictures, like the beach scenery and others were mixture of colors. Mina’s painting was the sky and she had colors blend with each other and fade from one color to the next. Kirishima’s painting was a mixture of light colors and he created negative space with it which impressed Mina’s great aunt. Once the private class was over, Mina and Kirishima helped Mina’s great aunt clean up and put things away.

“That was a fun class,” said Mina

“It really was. Thank you for inviting us,” said Kirishima

“Of course and I’m glad you two had a great time,” said Mina’s great aunt

They continued to clean up and once they were finished, Mina’s great aunt brought them drinks. They sat down and enjoyed their beverages.

“So do you two have any plans for the rest of your Spring Break before you head back to school?” asked Mina’s great aunt.

“No not really. I plan to talk to my friends through group text chat tomorrow. I’ll see how they’re doing and how their Spring Break went,” said Mina

“Tomorrow I’ll be hanging out with Katsuki. It has been a while since I’ve done any training with him,” said Kirishima

“Hopefully he won’t be in a bad mood,” said Mina

“Well Katsuki is almost always in a bad mood.”

“That must be his personality.”

They finished their drinks and then Mina’s great aunt took Mina and Kirishima out to lunch. They were all having a great time.

(Training Gym)

The next day Kirishima met up with Katsuki at the training gym at UA.

“Hey, sorry for running a little late,” said Kirishima

“It’s fine. Let’s get to training,” said Katsuki

They went inside and did some warmups first before they started their training. Katsuki wanted to spar with Kirishima before starting to lift any weights. They head to the mat, put up their dukes, and start sparring.

“So, how has Spring Break been going for you?” asked Kirishima dodging a punch

“It’s been fine. My parents wouldn’t stop bugging me so I spent the day with them yesterday,” replied Katsuki blocking a kick

“Well there’s nothing wrong with spending time with your family.”

“Yeah I guess. How’s your mother doing?”

“She’s doing okay, but she mostly spends her time locked up in her room.”

“Pfft, I wish my mom was like that.”

“Oh come on, you don’t mean that. Just be thankful that your parents love you.”

“Kirishima, can I ask you something?”

“Sure, what’s up?”

“Is Mina okay?”

“What do you mean?”

“Well I know you guys spend a lot of time together and right before Spring Break started, I saw you two go into the medical facility.”

“Oh that! Well Mina had to get tested for allergies and she was afraid of getting poked with needles so she asked me to come with her.”

“I can’t believe she’s that scared.”

“Hey, getting tested for allergies isn’t fun. I was happy to be there for her.”

Bakugo just scoffed and ended the sparring. He went over to the weights and started setting things up. Kirishima could tell that he wasn’t very happy. He walked over as Bakugo was about to start lifting weights.

“Hey are you okay?” asked Kirishima

“Shut up, I’m fine!” snapped Katsuki

“You don’t seem fine. Is something bothering you?”

Bakugo set the weights down and sat up for a minute. He glared at Kirishima which made him a bit nervous.

“You know, I get that you want to spend time with your girlfriend but something just doesn’t seem right. You two have been acting different lately and so have some of our other classmates. Don’t think I haven’t noticed all the excuses you have been making,” said Katsuki

“Bro, I’m sorry. Things have been a little crazy but I always try to make sure we hang out and train together,” said Kirishima

“But it seems to be happening less and less often. Are you sure nothing else is going on?”

“Bro, I swear nothing else is happening. Things have just been complicated with my mom and school. That’s all.”

“All right then. Let’s start lifting weights.”

Bakugo picked up a medicine ball and threw it at Kirishima, causing him to fall to the ground. Bakugo smirked and went back to lifting weights. Kirishima almost lost his breath, but he picked up the medicine ball and put it back. He found some weights and started to lift them. It was great that Kirishima was spending time with his best friend, but he felt bad for lying. It made him nervous that Bakugo was getting suspicious of him and Mina. Kirishima really hated keeping secrets from him. He wasn’t sure how Bakugo would react about him becoming a father or that his own mother abandoned him. Kirishima shook off his thoughts and focused on working out with Bakugo. They spent the rest of the day working out and hanging out at Bakugo’s favorite place afterwards. Just how much longer will this secret stay a secret?